FOR I" HE Brotherhood of Man CiC tc «, 4i a d" c< CC r oca \ ^^ ^ , - v((f c^-^c d c ^m. c 'C <^ ^#^ .<: ^^V ^^c ^^ / « ^ -«S: C r JS^ C;'' re|)aration). TWO VOLUMES IN ONE FULLY ILLUSTRATED F. T. XEELY, Publisher. Chicago. COPYRIGHTED BY FRANK TENNYSON NEELY, 1893. All Rights Reserved. Copyright covers the principal illustratio.s. J UPL PROF. WALTER RALEIGH HOUGHTON. ^^ Chicago, III., October 28, 1893. The speeches, papers, and essays reported iu this volume are largely from my stenographic note.-, and from manuscripts secured from authors. In some instances it has been necessary to condense, but the essential features of all the addresses have been carefully retained, making a thorough and comprehen- sive report of the great World's Parliament of Religions. Having faithfully attended the various sessions of the Parliament, I can certify to the accuracy, comi)leteness, and authenticity of the work. JOUN W. POSTGATE. .^ ^'fk NOT THINGS. BUT MEN. The World's (ongress AuxiliarxJ OP THE WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION OF 1893. NOT MATTER, BUT MIND. President. CHARLES C. BONNEY. V'ice.Presidont, TH9S. B. BRYAN. Treasurer, LYMAM J. GAGF. Secretaries, BENJAMIN BUTTERWORTH, CURENCE E. YOUNG. The Woman's Branch of the Auxiliary: President, MRS. POTTER PALMER. Vice-President, MRS. CHAS. HENROTIN. The World's F^cligious Gngrcsses OF 1893. Including Churches, Missions, Sunday Schools* and other Religious Organizations. GENERAL COMMITTEE OF THE WORLD'S CONGRESS AUXILIARY ON RELIGIOUS CONGRESSES. Rev. John Henry Barrows, D.D. (Presbyterian), Chairman. Rt. Rev. Bishop W'^illiam E. McLaren, D.D., D.C.L. (Prot. Episcopal). Rev. Prof. David Swing (Independent), Vice-Chairman. Rev. Jenkin Lloyd Jones, Secretary (Unitarian). His Grace Archbishop P. A. Feehan (CathoHc). Rev. Dr. F. A. Noble (Congregational). Rev. Dr. A. J. Canlield (Universalist). Rev. Dr. Wm. M. Lawrence (Baptist). Rev. M. C. Ranseen (Swedish Luth.). Rev. F. M. Bristol, D.D. (Methodist). Rev. J. Berger (German Methodist) Rabbi E. G. Hirsch (Jew). Mr. J. W. Plummer (Quaker). Rev. J. Z. Torgersen (Norwegian Lutheran). Rev. L. P. Mercer (New Jenxsalem, Swedenborgian). Rt. Rev. Bishop C. E. Cheney (Refonned Episcopal). TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAKT I. Mission of the World's Congress Auxiliary of the World's Columbian Exposition. CHAPTER I. THE WORLD'S CONGRESSES OF 1893. Origin of the Idea— Preliminary Work— Organization in 1890— Plan Universally Approved— President Bonney's Sketch of the Work - 15 CHAPTER II. ORIGIN OF THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS, Appointment of General Committee— Preliminary Address to Relig- ious Leaders of the World— Grand Consummation of the Project in Columbus Hall, Art Institute, Chicago, September 11, 1893 - 22 PART II. Proceedings of the Parliament of Religions. CHAPTER I. FIRST DAY, SEPTEMBER 11th. Words of Greeting — Opening Address — Address of Welcome — Official Welcome— Response to Addresses— On Behalf of Women — Address — New England Puritan — Thanks from Greece — From India and China — Legend of Russia — Shinto Bishop of Japan — Words on Toleration — Greeting from France — From Australasia — Good Wishes of Ceylon — Sweden for Christ — Word from Bombay — Sees Spirit and Matter — Most Ancient Order of Monks— Canada as a Link in the Empire — Converted Parsee Woman of Bombay — Sympathy from England— In Behalf of Africa - • - - 33 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER II. SECOND DAY, SEPTEMBER 12th. Existfince and Attributes of God— The Infinite Being— Rational Demon- stration of the Being of God— Evidence of a Supreme Being — Theistic Teachings of Historic Faiths— Theology of Judaism— The Ancient Religion of India and Primitive Revelation— Religious BeUef of the Hindus— Argument for the Divine Being— Idealism the New Religion - - - - 72 CHAPTER III. THIRD DAY, SEPTEMBER 13th. The Nature of Man -Voice from New India— Foundation of the Ortho- dox Greek Church — Man from a Catholic Point of View — Human Brotherhood as Taught by the Religions Based on the Bible— Much to Admire in All Men— Confucianism— The Model Man— Would Win Converts to Buddhism — The Real Position of Japan toward Christianity — Good Will and Peace Among Men— Concessions to Native Religious Ideas- Supreme End and Office of Religion — Immortality — The Soul and Its Future Life— Religious System of theParsees ..-.-.----- 133 CHAPTER IV. FOURTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 14th. Necessity of Religion— Bishop Keane's Introduction — Cardinal Gib- bons' Message— Religion Essentially Characteristic of Humanity — Divine Basis of the Co-operation of Men and Women — The Relig- ious Intent— Spiritual Forces in Human Progress — Orthodox or Historical Judaism— Certainties of Religion— History of Buddhism and Its Sects in Japan .-- 184 CHAPTER V. FIFTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 15th. Systems of Religion— What the Dead Religions Have Bequeathed to the Living — The Points of Contact and Contrast between Chris- tianity and Mohammedanism — Study of Comparative Theology — Duty of God to Man Inquired — Confucianism— Each in His Own Little Well — Service of the Scienc e of Religions to the Cause of Religious Unity— The Ancient Egyptian Religion— The Genesis and Development of Confucianism— The Social Office of Religious Feeling— The Buddhism of Siam — The Importance of a Serious Study of All Religions— Religions of the World - - - - 22'i CHAPTER VL SIXTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 16th. Sacred Scriptures of the World— The Truthfulness of the Holy Script- ures— The Greatness and Influence of Moses— Christianity as Inter- preted by Literature— The Catholic Church and the Bible— What the Hebrew Scriptures Have Wrought for Mankind— The Sacred Books of the World as Literature— The Character and Degree of the Inspiration of the Christian Scripture— Buddhism— Outlook for Judaism ------ 292 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3 CHAPTER VII. SEVENTH DAY, SEPTEMBER nth. Religion in Social and Married Life— The Work of Social Reform in India— The Catholic Church and the Marriage Bond— The Influ- ence of Religion on Women— The Divine Element in the Weekly Rest-Day— The Religious Training of Children - - - - 330 CHAPTER VIII. EIGHTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 18th. Great Teachers of Religion— The Sympathy of Religions— The His- toric Christ— A New Testament Woman; Or, What did Phoebe Do?— Jewish Contributions to Civilization— The Law of Cause and Effect as Taught by Buddha— Christianity an Historical Religion —The Need of a Wider Conception of Revelation— Christ the Reason of the Universe— The Incarnation Idea in History and in Jesus Christ— The Incarnation of God in Christ— The World's Debt to Buddha - - 364 CHAPTER IX. NINTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 19th, Religion Connected with Art and Science— A Letter— Toleration- Greek Philosophy and Christian Religion— Man's Place in Nature —The Religion of Science- Music. Emotion, and Morals— What Constitutes a Religious as Distinguished from a Moral Life— How Can Philosophv Aid the Science of Religion?— Hinduism as a Religion— The World's Debt to Buddha— The Relation of the Sciences to Religion— History and Prospects of Exploration in Bible Lands ^10 CHAPTER X. TENTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 20th. Working Forces in Religion— Plea for Toleration— Christian Evan- gelism as One of the Working Forces in Our American Christianity —Religious State of Gernuiny— The Spirit of Islam— Christ, the Savior of the World- Reconciliation Vital, Not Vicarious- The Essential Oneness of Ethical Ideas among All Men— Religion and Music— The Relation between Religion and Conduct— Christianity in Japan; Its Present Condition and Future Prospects— Religion in Pekin— The Redemption of Sinful Man through Jesus Christ- Stones When They Need Bread - - 452 CHAPTER XI. ELEVENTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 21st. Connection of Religion with Social Problems- Thanks from Arme- nians-Restoration of Holy Places— Brotherhood of Christian Unity— Test of Works Applied— Religion and the Erring and TABLE OF CONTENTS. Criminal Classes— The Relations of the Roman Catholic Church to the Poor and Destitute— Christianity and the Social Question— The Women of India— Buddha— The Influence of Social Condition — Christianity as a Social Force— What Judaism Has Done For Womai: -Individual Effort at Reform Not Sufficient— Religion and Labor --- 507 CHAPTER XII. TWELFTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 22d. Civil Society — Religious Debt — Foreign Missions — Religion and Wealth — What the Bible Has Wrought— Religion in Hawaiian Lands — Crime and the Remedy — Ethics of Christian Science — The Religion of the North American Indians — Churches and City Problems— World's Religious Debt to Asia — The Catholic Church and the Negro Race— Christianity and the Negro— Foreign Mis- sionary Methods— The Mohammedan Koran and Its Doctrines - 567 CHAPTER XIII. THIRTEENTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 23d. Love of Humanity an Outgrowth of Religion — Religion and the Love of Mankind— The Grounds of Sympathy and Fraternity among Religious Men — The Essentials of Religion — International Arbitra- tion — What Can Religion Furtlier Do To Advance the Condition of the American Negro? — The Religious Mission of the English- Speaking Nations — The Spirit and Mission of the Apostolic Church of Armenia — Greek Church Characteristics— International Justice and Amity — Universal Brotherhood — A Protest Against Erroneous Ideas — Some Teachings of the Koran — America's Duty to China — Woman and the Pulpit— The Voice of the Mother of Religions on the Social Question 618 CHAPTER XIV. FOURTEENTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 24th. How American Civilization Has Been Affected by Christianity — What Christianity Has Wrought for America — ; Present Outlook of Religions — Government Census of Churches 669 CHAPTER XV. FIFTEENTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 25th. A Voice from Syria — Relations between the Anglican Church and the Church of the First Ages— Religious Unity and Missions— The Reunion of Christendom — Interdenominational Comity — Persist- ence of Bible Orthodoxy — Ethics and History of the Jains— Free Baptist Church History — Spiritual Ideas of the Brahmo-Somaj- A White Life for Two — Worship of God in Man — Christianity as Seen by a Voyager Around the World .-.-.- 699 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 5 CHAPTER XVI SIXTEENTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 26tk, Attitude of Christianity to Othe. Religions— Possible Results of the Parliament — Message of Christianity to Other Religions — Religious Thought in France — Results of Protestant Missions in Turkey — What Buddhism Has Done for Japan — Religious Union of the Human Race — Tho Armenian Church— World's Religious Debt to America — Contact of Christian and Hindu Thought: Points of Likeness and Contrast— Future of Religion in Japan— Arbitra- tion Instead of War— Synthetic Religion— Buddhism and Chris- tianity — A Voice from the Young Men of the Orient - - - 759 CHAPTER XVII. SEVENTEENTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 27th. The World's Parliament — The Good in all Faiths — Religion and Music — Elements of Universal Religion — Swedenborg and the Harmony of Religions — The World's Salvation — The Only Possible Method of Religious Unification — Christianity and Evolution — The Baptists in History — The Ultimate Religion — Christ the Unifier of Mankind ----- 811 CHAPTER XVIII. Closing Scenes of the Parliament — Addresses by Dr. Alfred W. Momerie, Rev. P. C. Mozoomdar, Mr. Hirai, Rt. Rev. Mr. Shabita, H. Dharmapala, Swami Vivekananda. Vichand Gandhi, Prince Momolu Masaquoi, Dr. Emil Hirsch, Rev. Dr. Frank M. Bristol, Rev. Jenkin Lloyd Jones, Mrs. Charles Henrotin, Rev. Augusta Chapin, Julia Ward Howe, Bishop Arnett, Rt. Rev. Dr. J. J. Keane, Rev. Dr. John Henry Barrows, President Bonney - - - . 846 PART III. DENOMINATIONAL AND OTHER CONGRESSES. Jewish Church Congress— Congress of Jewish Women— Congresses of the Lutheran Church— The Congress of Wales — Columbian Catho- lic Congress —Other Catholic Congresses — Congregational Church Congress — The Catholic Church Presentation — Universalist Con- gress — Congress of Disciples of Christ — New Jerusalem Church Congress — Seventh-Day Baptist Congress — Congress of Theoso- phists — Unitarian Church Congress — Ad\'ent Christian Church — United Brethren Church— Reformed Episcopal Church — Presby- terian Church — Friends Congress — ■ Free Religious Association — Christian Scientists — African Methodist Episcopal Church — Friends Church (Orthodox) — King's Daughters and Sons — German Evangelical Synod of North America — Methodist Episcopal Church — ^Reformed Church of the United States — Swedish Evangelical TABLE OF CONTENTS. Mission Covenant— Chicago Tract Society— Cumberland Presby- terian Church— Congress of Evolutionists— Ethical Congress- Evangelical Association Congress — Congress of Missions— Sunday- Rest Congress — Young Men's Christian Association — Young Women's Christian Association— Presentation of the Buddhists- Evangelical Alliance Congress — Woman's Missions — Sunday- School Presentation — Reformed (Dutch) Church — Christian Endeavor 865 PAKT IV. BIOGRAPHIES, ARTICLES AND OPINIONS. Charles Carroll Bonney— Dr. John Henry Barrows— Very Rev. Dion- ysios Latas— Building ? Great Religion (Prof. David Swing)— The Wise Men of the East (Mary Atwater Neely)— A Limitless Sweep of Thought (Madeleine Vinton Dahlgren)— Song of Prophecy (John W. Hutchinson)— Opinions 9"! ILLUSTRATIOHS. PAGE The Art Institute, where the Parliament of Religions was held Prof. Walter Raleigh Houghton Dr. Barrows Clarence E.Young - C. C. Bonney - .... Mrs. Potter Palmer, President Woman's Branch of the Auxiliary - 32 Japanese Group --37 Harlow N. Higinbotham, President World's Columbian Exposition - 47 Dr. Carl von Bergen, of Stockholm, Sweden 61 Very Rev. Augustine F. Hewitt, C. S. P., New York - ... 75 Mfst Rev. Dionysios Latas, Archbishop of Zante, Greece - - 130 R<»bbi K. Kohler, New York ... 145 Znnshiro Noguchi, Japanese Buddhist 155 Kinza Ringe M. Hirai, Japanese Buddhist 169 Cardinal Gibbons 185 Eminent Seventh-Day Baptists 357 H. Dharmapala, Ceylon 405 Mohammed Alexander Russell Webb 461 Swami Vivekananda, Hindu Monk 505 East Indian Group: Narasima Chaira, Lakeshnie Narain, Swami Vivekananda, H. Dharmapala, Vichand Ghandi - - . . 535 Group of Reporters, etc. 581 Rev. Geo. T. Candlin, Tientsin, West China 609 Narasima Chaira 735 Herant M. Kiretchjian, Armenian Orator, Constantinople - - 805 Mrs. Charles Henrotin, Vice-President Woman's Branch of the Auxiliary 857 John W. Postgate, in Charge Chicago Herald Report ... 864 Geo. R. Davis, Director-General World's Columbian Exposition - 865 Rev. L. M. Heilman, D. D., Chairman Committee of Lutheran Congress 875 Archbishop Ireland 891 Mary Atwater Neely 979 Bishop C. H. Fowler, D. D., LL. D., of the Methodist Episcopal Church 967 T. W. Palmer, President World's Columbian Commission - - - 919 Rev. Prof. David Swing, Vice-Chairman General Committee - - 975 Rev. Dr. W. F. Black, LL. D., Chairman Foreign Committee - - 917 HEW. JOHN HENRY BARROWS, D. D., Chairman General Committee. INTRODUCTION. The snows of winter will soon wrap the beautiful White City in an unbroken silence. It has been for two years the home of all the arts, its forums thronged with the devotees of every science. Though change and the needs of the busy Garden City may scatter to the four winds these deserted altars where a world has worshiped the Great Architect, an imperishable record will remain! While countless lliousands, taking up again the threads of daily life, or journeying forth to the uttermost ends of the earth, may, in the heart, memory, and delighted " mind's eye," preser\^e for years the visions of the fairyland of our century, were it not for the genius of Literature all would in time be lost ! Of all the arts, useful or ornamental, precious beyond any branch of God's great embodied wisdom shown to us as " sciences " here, Literature is the truest, noblest friend of man. The art preservative ! Long after kindling eye and ringing voice of the disciples thronging there are gone forever, when the bounding life pulses of the guiding heroes of peace who taught the world's lessons by the lake are stilled, on white wings soaring down through the corridors of Time, the immortal spirit of Literature will guard and spread abroad the golden truths garnered in our century ! Painting, architecture, and sculpture are limited to the enjoy- ment of the few! Their reign is transitory. The world rings yet with the wail over the " Lost Arts " throbbing in Wendell Phillips' exquisite monograph! The single ode of Sappho, the lost books of Tacitus, the perished wisdom of Hermes, the world's desolation when the Alexandrian library vanished in flames, the gloom of the dark ages, all the lost lore of the 7 8 INTRODUCTION. world's youth are sad reminders of dark eclipses which can turn back the hands on the dial of human progress no more! Never again can a world groping toward the light halt hundreds of years in the wilderness of enforced ignorance! Literature, oblivious of time, deathless in its sway, appealing to the heart, mind, soul, and swaying every sense, is the immortal guardian now of every product of the brain, every throb of the human heart ! Her brows, decked with the laurels of the scribe, historian, poet, prophet, and thinker. Her right and left hand sup- porters are the inventor and mechani'^. She throws open the doors of the past, and points to the garnered sheaves of the present! The harvest of the human mind is safe now forever! The faithful children of the pen, with reverent awe before the shades of Faust and Gutenberg, look to the American disciples of God -enlightened Franklin to perpetuate the story of the marvels of the world's greatest congress! With words of truth, in impartial verity of record, aided by the graphic art, the visible wonders of the lUth century shown at the White City will be herein described By the aid of modern machinery, almost sentient in its perfec- tion, with the help of the phonograph, stenography, and the myriad duplicated records of stereotyped modern printing, future generations shall listen almost to the very tones of those who met at the World's Columbian Exposition in br()th«'rly love to exchange pearls of wisdom for the gold of truth! The wonderful prophecy of the Bible, that " Brethren should meet and dwell in amity," has been realized! It is no marvel that in the great convocation of one week, with thankful hearts, all men turned before bidding adieu to the great Source of all Good. While from the science-haunted alleys of the White City, " Civilization, on her luminous wings, soared phoenix-like to Jove," a chastened awe led all to look up to and talk of Him who is the Author of all Good ! Next in importance to the study of the Holy Bible with its miraculously preserved records, fraught with the glad tidings of INTRODUCTION, 9 salvation, a very present help, the only lamp to our feet, is the unbiased history here presented of the only unconstrained gen- eral exchange of religious thought -^hich the world has v^ver seen ! Dictated by no sectarian pens, the story of how pure-hearted, bright-browed men and women paused in their grand chorus of worship and gave to all, each of his best, is a priceless trust of our times! To those who heard not, who saw not: this record, never to be lost, of the brotherly commune of the wise and good is cast abroad for the good of the human race! It is the story of a meeting such as the world never knew before ! Religion, morality, social science, charity, toleration, benevolence, exact science, and philosophy, freely praising Him whose face no man may look upon. The spirit of love was abroad. In peace, free from the domination of prince, prelate, tyrant, or schemer, the song of a world's worship was raised, with no discordant voice. Marvelous as it seems, the farthermost ends of the earth shall ring with the good news that, in our day, laying aside the sword, all men from wandering in different paths have learned that the path of Life leads to Him alone. As the dome rises over the cold, gray foundations of the temple, so do the great truths of man's inner life and future destiny rise above the magic of mere handicraft. It is fittiiig that the music of the soul can never sink into silence. The great accepted general creeds of common belief now welded in cjne golden ingot shall be treasured forever. In offering to the student, thinker, and moralist these pages, the publisher feels that the gravity of the great task has been appreciated. A corps of experienced scholars and editors, under the judicious and faithful direction of Professor Walter R. Houghton, has sought to embrace in this veracious and studied report and record every essential truth and thought, impartially representing the priceless interchanged wisdom of the Parlia- ment of Religions! Filled with a sense of duty well done, in the consciousness of earnestness and candor, this detailed record of the greatest modern Religious Congress is sent out to an inquiring 10 INTRODUCTION. generation. It would have been beyond the power of the wisest or mightiest ruler of the earth to have achieved this great task fifty years ago. In rapidity, perfection, extent, and the neces- sary cheapness of record, these chronicles are a marvel of later literary perfection ! To place such a work fairly within the means of all, to effect its distribution, to aid its future translation, and its victorious passage over the storms of Time, is to continue from a religious standpoint the great work of "Liberty enlightening the world! " Freedom, tolerance, liberty, charity, benevolence, these are the white-winged spirits hovering over the brethren of light who spoke the words of love and truth recorded in these pages; it is a noble record; an honor to the manhood of our age; a pride and credit to the aspiring reverence of human faith ! May this record teach, even to the careless, that " God's great- ness flows around our incompleteness, round our restlessness, His rest." If there are lost bars in the music of Life, if to some, a part of the " Sweet Story of Old " is missing: let the disturbed at heart look for it in these pages. There is no soaring dream of future perfection, no kindly thrill of goodness, no yearning for the unseen, no prayer for light and truth, which may not be met or answered in these triumphal announcements of the faith of Humanity. The golden chain of brotherhood here forged shall endure and shall lead all men up toward that heaven in which there shall be no more sorrow, and the shadows of parting shall be lifted for eternity. The Publisher. PREFACE. This volume records how the world placed on exhibition the wonders of faith and thought, and reveals to the reader man's highest intellectual attainments upon the greatest themes of our day. The preparation for this exhibition was a part of the work performed by the World's Congress Auxiliary of the World's Columbian Exposition. An explanation, therefore, of this organization has been given in the first part of the book. The second chapter closes with some excellent and valuable observations prepared for these pages by Richard Henry Sav- age, the world's soldier, scientist, world-wide traveler, and most successful author. Throughout the proceedings of the Parliament of Religions, women maintained a conspicuous position. " In the preliminary work," says President C. C. Bonney, " women had no part. It was deemed expedient and just to await their pleasure. An application to unite in the great undertaking was soon pre- sented, and was, of course, heartily welcomed. The woman's branch of the World's Congress Auxiliary was accordingly organized, to have especial charge of the interests of women in the World's Congresses of 1893." The part which women took in the Parliament of Religions was under the direction of the woman's branch of the auxiliary. Part second contains a record of the daily proceedings of the parliament, furnished by an expert stenographic reporter, who attended every session, and had access to the original manu- scripts of the different speakers. U 12 PREFACE. The concise account of the many denominational and inter- denominational congresses, held in the Art Palace, serves to impress that which the parliament most potently has shown, that religion is now, as it always has been, the chief concern of the human family. The proceedings of each day of the parliament were not devoted exclusively to the general subject, though a central idea was followed as much as circumstance would allow. Cer- tain themes received consideration at different times. To render available at once the material of any subject con- sidered, an ample index is made a part of this book. The reader of these pages can be impressed with the influ- ence of him who gave a new world to Castile and Leon, and observe how the glowing fancies of the great discoverer have been, in many ways, more than realized. Columbus regarded that part of the earth which he discovered as higher and nearer heaven than any other portion of the world. It contained, he thought, the primeval abode of man, where a pure and never- failing pleasure was furnished to every sense; where flowers were ever blooming, and " the waters, limpid and delicate, v;ere swelling up in crystal fountains, and wandering in peaceful and silver streams." No boisterous winds were there, no melan- choly or darksome weather, but all was bland and gentle and serene. The delightful abode, inaccessible to mortal feet, flourished in a heavenly temperature upon an eminence above the vapors, clouds, and storms. The material delights of this peaceful abode were never experienced by the great discoverer. The nearest approach to its reality, bat from a standpoint higher than the material, was found in the Parliament of Religions. In that great gath- ering an eminence of brotherhood was reached which, before, had been inaccessible; and all was gentle in an atmosphere of peace above clouds of war and storms of contention. The reader, too, may well recall the poetic flight of the black-robed seer of Judea, as he magnilies the work of God: PREFACE. 13 "He will lift up an ensign to the nations from afar and will hiss unto them from the ends of the earth, and, behold, they shall come with speed swiftly." The ensign of the nations is the lowly Nazarene, whose influence, more potent now than at any preceding period, has rendered the parliament a possibility and a fact. The record as found in succeeding pages lifts on high the heaven-chosen ensign, and urges on the day when every nation, kindred, tribe, and tongue shall rest in peace beneath its protecting folds CHARLES C. BONNEY, President World's Congress Auxiliary. PART I. Peepaeation foe the Paeliament of Religions. CHAPTER I. THE WORLD'S CONGRESSES OF 1893. The idea of a series of congresses for the consideration of the greatest themes in which mankind is interested, and so compre- hensive as to include representatives from all parts of the earth, originated with Charles Carroll Bonney in the summer of 1889. In the early days of autumn he presented his views upon the subject to a few thinking friends, among whom was Walter Thomas Mills, editor at that time of the Statesman magazine. The editor was so impressed with the greatness of the thought that he prevailed upon Mr. Bonney to write an article for the Statesman, setting forth his ideas upon the remarkable con- ventions. A proof sheet of the article was taken by Mr. Mills to Dr. John Henry Barrows, Judge L. D. Thoman, Professor David Swing, E. Nelson Blake, T. B. Bryan, and Dr. P. S. Henson. The statements of these gentlemen, favorable to the proposal, were published, with Mr. Bonney's article, in the Statesinan of October, the same year. The views then enunciated were so well matured that they contained in substance the propositions subsequently embodied in the formal announcement to the world. " The coming glory of the World's Fair of 1893," says Mr. Bonney in the article, " should not be the exhibit then to be made of the material triumphs, industrial achievements, and mechanical victories of man, however magnificent that display may be. Something 15 IG THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. higher and nobler is demanded by the progressive spirit of the present age. In connection with that important event of the world, all government, jurisprudence, finance, science, litera- ture, education, and religion should be represented in a con- gress of statesmen, jurists, financiers, scientists, literati, teach- ers, and theologians, greater in numbers and more widely re[)reseutativi^ of all pcHjples and nations and tongues than any assemblage which has ever yet been convened." The comments of the i)ress upon Mr. Bonney's proposal brought his views into much public favor, and Lyman J. Gage, President of the World's Columbian Ex[)osition, took a decided position in support of the series of congresses. Having secured the apj)r()val of the Directory, Mr. Gage, in October, 1889, ap[)ointed a conmiittee, of which Mr, Bonney was made chair- man, to take the preliminary steps for the realization of his ennobling idea. From that day, till the congresses were a reality, the work was diligently prosecuted. The committee at first consisted of seven persons, but subsequently the number was increased. It soon became apparent that the great undertaking could not be conducted by a single committee, and "it was accord- ingly arranged that an auxiliary organization should be formed. On the 30th of October, 1890, the World's Congress Auxiliary of the World's Columbian Exposition was oi-ganized, with authority to carry on to full elTect the plans for the World's Congresses of 1898." The officers of this body were: C. C. Bonney, chairman and cliief executive manager; T. B. Bryan, vice-president; Lyman J. Gage, treasurer; Benjamin Butter- worth, secretary, and Clarence E. Young, associate secre- tary. The World's Congresses were outlined by Mr. Bonney, and placed in charge of working connnittees, selected with refer- ence to their fitness for particular duties. Of these working committees there were more than two hundred oriianized. They were necessarily local, and their aggregate membership, exceeding sixteen hundred persons, constituted the local mem- THE WORLD'S CONGRESSES OF 1893, 11 bership of the auxiliary. The committees were composed of any convenient number according to the nature of the case. " The nature of the work of organization required a committee so located that it could meet on short notice, and with little expense or loss of time, A series of world's congresses, however, could not be prop- erly organized without the co-operation of the representatives of progress in all parts of the world." To secure this co-opera- tion there was adjoined to each local committee a non-resident but active branch called the Advisory Council of the congress. Members of this council co-operated through correspondence. " An honorary membership was also created to act as a general advisory council for all the congresses. The members of the special advisory councils ranked as honorary members of the auxiliary. " Existing societies and institutions were invited to appoint committees of co-operation to take an active part in the organization of the appropriate congresses." The auxil- iary thus constituted, and numbering more than ten thousand representatives of the participating countries, accomplished its great work with remarkable patience, good sense, and har- monious action. The work of organization began in 1890, and was carried on by the committees until the opening of the congresses in May of 1893. An extensive correspondence throughout the world was required and a period of three years was necessary to effect all arrangements. Vigilance was exercised by Mr. Bonney in utilizing the press for extending to all parts of the earth infor- mation regarding the great world's congresses. The govern- ment of the United States promptly approved the comprehensive plan; "an act of recognition and support was passed by the Senate and House of Representatives, and approved by the chief executive." After the organization of the auxiliary, the State Department sent to foreign governments an official announcement which contains the following: "Among the great themes which the congresses are expected to consider are the following: The grounds of fraternal union in the language, 18 THE Parliament of religions. literature, domestic life, religion, science, art, and civil institu- tions of different peoples; the economic, industrial, and financial problems of the age; educational systems, their advantages and their defects, and the means by which they may best be adapted to the recent enormous increase in all departments of knowl- edge; the practicability of a common language for use in the commercial relations in the civilized world; international copy- right and the laws of intellectual property and commerce; immigration and naturalization laws and the proper international privileges of alien governments and tueir subjects or citizens; the most efficient and advisable means of preventing or decreas- ing pauperism, insanity, and crime, and of increasing productive ability, prosperity, and virtue throughout the world; inter- national law as a bond of union and a means of mutual protec- tion, and how it may best be enlarged, perfected, and authorita- tively expressed; the establishment of the principles of judicial justice as the supreme law of international relations and the general substitution of arbitration for war in the settlement of international controversies." The plan for the congresses was received with almost uni- versal approval throughout the world. Words of appreciation and encouragement were returned from every continent, " show- ing that the time for such a movement had indeed arrived." The letters which came from the advisory and honorary members of the World's Congress Auxiliary contained such ardent expressions of approval that from them might be com- pleted such an " anthrology of exalted sentiments, fraternal hopes, and offers of co-operation as would gladden the heart of every lover of human kind." Some who responded were called to the mightier congress of the illustrious dead before the opening hour of the Columbian Exposition. Among them was Eutherford B. Hayes, ex-Pres- ident of the United States, who had accepted the presidency of the congresses of the department of moral and social reform; James G. Blaine, who, through the American State Department, gave the World's Congress Auxiliary an official standing in all THE WORLD'S CONGRESSES OF 1893. 19 the countries of the earth with which our own has diplo- matic relations; Henry Edward Manning, Cardinal Archbishop of Westminster, one of the foremost religious leaders of his time; Lord Alfred Tennyson, the laurel crowned poet of Eng- land, who wished to gladden the authors' congress with, perhaps, his last earthly song; Bishop Phillips Brooks, of Boston, fore- most in the ranks of American preachers; John Greenleaf Whittier, the muse of freedom and of every virtue; George William Curtis, of New York; and Prof . Emile de Laveleye, a scientist of Belgium. So many living representatives of progress gave their active co-operation that only an allusion to them can be made in this volume. "Not only were the great centers of learning in Europe, Asia, and Australia represented by their brightest minds, but the governments of those countries were officially represented, and no more significant feature of the event can be found than the interest and sympathy manifested by the crowned heads of some of the oldest nations in the world." From the 15th of May, 1893, to the 28th of October, there were held twenty general department congresses, embracing woman's progress, the public press, medicine and surgery, temperance, moral and social reform, commerce and finance, music, literature, education, engineering, art, and architecture, government and law reform, general department, science and philosophy, labor, social and economic science, religion, Sunday rest, public health, and agriculture. Under these general heads there were held 200 distinct congresses, at which there appeared many of the most distinguished men and women of the day. So numerous were these congresses and so extensive the proceedings that their programmes bound in one volume constitute an interesting book of 160 pages. All the congresses were held in the Memorial Art Palace, located in Chicago, on the shore of Lake Michigan. In the palace are two large auditoriums called the Hall of Columbus and the Hall of Washington, and besides these are numerous 20 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. smaller halls of various dimensions. These spacious divisions were utilized by the congresses as convenience and necessity required. i i ij The women's congress was the first in the series to be held. That great assemblage, representing women of many lands, met on the morning of Monday, May 15th, in Columbus Hall, and their sessions continued during the week. President Charles C. Bonney, delivering the opening address, says: "The day of realization has come. What must have seemed to many a splendid but impossible dream has become a present reality. We enter this day upon the actual enjoyment of the pleasures and benefits it promised. The shining blossoms of the dream, have changed to ripened fruit that waits our taking. "We turn with grateful hearts to the past, for it is the high- way which has led us to this hour. We look with pleasing anticipations to the future, for its beckoning heights glow with the dawn of a fairer day of peace and plenty than our race has hitherto known. "The 19th century, richer in manifold wonders than any which has preceded it in the august procession of the ages, crowns its great achievements by establishing in the world the sublime idea of a universal fraternity of learning and virtue. This idea, long cherished by the illuminati of every clime, descends at last from the luminous mountains of thought to the fertile fields of action, and enters upon the conquest of the world. "We have asked the leaders of all countries to aid us in crowning the whole glorious work by the formation and adop- tion of better and more comprehensive plans than have hitherto been made; to advance the progress, prosperity, unity, peace, and happiness of the world, and to secure the effectual prose- cution of such plans by the organization of a series of world- wide fraternities, through whose efforts and influence the intellectual and moral forces of mankind may be dominant over the earth. THE WORLD'S CONGRESSES OF 1893. 21 "Henceforth, the 'decisive battles of the world' will be fought on moral fields and on intellectual heights. The artil- lery of argument will take the place of the shot and shell hurled by the mighty guns of modern war. The piercing bayonet of perception and the conquering sword of truth will take the place of the weapons of steel which soldier and captain bear. The fame of a great general will become less attractive than that of a great statesman, or orator, or poet, or artist, or scientist, or teacher. The laboratory of the chemist, the workshop of the architect, the field of the engineer or scientific investigator, the study of the author, and the institution of learning will more and more attract the rising genius of mankind. " The army of peace enters upon the scene. The splendid procession of 1893 marches into view. At its head a golden banner bears the golden legend of woman's progress. Behind it walk the living leaders of that progress, reflecting renewed honors upon all the long line of illustrious women, from Zeno- bia, Queen of Palmyra, to Victoria, Queen of Great Britain and Ireland and Empress of India." The second in the series of congresses was the Department of the Public Press. It began on the 22d of May and embraced the general congress of the public press, the congress of the religious press, and the congress of trade journals. Following this congress came the others of the series in unbroken order till the great feast of thought was ended. " The world had been invited to meet in friendly conference in the progressive and hospital)le city of the West. Leading thinkei*s of the world responded to its fraternal greeting in the same friendly spirit in which it was tendered. Minds and hearts, severed by distance but united in sympathy, were drawn together, and how the world answered to the bugle call of uni- versal brotherhood is now the proud record of the congresses that have closed." CHAPTEK n. ORIGIN OF THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. In the Hall of Columbus at the convention of religions from all parts of the earth, Dr. Alfred Momerie, a distinguished thinker of England, said: " I have seen all the great exhibitions of Europe during the last fifteen years, and I can safely say that the World's Columbian Exposition is greater than all of them put together, and the Parliament of Religions is, in my opinion, greater than the exposition." Under the department of religion, the denominational and inter-denominational congresses that were held in Art Palace numbered forty-one. " But among these wonderful conventions of men and women from the ends of the earth, the World's Parliament of Religions will stand out in history as the great- est event of the World's Columbian year. In the p- We have a beautiful lesson given to us m the gospel of Jesus Chnst— that beautiful parable of the good Samaritan which we all ought to follow. We know that the good Samaritan rendered assistance to a dying man and bandiured his wounds. The Samaritan was his enemy in re igion and in faith, his enemy in nationality, and his enemy even in social lite. Ihat is the model that we all ought to follovv. . ,,, . , . I trust that we will all leave this hall animated by a greater love for one another for love knows no distinction of faith. Christ the Lord is our model I sav. We can not, like our divine Savior, give sight to the blind and hearing to the deaf, and walking to the lame and strength to the par- alyzed limbs; we can not work the miracles which Christ wrought; but there are other miracles far more beneficial to ourselves that we are all in the measure of our lives capable of working, and those are the miracles of charity, of mercy, and of love to our fellowman. Let no man say that he can not serve his brother. Let no man say, "Am I my brother's keeper ? " That was the larguage of Cain, and I say to you all "here to-day, no matter what may be your faith, that you are and you ought to be your brother's keeper. W^hat would become of us Christians to-day if Christ the Lord had said, "Am I my brother's keeper?" Wo would be all walking in darkness and in the shadow of death, and if to-day we enjoy in this great and beneficent land of ours blessings beyond compar- ison, we owe it to Christ, who redeemed us all. Therefore, let ua thank God for the blessings He has bestowed upon us. Never do we perform an act so pleasing to God as when we extend the right hand of fel- lowship and of practical love to a suffering member. Never do we approach nearer to our model than when we cause the sunlight of Heaven to beam upon a darkened soul; never do we prove ourselves more worthy to be called the children of God our Father than when we cause the flowers of joy and of gladness to grow up in the hearts that were dark and dreary and barren and desolate before. For, as the apostle has well said, " Religion pure and undefiled before God and the Father is this: To visit the orphan and the fatherless and the widow in their tribulations, and to keep one's self unspotted from this world." ON BEHALF OF WOMEN. REV. AUGUSTA G. CHAPIN, CHAIRMAN OF THE WOMAN's COMMITTEE OF ORGANIZATION OF THIS CONGRESS". I am strangely moved as I stand upon this platform and attempt to realize what it means that you all are here from so many lands, represent- ing so many and widely diflering phases of religious thought and life, and what it means that I am here in the midst of this unique assemblage to represent womanhood and woman's part in it all. The parliament which assembles in Chicago this morning is the grandest and most significant convocation ever gathered in the name of religion on the face of this earth. There have been and are yet to be within these walls congresses for the discussion of a multitude of themes, each attracting the attention of a select and limited company. But this great Parliament of Religions appeals to all the people of the civilized world, for all who wear the garb of human- ity have inherited from the infinite fatherly and motherly One, whose children we are, the same high spiritual nature; we have all of us. whether wise or unwise, rich or poor, of whatever nationality or religion, the same supreme interests, and the same great problems of infinitudeTof life and of destiny press upon us all for solution. HARLOW N. HIGINBOTHAM, President World's Columbian Exposition. ADDRESS. 47 The old world, which has rolled on through countless stages and phases of physical progress, until it is an ideal home for the human family, has, through a process of evolution of growth, reached an era of intellectual and spiritual attainment where there is malice toward none and charity for all, where without prejudice, without fear and with perfect tidelity to personal convictions, we may clasp hands across the chasm of our indifferences and cheer each other in all that is good and true. The world's first Parliament of Religions could not have been called sooner and have gathered the religionists of all these lands together. We had to wait for the hour to strike, until the steamship, the railway, and the telegraph had brought men together, leveled their walls of separation and made them acquainted with each other — until scholars had broken the way through the pathless wilderness of ignorance, superstition, and falsehood, and compelled them to respect each others' honesty, devotion, and intelli- gence. A hundred years ago the world was not ready for this parliament. Fifty years ago it could not have been convened, and had it been called but a single generation ago one-half of the religious world could not have been directly represented. Woman could not have had a part in it in her own right for two reasons; one that her presence would not have been thought of or tolerated, and the other was that she herself was still too weak, too timid, and too unschooled to avail herself of such an opportunity had it been offered. Few indeed were they a quarter of a century ago who talked about the divine brother- hood and human brotherhood, and fewer still were they who realized the practical religious power of these great conceptions. Now few are found to question them. I am not an old woman, yet my memory runs easily back to the time when, in all the modern world, there was not one well equipped college or univer- sity open to women students, and when, in all the modern world, no woman had been ordained or even acknowledged as a preacher outside the denomi- nation of Friends. Now doors are thrown open in our own and many other lands. Women are becoming masters of the languages in which the great sacred literatures of the world are written. They are winning the highest honors that the great universities have to bestow, and already in the Held of religion hundreds have been ordained and thousands are freely speak- ing and teaching this new gospel of freedom and gentleness that has come to bless mankind. We are still at the dawn of this new era. Its grand possibilities are all before us, and its heights are ours to reach. We are assembled in this great parliament to look for the first time in each others' faces and to speak to each other our best and truest words. I can only add my heartfelt word of greeting to those you have already heard. I welcome you, brothers of every name and land, who have wrought so long and so well in accordance with the wisdom high hjaven has given to you ; and I welcome you, sisters, who have come with beating hearts and earnest purpose to this great feast, to participate not only in this parliament but in the great congresses asso- ciated with it. Isabella the Catholic had not only the perception of a new world but of an enlightened and emancipated womanhood, which should strengthen religion and bless mankind. I welcome you to the fulfillment of her prophetic vision. ADDRESS. H. N. HIGINBOTHAM, PRESIDENT OF THE WORLD's COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION COMPANY. It affords me infinite pleasure to welcome the distinguished gentlemen who compose this august body. It is a matter of satisfaction and pride that the relations existing between the peoples and the nations of the earth 48 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. are of such a friendly nature as to make this gathering possible. I have Icing cherished the hope that nothing would intervene to prevent the frui tion of the labors of your honored chairman ^ •„ • v,i + I apprehend that the fruitage of this parliament will richly compensate him and the world and prove the wisdom of his work. It is a source of s-itisf-iction that, to the residents of a new city in a far country, should be •icc«")rded this great privilege and high honor. The meeting of so many illus- trious and learned men under such circumstances, evidences the kindly spirit and feeling that exists throughout the world. To me this is the proudest of the works of our exposition. There is no man, high or low, learned or unlearned, who will not watch with increasing interest, the pro- ceedings of this parliament. Whatever may be the differences in the religions you represent, there is a sense in which we are all alike. There is a common plane on which we are all brothers. We owe cur being to conditions that are exactly the same. Our journey through this world is by the same route. We have in common the same senses, hopes, ambi- tions, joys, and sorrows, and these, to my mind, argue strongly and almost conclusively a common destiny. _ , „ j. xi ^ To me there is much satisfaction and pleasure in the fact that we are brought face to face with men that come to us bearing the ripest wisdom of the ages. They come in the friendliest spirit that, I trust, will be aug- mented by their intercourse with us and each other. I hope that your parliament will prove to be a golden milestone on the highway of civiliza- tion—a golden stairway leading up to the tableland of a higher, grander, and more i)erfect condition, where peace will reign and the engines of war be known no more forever. NEW ENGLAND PURITAN. REV. ALEXANDER MCKENZIE OF MASSACHUSETTS. I suppose that everybody who speaks here this morning stands for some thing. The very slight claim I have to be here, rests on the fact that I am one of the original settlers. I am here representing the New England Puritan, the man who has made this gathering possible. The Puritan came early to this country, with a very distinct work to do, and he gave himself distinctly to that work, and succeeded in doing it. There are some who criticise the Puritan, and say that if he had been a different man than he was he would not have been the man he was. I venture to say that if the Puritan had not been precisely the man he was, this gathering would never have been heard of. The little contribu- tion that he makes this morning, in the way of welcome to these guests from all parts of the world, is to congratulate them on the opportunity given them of seeing something of the work his hands have established. We are able to show our friends from other countries, not that we have something better than what they have, but that we have that which they can see nowhere else in the world. It would be idle to present trophies of old countries to men from India and Japan. We can not show an old history or stately architecture. We can not point to the castles and abbeys of England, but we can show a new country which means to be old. We can show buildings as tall as any in the world, and we c='n show the displacement of buildings that are a few score years old by the stately and elegant structures of our time. But there is another thing we can show, if our brethren from abroad will take pains to notice it. I am not exag- gerating when T say that we can show what can be shown nowhere else m the world, and that is, a great republic, and a republic in the process of making by the forces of Christianity. We can show the whole nation, we can show its beginning, we can show NEW ENGLAND PURITAN. 49 the men who began to make it; at any rate, we can show their pictures, the letters they wrote, and the cradles their children were rocked in. The begin- ning of this republic was purely religious. The men who came to start it came from religious motives. Their religion may not have been exactly what other people liked, but they worked with a distinctive religious pur- pose. They came here to carry out the work of God. They worked with energy and perseverance and steadfastness to that end. They started on Plymouth Rock a parliament of religion. They had presently in Massa- chusetts a parliament of two somewhat varying religions. Then, when the Dutch went to New York, there were three elements of religion in the country. So it has been going on ever since, and if to-day there is any religion in the world which has not its representative in this country, I wish somebody would guess what it is. There is one thing very remarkable in the working out of the Puritan idea; it has never gone backward, there has been no recession, no losing ground from the time the Mayflower took its way from old Plymouth into new Plymouth. There have been little variances from time to time, but they have tended to cement the great idea of building up this republic. At first they were colonies. Presently they shook off their allegiance to the old country and became a country of their own, but fettered and held with slavery, which is inconsistent in any republic. Presently came the revolu- tion, which bound them together as a nation, and then came the civil war, which shook slavery off from the republic, and we stood a free and inde- pendent nation before the world. Our work advanced without receding, and is still going on. I say that this is the first republic of the world. You may ask if I am not ignorant of history. I believe there were other republics. I have heard of the Roman republic; I have heard of the French republic, and the republics of Central America. But these were not republics in our sense. They were simply the change in form of government of their own people. A republic like this is peculiar in this respect, that we have here twenty-five different nations to make into one, twenty-five different languages, twenty-five different religions, with great diversities, and some no-religions which have more diversity than the religions. Now, with all this diversity of taste, diversity of religion, and desire and purpose, we had to make one nation where the people shall think together, shall worship together, shall rally under the same flag, and shall believe in the same principles and same institutions. Since the morning of crea- tion there has never been given to any people in the world so great a task as to make out of twenty-five nations a republic along the old Christian lines. We begun our work with the church and school. I have no sympathy with the discussion which has been frequently heard as to whether we should have the school or the church. You might as well ask, in bringing up children, whether they should have clothes or bread. Why, in the name of reason, should they not have both? The pilgrim fathers came with the church and came with the school. They were not boys when they came or wild adventurers. They were scholars from the universities of England. They brought books with them and made books, and they founded what they called a university. They believed that no religion has any right to live which does not make men more intelligent, and they believed that there is no intelligence worth hav- ing that does not reach out to the highest pinnacle of knowledge. To-day we are simply continuing the process they began. Men sometimes find fault and say that we are a material nation. I think we should give thanks that we are materialists, that we are blessed with railroads, steamships, banks, bankers, and many kinds of money, providing they are good. It would be no use attempting to maintain institutions of religion or achoolhouses without material and financial 50 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. roBources It is rather a reproach to us if we can not advance the institu- tions of relit'ion and learning as fast as men advance railroads. I wish our friends would take pains to notice what we are doing here I Rliould like them to see the fine churches of this and other great cities; I should like them to go into the country communities and see our mission- •irv churches and country schools. I wish they would let me be their guide. i would take them to the place on our own Atlantic seaboard, where they c-m see men manufacturing a republic— taking the black material of humanity and building it up into noble men and women ; taking the red material, wild with every savage instinct, and making it into respectable I do not think America has anything better or more hopeful to show than the work of General Armstrong at Hampton. We have not built cathedrals yet, but we have built log schoolhouses, and if you visit them vou will see in the cracks between the logs the eternal light streaming in. And for the work we are doing a log schoolhouse is better than a cathedral. THANKS FROM GREECE, MOST EEV. DIONYSIOS LATAS, THE ARCHBISHOP OF ZANTE, GEEECE, A EEPEESEXTATIVE OF THE GEEEK CHUECH. Reverend 3{inisters, Most Honorable Gentlemen, the Superiors of this Congress, and Honorable Ladies and Gentlemen : I consider myself very happy in having set my feet on this platform to take part in the congress of the different nations and peoples. I thank the great American nation, and especially the superiors of this congress, for the high manner in which they have honored me by inviting me to take part, and I thank the min- isters of divinity of the different nations and peoples which, for the first time, will write in the books of the history of the world. I thank them still more because this invitation gave me the opportunity to satisfy a desire which I have had for a long time to visit this famous and most glorious country. I sat a long time at Athens, the capital of Greece, and there had the opportunity to become acquainted with many American gentlemen, ministers, professors, and others who came there for the sake of learning the new Greek, and travelers who visited that classic place, the place of the antiquities. By conversing with those gentlemen, I heard and learned many things about America, and I admired from afar the greatness of the country. My desire has alw'ays been to visit and see this nation, and now, thanks to Almighty God, I am here in America, within the precincts of the city which is showing the great progress and the wonderful achievements of the human mind. My voice, as representing the little kingdom of Greece, may appear of little importance as compared with the voices of you who represent great and powerful states, extensive cities, and numerous nations, but the influence of the church to w^hich I belong, is extensive and my part is great. But my thanks to the superiors of this congress and my blessings and prayers to Almighty God must not be measured by extent and quantity but by true sympathy and quality. I repeat my thanks to the superiors of this congress, the president, Charles Bonney, and Dr. Barrows. The archbishop then turned to the dignitaries on the plat- form and said: Reverend ministers of the eloquent name of God, the creator of your earth and mine, I salute you on the one hand as my brothers in Jesus Christ, from whom, according to our faith, all good has originated in this world. I salute you in the name of the divinely inspired gospel, which, FROM INDIA AND CHINA. 51 according to our faith, is the salvation of the soul of man and the happiness of man in this world. All men have a common creator, without any distinction between the rich and the poor, the ruler and the ruled; all men have a common creator without any distinction of clime or race, without distinction of nationality or ancestry, of name or nobility; all men have a common creator, and con- sequently a common father in God. I raise up my hands and I bless with heartfelt love the great country and the happy, glorious people of the United States. "This indeed is glorious," cried Mr. Bonney, as the arch- bishop resumed his seat, a sentiment which was greeted with prolonged cheering. FROM INDIA AND CHINA. p. C. MOZOOMDAK OF INDIA. P. C. Mozoomdar, of India, was loudly cheered upon rising to make the following address: Leaders of the Parliament of Religions, Men and Women of America: The recognition, sympathy, and welcome you have given to India to-day are gratifying to thousands of liberal Hindu religious thinkers, whose repre- sentatives I see around me, and. on behalf of my countrymen, I cordially thank you. India claims her place in the brotherhood of mankind, not only because of her great antiquity, but equally for what has taken place there in recent times. Modern India has sprung from ancient India by a law of evolution, a process of continuity which explains some of the most difficult problems of our national life. In prehistoric times our forefathers worshiped the great living spirit, God, and, after many strange vicissitudes, we Indian theists, led by the light of ages, worship the same living spirit, God, and none other. Perhaps in other ancient lands this law of continuity has not been so well kept. Egypt aspired to build up the vast eternal in her elaborate sym- bolism and mighty architecture. Where is Egypt to-day ? Passed away as a mystic dream in her pyramids, catacombs, and sphynx of the desert. Greece tried to embody her genius of wisdom and beauty in her wonder- ful creations of marble, in her all-embracing philosophy; but where is ancient Greece to-day ? She lies buried under her exquisite monuments, and sleeps the sleep from which there is no waking. The Roman cohorts under whose victorious tramp the earth shook to its center, the Roman theaters, laws, and institutions — where are they ? Hid- den behind the oblivious centuries, or, if they flit across the mind, only point a moral or adorn a tale. The Hebrews, the chosen of Jehovah, with their long line of law and prophets, how are they ? Wanderers on the face of the globe, driven by king and kaiser, the objects of persecution to the cruel or objects of sym- pathy to the kind. Mount Moriah is in the hands of the Musselman, Zion is silent, and over the ruins of Solomon's Temple a few men beat their breasts and wet their white beards with their tears. But India, the ancient among ancients, the elder of the elders, lives to-day with her old civilization, her old laws, and her profound religion. The old mother of the nations and religions is still a power in the world; she has often risen from apparent death, and in the future will arise again. When the Vedic faith declined in India, the esoteric religion of the Vedan- tas arose; then the everlasting philosophy of the Darasanas. When these 52 THF. PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. declined again the Light of Asia arose, and established a standard of moral perfection which will yet teach the world a long time. When Buddhism h-id its downfall, the Shaiva and Vaish Rava revived, and continued in the land down to the invasion of the Mohammedans. The Greeks and Scyth- ians the Turks and Tartars, the Monguls and Musselmen, rolled over her country like torrents of destruction. Our independence, our greatness, our nrestige— all had gone, but nothing could take away our religious vitality. We are Hindus still and shall always be. Now sits Christianity on the throne of India, with the gospel of peace on one hand and the scepter of civilization on the other. Now, it is not the time to despair and die. Behold the aspirations of modern India— intellectual, social, political— all awak- ened; our religious instincts stirred to the roots. If that had not been the case do you think Hindus, Jains, Buddhists, and others would have trav- ersed these U,(X)0 miles to pay the tribute of their sympathy before this august Parliament of Religions? No individual, no denomination, can more fully sympathize or more heartily join your conference than we men of the Brahmo Somaj, whose religion is the harmony of all religions, and whose congregation is the brotherhood of all nations. Such, being our aspirations and sympathies, dear brethren, accept them . Let me thank you again for this welcome in the name of my countrymen, and wish every prosperity and success to your labors. HON. PUNG QUANG YU, SECKETAEY OF THE CHINESE LEGATION IN WASHINGTON Began to read the address, but was unable to make himself heard. He, therefore, turned the manuscript over to Dr. Barrows, who read, in ringing tones, the following: On behalf of the imperial government of China, I take great pleasure in responding to the cordial words which the chairman of the general com- mittee and others have spoken to-day. This is a great moment in the his- tory of nations and religions. For the first time men of various faiths meet in one great hall to report what they believe and the grounds for their belief. The great Sage of China, who is honored not only by the millions of our own land, but througtiout the world, believed that duty was summed up in rocijjrncity, and I think that the word reciprocity tinds a new mean- ing and glory in the proceedings of this historic parliament. I am glad that the great empire of China has accepted the invitation of those who have called this parliament and is to be represented in this great school of comparative religion. Only the happiest results will come, I am sure, from our meeting together in the spirit of friendliness. Each may learn from the other some lessons, I trust, of charity and good will, and discover what is excellent in other faiths than his own. In behalf of my government and people I extend to the representatives gathered in this great hall the friend- liest salutations, and to those who have spoken I give my most cordial thanks. LEGEND OF RUSSIA. PRINCE SEEGE WOLKONSKY OF EUSSIA. Those who, during the last week, have had the opportunity of attending not only the congresses of one single church, but who could witness diflfer- cnt congresses of different churches and congregations must have been struck with a noticeable fact. They went to the Catholic congress and LEGEND OF RUSSIA. 53 heard beautiful words of charity and love. Splendid orators invoked the blessings of heaven upon the children of the Catholic Church, and in elo- quent terms the listeners were entreated to love their human brothers, in the name of the Catholic Church. They went to the Lutheran congress and heard splendid words of humanity, and brotherhood, orators inspired with love and the blessing of God invoked on the children of the Lutheran church. Those who were present were taught to love their human broth- ers, in the name of the Lutheran church. They went to other more limited congresses, and everywhere they heard these same great words, proclaim- ing these same great ideas and inspiring these same great feelings. They saw a Catholic archbishop who went to a Jewish congress and with fiery eloquence brought feelings of brotherhood to his Hebraic sisters. Not in one of these congresses did a speaker forget that he belonged to humanity, and that his own church or congregation was but a starting point, a center for a further radiation. This is the noticeable fact that must have struck everybody, and everybody must have asked himself at the end of the week: "Why don't they come together, all these people who all speak the same language? Why do not all these splendid orators unite their voices in one single chorus, and, if they preach the same ideas, why don't they proclaim them in the name of the same and single truth that inspires them all?" This seems to have been the idea of those who, in comxx)sing the programmes of the religious congresses, decided that the general religious congress should follow the minor ones. To-night, in fact, we see the representatives of different churches gathered together, and actuated with one common desire of union. Being called to welcome it on the day of its opening, I will take the liberty of relating to you a popular legend of my country. The story may appear rather too humorous for the occasion, but one of our national writers says: " Humor is an invisible tear through a visible smile," and we think that human tears, human sorrow and pain are sacred enough to be brought even before a religious congress. There was an old woman, who for many centuries suffered tortures in the flames of hell, for she had been a great sinner during her earthly life. One day she saw far away in the distance an angel taking his flight through the blue skies; and with the whole strength of her voice she called to him. The call must have been desperate, for the angel stopped in his flight and coming down to her asked her what she wanted. " When you reach the throne of God," she said, " tell him that a miser- able creature has suffered more than she can bear, and, that she asks the Lord to be delivered from these tortures." The angel promised to do so and flew away. When he had transmitted the message God said: " Ask her whether she has done any good to anyone during her life." The old woman strained her memory in search of a good action during her sinful past, and all at once: "I've got one," she joyfully exclaimed: " one day I gave a carrot to a hungry beggar." The angel reported the answer. "Take a carrot," said God to the angel, "and stretch it out to her. Let her grasp it, and if the plant is strong enough to draw her out from hell she shall be saved." This the angel did. The poor old woman clung to the carrot. The angel began to pull, and lo! she began to rise! But when her body was half out of the flames she felt another weight at her feet Another sinner was clinging to her, She kicked, but it did not help. The sinner would not let go his hold, and the angel, continuing to pull, was lifting them both. But, oh! another sinner clung to them, and then a third, and more and always more — a chain of miserable creatures hung at the old woman's feet. The 54 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. „„.rel never ceased pulling. It did not seem to be any heavier than the "mall carrot could support, and they all were lifted in the air. But the old woman suddenly took fright. Too many people were availing themselves of her l-ist chance of salvation, and, kicking and pushing those who were clinging to her, she exclaimed: " Leave me alone; hands off; the carrot is "" No sooner had she pronounced this word " mine " than the tiny stem broke, and they all fell back to hell, and forever. In its poetical artlessness and popular simplicity this legend is too elo- quent to need interpretation. If any individual, any community, any con- trregation any church, possesses a portion of truth and of good, let that truth shine for everybody; let that good become the property of everyone. The substitution of the word "mine" by the word "ours," and that of '• ours ' bv the word " everyone's " — this is what will secure a fruitful result to our collective efforts as well as to our individual activities. This is why we welcome and greet the opening of this congress, where, in a combined effort of the representatives of all churches, all that is great and good and true in each of them is brought together in the name of the same God and for the sake of the san.e man. We congratulate the president, the members and all the listeners of this congress upon the tendency of union that has gathered them on the soil of the country whose allegorical eagle, spreading her mighty wings over the stars and stripes, holds in her talons these splendid words: " E Pluribus Unum." SHINTO BISHOP OF JAPAN. EIGHT KEV. RENCHI SHIBATA, EEPKESENTATIVE OF THE SHINTO FAITH, THE STATE EELIGION OF JAPAN. The bishop appeared in his full pontificals and salaamed profoundly toward the audience and to the right and left when he came forward. Mr. Bonney, in his words of introduction, alluded to the rapidity with which Japan had advanced in civilization, and the peculiar kindness felt by the people of this country toward the people of the empire of the mikado. The address was read by Dr. Barrows. I can not help doing honor to the Congress of Religions held here in Chicago as the result of the partial effort of those philanthropic brothers who have undertaken this, the greatest meeting ever held. It was fourteen years ago that I expressed, in my ow^n country, the hope that there should be a friendly meeting between the world's religionists, and now I realize my hope with great joy in being able to attend these phenomenal meetings. In the history of the past we read of repeated and tierce conflicts between different religious creeds which sometimes ended in war. But that time has passed away and things have changed with advancing civil- ization. It.is a great blessing, not only to the religions themselves, but also to human affairs, that the different religionists can thus gather in a friendly way and exchange their thoughts and opinions on the important problems of the age. I trust that these repeated meetings will gradually increase the fraternal relations between the different religionists in investigating the truths of the umverse, and be instrumental in uniting all religions of the world, and WORDS ON TOLERATION. 55 in bringing all hostile nations into peaceful relations by leading them unto the way of perfect justice. When he had finished reading, Dr. Barrows introduced three Buddhist priests from Japan, namely, Zitzuzen Ashitsu, Shaku Soyen, and Horin Tokia. The priests arose and remained standing while Z. Nognchi, their interpreter, said: I thank you on behalf of the 'Japanese Buddhist priests for the wel- come you have given us and for the kind invitation to participate in the proceedings of this congress. Dr. Barrows said that the Buddhists were bishops in their land, and had been touched with the kind greetings and hos- pitalities they had received since arriving in America. WORDS ON TOLERATION. COUNT BEKENSTORFF OF GERMANY. I am happy to be able, as a German, to return words of thanks for the kind welcome that has just been expressed to the visitors from different nations. I can hardly say that I speak on behalf of Germany. Not coun- tries as such, nor even churches as such, can take part in a conference like this. I fully understand that men, who in high offices represent the church, hesitated to accept the invitation, which, as private persons, they would perhaps gladly have followed. I think the gentlemen who have come to attend this parliament, yet unique in the history of the world, come as individuals, not binding, by their presence, the religious or national bodies to which they belong; but this does not in the least diminish the value of their presence here. They come as men engaged in the religious work of their country, and are representative men as such, even if no religious body has given them full powers. I also come only as an individual, but in the hope that I may, perhaps, help a little to further the great object which you, who so kindly invited us, have in view. It is a great pleasure to me to be once more in this great country, which I visited for the first time in 1873. One week spent here twenty years ago has remained deeply rooted in my memory. Let me begin by stating my great pleasure, and I know that I am not alone with this feeling in my country, that for the first time religion should be officially connected with a world's exhibition. Religion, the most vital question for every human being, is generally laid aside at such gatherings, and men are too apt to forget the claims of God in the bustle of life. Here is a free country, where the church is not supported by the government, and yet where the churches have more influence on public life than any- where else. It has been recognized that such a large influx of men should not meet without paying attention to the question of all questions. This parliament is, therefore, a testimony, and one whose voice will, I trust, be heard all over the earth, that men live not by bread alone, but that the care for the immortal soul is the paramount question for every man, the ques- tion which ought to be treated before all others when men of all nations meet. The basis of this congress is common humanity. Though the term humanity has often been used to designate the purely human apart from all claims of divinity, I hesitate not, as an evangelical Christian, to accept this thesis. It is the Bible which teaches us that the human race is all 56 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. descended from one couple, and that they are, therefore, one family. Let us not forget this; but the Bible also teaches that man is created after the imace of God. Therefore, man as su(;h, quite apart from the circumstances which made him be born among some historic religion, is meant to come into connection with God. I have heard preachers who spoke at the anni- versary of a reformation say that children who were baptized end what obligations this fact lays upon them. I could not help thinking that if children were not baptized, would not the duty to lead them to Christ be quite the same? He said every child is a member of the great human family. Has the offspring of that race, created after the image of God, the right to be brought into contact with truth? If this was not the case the precept which states in the Old Testament, "Love thy neighbor as thyself," would have been impossible. It is based on the principle that every man, as such, through his religious convictions, has a claim on our help; yea, more, on our love Even the Jews, who were separated from all other nations of the world, hatl this taught to them. The abuse of this truth, made by men of no religion, can not abrogate the truth itself. If this parliament helps to bring forth this truth in the right light, if it shows that we can profess common humanity without putting the human in opposition to the divine, it will do a great work for the progress of civilization. The word "neighbor" in that precept that we are to love our neighbor as ourself seems very narrow at first sight. It seems as if it only meant the person who lives next door to us, but in truth it is very comprehensive. The parable of the good Samaritan shows that the suffering one is our neighbor in so far as he requires our help. Every man is our neighbor. Every man practically becomes so by being brought near to us. Now the World's Fair, by bringing together a number of men from all nations, makes neighborhood practical for many peoijlo who never met before. Altogether the progress of civilization, the facilities offered for locomotion in this century of steam and electricity, make many men closer neighbors than they were before, and if all the representatives of foreign nations who come here for the Fair are told by this parliament that every man has a claim on the love of every other for the vsake of the common humanity, it is a lesson which certainly deserves not to lie lost. We alreadv feel that for- eigners coming here can learn much, especially from the great voluntary Christian efforts of Americans. This parliament teaches us that other great lesson. Not that — some one might say, and I have heard the objections expressed before — this idea of humanity will tend to make religion indifferent to vis. I will openly con- fess that I also for a time felt the strength of this objection, but I trust that nobody is here who thinks light of his own n-ligion. I, for myself, declare that I am here as an individual evangelical Chris- tian, and that I should never have set my foot in this i)arliament if I thought that it sign'tied anything like a consent that all religi(ms are equal and that it is f)nly necessary to be sincere and upright. I can consent to nothing of this kind. I believe only the Bible to be true and Protestant Christianity the only true religion. I wish no compromise of an\' kind. We can not deny that we who meet in this parliament are separated by great and important principles. We admit that these differences can not be bridged ovtn-, but we meet, believing everyljody has the right to his faith. You invite everybody to come here as a sincere defender of his own faith. I, for my part, stand before you with the same wish that prompted Paul when he stood before the representative of the Roman congress and Agrippa, the Jewish king. I would to God that all that hear me to-day were both almost and altogether such as I am. I can not accept these bonds. I thank God that I am free, except for all these faults and defi- ciencies which are in me and which prevent me embracing my creed as I should like to do. I GREETING FROM FRANCE. 57 But what do we then meet for if we can not show tolerance. Well, the word tolerance is used in a very different way. If the words of the great King Frederick, of Prussia, " In my country everybody can go to heaven after his own fashion," are used as a maxim of statesmanship, we can not approve of it too highly. What bloodshed, what cruelty would have been spared in the history of the world if it had been adopted. But if it is the expression of the religious indifference prevalent during this last century and at the court of the monarch who was the friend of Voltaire then we must not accept it. St Paul, in his epistle tc the Galatians, rejects every other doctrine, even if it were taught by an angel from heaven. We Christians are servants of our master, the living Savior. We have no right to com- promise the truth He intrusted to us, either to think lightly of it, or with- hold the message He has given us for humanity. But we meet together, each one wishing to gain the others to his own creed. Will this not be a parliament of war instead of peace'i* Will it bring us further from instead of nearer to each other? I think not if we hold fast our truths that these great vital doctrines can only be defended and propagated by spiritual means. An honest fight with spiiitual weapons need not estrange the combatants; on the contrary, it often brings them nearer. I think this conference will have done enough to engrave its memory forever on the leaves of history if this great principle found general adoption. Our light is dawning in every heart, and the 19th century has brought us much progress in this respect; yet we risk to enter the 20th century before the great principle of religious liberty has found universal acceptance. I am proud that in Prussia the ideas of religious liberty are so far advanced. The present Bohemian churches in our capital are a horrible memorial of how the Protestants of Bohemia and Austria found refuge in our country. Many blessings have come from these immigrants. The Jews are also fully emancipated with us, as the law gives all religious liberty. In Roman Catholic countries, like Spain, every obstacle is put in the way of Protestants. In Turkey, and equally in Russia, we hear of sad persecutions. The principle of religious liberty is based on the grand foundation that God wants the voluntary observance of free men. GREETING FROM FRANCE. PKOFESSOR G. BONET MAURY. Ladies and Gentlemen: It is for me a great honor to have to answer for France, my country, to the welcome greetings which have been just now expressed by our president, Mr. Bonney, and by the energetic chairman of the organizing committee of the Parliament of Religions, Rev. J. H. Bar- rows, and others. That honor fell due to more prominent leaders of relig- ious thought in our country, such as Albert Reville, the learned professor of the history of religions at our College de France (Paris), or Baron de Shickler, the generous president of our " Societe d'Histoire du Protestant- isme Francais." Unhappily they were prevented from coming here, and therefore I ought to speak—not as a delegate of the French Government, or of such a one or such another church— but as a Christian Frenchman and a liberal Protestant. I consider it as my first duty to this Columbus Hall to say to you American friends, "Hail, Columbia! Hail, the land of George Washington and Abraham Lincoln! The glorious country in the New World, which was the first cradle of liberty for men of every religion, of every nation, of every color! Hail to the land of Channing and Longfellow, of Emerson and Parker, of Fulton and Graham Bell, those heralds of poetical and Christian 58 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. ideals We. republican and Protestant Frenchmen, are much obliged to them all, not only as business men, but as Christians. It was from those heaven-born heroes, from those spiritual prophets that our great citizens, Lafavette, Mirabeau, Tocqueville, and Laboulaye, Ath. Coquerel, Sr., and Revilie, have taken example to introduce in France the capital prin- ciples of self-government, of religious liberty, and of ecclesiastical tolera- But the repubUc of the United States has not degenerated from its illustrious founders; it is a fertile ground, unceasingly bringing forth new inventions or pregnant ideas. I ought afterward to pay to the organiz- ing committee of this Parliament of Religions a tribute of admiration for its colossal efforts and to present it my heartiest wishes for its success. It is, indeed, the first time since the days of the conqueror Akbar, who reigned in East India at the end of the 26th century, that an attempt is made to brino- the representative men of the various, and, alas ! often adverse relig- ions'^of mankind into a pacific intercourse. The great Mongol emperor had proclaimed full toleration of all religions among his numerous sub- jects, and. consequently, he ordered to be built near his palace in Agra a splendid hall, with large rooms, w^here Brahmins, rabbis, and court mission- aries found opportunities of debating with each other on religious matters. There is also at Paris a similar institution in our religious branch of the " Ecole fratique des hauter etude." You might have seen for six years in the old Sorbama's house, just now pulled down, Roman Catholics and Protestant ministers, Hebrew and Buddhist scholars commenting on the sacred books of old India and Egypt, Greece and Palestine, or telliog the history of the various branches of the Christian Church. Well now, gentlemen, you have resumed the same woik as the conqueror Akbar, and more recently the French Republic. You have convoked here, in that tremendous city which is itself a wonder of human industry and, as it were, a modern Phoenix springing again from its ashes, representa- tive men of all great religions of the earth, in order to discuss, on courteous and pacific terms, the eternal problem of divinity, which is the torment, but also the sign of sovereignty of man over all animal beings. I present you the hearty messages of all friends of religious liberty in France and my best wishes for your success. May God, the Almighty Father, help you in your noble undertaking. May He give us all His spirit of love, of truth, of liberty, of mutual help, and unlimited progress, so that we may become pure as He is pure, good as He is good, loving as He is love, perfect as He is perfect, and we shall find in these moral improvements the possession of real liberty, equality, and fraternity. For, as said our genial poet, Victor Hugo: All men are sons of the same father. They are the same tear and pour from the same eye! FROM AUSTRALASIA, ARCHBISHOP REDWOOD OF NEW ZEALAND. I am glad, indeed, that it has been announced to you that I shall address you in only a few words, for we have been here so long, we have been listening to such strains of eloquence, we have had our minds so enlarged by the presence of this multitude and the varied representatives- of the races and colors of mankind, that it would be impossible for me at this stage of the proceedings to detain you for any great length of time. However, as your honorable president has had the kindness to say, I have at least one merit, that of having come from afar. I have also another merit: I have the honor of representing the newest phase of civilization of the Anglo-Saxon race and the English speaking people. FROM AUSTRALASIA. 59 I represent Australia, a country divided into various colonies, governing themselves with wonderful freedom, and, I may say without boasting, making rapid advances on the way to true civilization. I deem it a very great honor and privilege to be present on such an occasion as this in an assembly that begins as it were on a new era for mankind — an era, I believe, of real brotherly love. It is a sad spectacle, when the mind ranges over a whole universe, to see that multitude of 1,200,000,000 of human beings created by the same God, destined to the same happiness, and yet divided by various barriers; to see that instead of love prevailing from nation to nation, there are barriers of hatred dividing them. I believe an occasion like this is the strongest possible means of removing forever such barriers. I stand here as the representative of that distant land, of that noble old church founded by God from the beginning ; for, as one of the holy fathers said, the beginning of all things is the holy Catholic Church. We go back to Christ, her founder ; to Christ, foretold thousands of years before he came. There she stands as a landmark in history. In her teaching there is an event which the human race shall never forget — that the Godhead took up our human nature to so elevate and unite it with the divine nature, whence began a brotherhood of man never dreamed of by merely human beings. Now we can walk the earth and say truly we are the brothers of God. Indeed, in the whole of creation is the brotherhood of God known. It is known in the soul representing the spiritual creation, in the body repre- senting the material creation, for man's body is an epitome of the material universe. Is it indeed that God glorified and deified the whole of creation in that act, so that now the very mountains, trees, rocks, and plants can be saluted not only as his creation but as Christ's brother ? These are the great ideas that underlie Christianity fully understood. We are to remove, in this 19th century, the barriers of hatred that prevent men from listen- ing to the truth contained in all religions. In all religions there is a vast element of truth, otherwise they would have no cohesion. They all have something respectable about them, they all have vast elements of truth ; and the first thing for men, to respect themselves and to take away the barriers of hatred, is to see what is noble in their respective beliefs, and to respect each other for the knowledge of the truth contained therein. Therefore I think that this Parliament of Religions, will promote the gr eat brotherhood of mankind, and in order to promote that brotherhood it will promote the expansion of truth. I do not pretend as a Catholic to have the whole truth or to be able to solve all the problems of the human mind. I can appreciate love and esteem and any element of truth found outside of that great body of truth. Some men have said we are the lovers of truth, we are the seekers of truth, we are the philosophers of truth, but Christ had the divine audacity to say, " I am the truth." Wherever there is truth there is something worthy the respect not only of man but of God, the god-man, the incarnate God. Therefore, in order to sweep away the Ijarriers of hatred that exist in the world, we must respect the elements of truth contained in all religions, and we must respect also the elements of morality contained in all religions. Man is an intelligent being and therefore he requires to know truth. He is also a moral being that is bound to live up to that truth and is bound to use his will and liberty in accordance with truth. He is bound to be a righteous being. We find in all religions a number of truths that are the foundation, the bed-rock of all morality, and we see them in the various religions throughout the world, and we can surely, without sacrificing one point of Catholic morality or of truth, admire those truths revealed in some . manner by God. 60 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. Man is not only a mortal being, but a social being. Now the condition to make him happy and prosperous as a social being, to make him pro- gress and go forth to conquer the world, both mentally and physically, is that he should be free, and not only to be free as a man in temporal matters, but to be free in religious matters. Therefore, it is to be hoped that from this day will date the dawn of that period when, through- out the whole of the universe, in every nation the idea of oppressing any man for his religion will be swept away. I think I can say in the name of the young country I represent, in the name of New Zealand, and thechurch of Australasia that has made such a marvelous progress in our day, that we hope God will speed that day. Less than a century ago there were only two Catholic priests in the whole of Australasia. Now we have a hierarchy of one cardinal, six archbishops, eighteen bishops, a glorious army of priests, with brotherhoods, and sisterhoods teaching schools in the most practical manner. The last council of the church held in Sydney sent her greeting to the church in America, and the church in America was seized by sur- prise and admiration at the growth of Christianity in that distant land. It is in the name of that church I accept with the greatest feeling of thank- fulness the greeting made to my humble self representing that new country of New Zealand and that thriving and advancing country of Australasia. GOOD WISHES OF CEYLON. H. DHARMAPALA OF CEYLON. Friends: I bring to you the good wishes of 475,000,000 of Buddhists, the blessings and peace of the religious founder of that system which has prevailed so many centuries in Asia, which has made Asia mild, and which is to-day in its twenty-fourth century of existence, the prevailing religion of the country. I have sacrificed the greatest of all work to attend this par- liament, i have left the work of consolidation — an important work which we have begun after 700 years — the work of consolidating the different Buddhist countries, which is the most important work in the history of modern Buddhism. When I read the programme of this Parlit.ment of Religions I saw it was simply the re-echo of a great consummation which the Indian Buddhists accomplished twenty-four centuries ago. At that time Asoka, the great emperor, held a council in the city of Patma of 1,000 scholars, which was in session for seven months. The pro- ceedings were epitomized and carved on rock and scattered all over the Indian peninsula and the then known globe. After the consummation of that programme the great emperor sent the gentle teachers, the mild dis- ciples of Buddha, in the garb that yovi see on this platform, to instruct the world. In that plain garb they went across the deep rivers, the Himalayas, to the plains of Mongolia and the Chinese plains, and to the far-off beauti- ful isles, the empire of the rising sun; and the influence of that congress held twenty-one centuries ago is to-day a living power, because you every- where see mildness in Asia. Go to any Buddhist country and where do you find such healthy com- passion and tolerance as you find there? Go to Japan, and what do you see? The noblest lessons of tolerance and gentleness. Go to any of the Buddhist countries and you will see the carrying out of the programme adopted at the congress called by the Emperor Asoka. Why do I come here to-day? Because I find in this new city, in this land of freedom the very place where that programme can also be carried out. For one year I meditated whether this parliament would be a success. Then I wrote to Dr. Barrov/s that this would be the proudest occasion of modern history, and the crowning work of nineteen centuries. Yes, friends, if you are serious, if you are unselfish, if you are altruistic, this programme DR. CARL VON BERGEN Of Stockholm, Sweden. I SWEDEN FOR CHRIST. 61 can be carried out, and the 20th century will see the teachings of the meek and lowly Jesus accomplished. I hope in this great city, the youngest of all cities but the greatest of all cities, this programme will be carried out, and that the name of Dr. Barrows will shine forth as the American Asoka. And T hope that the noble lessons of tolerance, learned in this majestic assembly, will result in the dawning of universal peace, which will last for twenty centuries more A recess was then taken until 2:30 o'clock. SWEDEN FOR CHRIST. DR. GAEL VON BERGEN OF STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN. There is at present, and has existed during a long time in the past, a bond of mental, spiritual affinity between tlie leaders of religious thought in Sweden and the United States of America. Those grand and glorious principles, which are, so to say, the foundation-stones upon which this great international congress hopes to build the temple of religious truth for the everlasting benefit of coming generations, have been — every one of them — enunciated and proclaimed to the multitude long ago by world- famous seers and sages in Sweden. They are, in our days, the war-cry of those " worshipers of God and lovers of human progress " (to use the words of our respected President, Mr. Bonney) in Sweden, who do battle, with unrelenting energy, against an earth-bound, superficial, grossly unscientific atheism and materialism, which makes itself sometimes the mouthpiece of a teaching of immorality most vile and pernicious. The speaker quoted from the printed programme of the Parliament of Religions several of the principles, to which he referred — religious freedom, universal brotherhood of man, tolerance, unity of God, Christ as the Savior of mankind— and he showed by quotations from great Swedish scientists, philosophers, historians, and poets, that all those lofty ideas have been and are the watchwords of the leaders and representative men in his own country. The heroes of Swedish science and literature — men such as the immortal Linnajus, Swedenborg, Berzelius, Agardh, Geijer, Tegner, Wallin, Bostrom, Viktor Rydberg, and many others — have all joined in the strain that was struck on the lyre of the grand bard of modern England, Alfred Tennyson: Ring out the darkness of the land. Ring in the Christ that is to be ! "In this sign you will conquer!" Such is the conviction of the truly great ones and the best in Sweden as well as in America. WORD FROM BOMBAY. Vichand A. Gandhi, a lawyer of Bombay, and one of the chief exponents of Jain religion of that oriental country : Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen: I will not trouble you with a long speech. I, like my respected friends, Mr. Mozoomdar and others, come from India, the mother of religions. I represent Jainism, a faith 62 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. older than Buddhism, similar to it in its ethics, but different from it in its psychology, and professed by 1,500,000 of India's most peaceful and law- abiding citizens. You have heard so many speeches from eloquent mem- bers, and as I shall speak later on at some length, I will therefore, at present, only offer, on behalf of my community and their high priest, Moni Atma Ranji, whom I especially represent here, our sincere thanks for the kind welcome you have given us. This spectacle of the learned leaders of thought and religion meeting together on a common platform, and throwing light on religious problems, has been the dream of Atma Ranji's life. He has commissioned me to say to you that he offers his most cordial con- gratulations on his own behalf, and on behalf of the Jain community, for your having achieved the consummation of that grand idea, of convening a Parliament of Religions. GEEETING FROM OLD ARMENIA. In introducing Professor Minas Sclierez, editor of an Arme- nian newspaper published in London, Dr. Barrows appropri- ately referred to the fact that Armenia is supposed to have been the cradle of the race, and that, according to the Biblical story, the ark, after the flood, rested on Mount Ararat, in Armenia. He paid a tribute to the noble traits exhibited by the old Arme- nian Christian nation when suffering under persecution. Salutations to the New World, in the name of Armenia, the oldest coun- try of the Old World. Salutations to the American people, in the name of Armenia, which has been twice the cradle of the human race. Salutations to the Parliament of Religions, in the name of Armenia, where the religious feeling first blossomed in the enraptured heart of Adam. Salutations to every one of you, brothers and sisters, in the name of the Tigris and the Euphrates, which watered the Garden of Eden; in the name of the majes- tic Ararat, which was crowned by the ark of Noah; in the name of a church which was almost contemporary with Christ. A pious thought animated Christopher Cohunbus when he directed the prow of his ship toward this land of his dreams: To convert the natives to the faith of the Roman Catholic Church. A still more pious thought animates you now, noble Americans, because you try to convert the whole of humanity to the dogma of universal toleration and fraternity. Old Armenia blesses this grand undertaking of young America, and wishes her to succeed in laying, on the extinguished volcanoes of religious hatred, the foundation of the temple of peace and concord. At the beginning of our sittings, allow the humble representatives of the Armenian people to invoke the divine benediction on our labors, in the very language of his fellow-countrymen: Zkorzs tserats merots oogheegh ora i mez, Der, yev zkorzs tserats merots achoghia mez. SEES SPIRIT AND MATTER. PROFESSOR C. N. CHAKRAVARRTI, A THEOSOPHIST FROM INDIA. I came here to represent a religion, the dawn of which appeared in a misty antiquity which the powerful microscope of modern research has not yet been able to discover; the depth of whose beginnings the plummet of history has not been able to sound. From time immemorial spirit has been represented by white, and matter has been represented by black, and I SEES SPIRIT AND MATTER. 63 the two sister streams which join at the town from which I came, Allaha- bad, represent two sources of spirit and matter, according to the philosophy of my people. And when I think that here, in this City of Chicago, this vortex of physicality, this center of material civilization, you hold a Parlia- ment of Religions; when I think that, in the heart of the World's Pair, where abound all the excellencies of the physical world, you have provided also a hall for the feast of reason and the flow of soul, I am once more reminded of my native land. " Why ? Because here, even here, I find the same two sister streams of spirit and matter, of the intellect and physicality, joining hand and hand, representing the symbolical evolution of the universe. I need hardly tell you that, in holding this Parliament of Religions, where all the religions of the world are to be represented, you have acted worthily of the race that is in the vanguard of civilization — a civilization the chief characteristic of which, to my mind, is widening toleration, breadth of heart, and liberality toward all the different religions of the world. In allowing men of different shades of religious opinion, and holding different views as to philosophical and metaphysical problems, to speak from the same platform — aye, even allowing me, who, I confess, am a heathen, as you call me — to speak from the same platform with them, you have acted in a manner worthy of the motherland of the society which I have come to represent to-day. The fundamental principle of that society is universal tolerance; its cardinal belief that, underneath the superficial strata, runs the living water of truth. I have always felt that between India and America there was a closer bond of union in the times gone by, and I do think it is probable that there may be a subtler reason for the identity of our names than either the theory of Johnson or the mistake of Columbvis can account for. It is true that I belong to a religion which is now decrepit with age, and that you belong to a race in the first flutter of life, bristling with energy. And yet you can not be surprised at the sympathy between us, because you must have observed the secret union that sometimes exists between age and childhood. It is true that in the East we have b?en accustomed to look toward some- thing which is beyond matter. We ha /e been taught for ages after ages, and centuries after centuries, to turn our gaze inward toward realms that are not those which are reached by the help of the jjliysical senses. This fact has given rise to the various schools of philosophy that exist to-day in India, exciting the wonder and admiration, not only of the dead East, but of the living and rising West. We have in India, even to this day, thou- sands of people who give up as trash, as nothing, all the material comforts and luxuries of life with the hope, with the realization, that, great as the physical body may be, there is something greater within man, underneath the universe, that is to be longed for and striven after. In the West you have evolved such a stupendous energy on the physical plane, such unparalleled vigor on the intellectual plane, that it strikes any stranger landing on your shores with a strange amazement. And yet I can read, even in this atmosphere of material progress, I can discern beneath this thickness of material luxury a secret and mystic aspiration to some- thing spiritual. I can see that even you are getting tired of your steam, of your elec- tricity, and the thousand different material comforts that follov/ these two great powers. I can see that there is a feeling of despondency coming even here — that matter, pursued however vigorously, can be only to the death of all. and it is only through the clear atmosphere of spirituality that you can mount up to the regions of peace and harmony. In the West, there- fore, you have developed this material tendency. In the East we have developed a great deal of the spiritual tendency, but even in this West, as I travel from place to place, from New York to Cincinnati, and from Ciu- 64 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. cinnati to Chicapfo, I have observed an ever increasing readiness of people to assimilate spiritual ideas, regardless of the source from which they ema- nate. This, ladies and gentlemen, I consider a most significant sign of the future, because through this and through the mists of prejudice that still hang on the horizon will be consummated the great event of the future, the union of the East and of the West. The East enjoys the sacred satisfaction of having given birth to all the great religious of the world, and even as the physical sun rises ever from the East, the sun of spirituality has always dawned in the East. To the West Ijelongs the proud privilege of having advanced on the intellectual and on the moral plane, and of having supplied to the world all thf^ various contrivances of material luxuries and of physical comfort. I looii, there- fore, upon a union of the East and West as a most signifieant event, and I look with great hope upon the day when the East and the West will be like brothers helping each other, each supplying to the other what it wants — the West supplying the vigor, the youth, the power of organization, and the Bast opening up its inestimable treasures of a spiritual law and which are now locked up in the treasure boxes grown rusty with age. And I think that this day, with the sitting of the Parliament of Relig- ions, we begin the work of building up a perennial fountain from which will flow for the next century waters of life and light and of peace, slaKing the thirst of the thousands of millions that are to come after us. MOST ANCIENT ORDER OF MONKS. SWAMI VIVEKANANDA OF BOMBAY, INDIA. When Mr. Vivekananda had addressed the audience as " Sisters and Brothers of America," there arose a peal of applause that lasted for several minutes. He spoke as follows: It fills my heart with joy unspeakeable to rise in response to the warm and cordial welcome which you have given us. I thank you in the name of the most ancient order of monks in the world; I thank you in the name of the mother of religion, and I thank you in the name of the millions and millions of Hindu people of all classes and sects. My thanks, also, to some of the speakers on this platform who have told you that these men from far-off nations may well claim the honor of bearing to the different lands the idea of toleration. I am proud to belong to a religion which has taught the v/orld both tolerance and universal acceptance. We believe not only in universal toleration, but we accept all religions to be true. I am proud to tell you that I belong to a religion into whose sacred language, the Sanscrit, the word seclusion is untranslatable. I am proud to belong to a nation which has sheltered the persecuted and the refugees of all religions and all nations of the earth. I am proud to tell you that we have gathered in our bosom the purest remnant of the Israelites, a remnant which came to southern India and took refuge with us in the very year in which their holy temple was shattered to pieces by Roman tyranny. I am proud to belong to the religion which has sheltered and is still fostering the remnant of the grand Zoroastrian nation. I will quote to you, brethren, a few lines from a hymn which I remember to have repeated from my earliest boyhood, which is e^sry day repeated by millions of human beings: "As the different streams having their sources in different places, all mingle their water in the sea. Oh, Lord, so the different paths which men take through different tendencies, various though they appear, crooked or straight, all lead to Thee." CANADA AS A LINK IN THE EMPIRE. 65 The present convention, which is one of the most august assembhes ever held, is in itself a vindication, a declaration to the world of the wonderful doctrine preached in Gita. " Whosoever comes to me, through whatsoever form I reach him, they are all struggling through paths that in the end always lead to me." Sectarianism, bigotry, and its horrible descendant, fanaticism, have possessed long this beautiful earth. It has tilled the earth with violence, drenched it often and often with human blood, destroyed civ- ilization and sent whole nations to despair. Had it not been for this horri- ble demon, human society would be far more advanced than it is now. But its time has come, and I fervently hope that the bell that tolled this morn- ing in honor of this convention will be the death-knell to all fanaticism, to all persecutions with the sword or the pen, and to all uncharitable feelings between persons wending their way to the same goal. CANADA AS A LINK IN THE EMPIRE. PEINCIPAL GRANT OF CANADA. The dream that allured hardy navigators for many years was the sup- posed existence of a northwest passage by land. But in our day it has been found that great :iorthwest passage is not by sea, but by land. We have discovered that the shortest way from the Old World to the world of Japan and China is across Canada. So Canada feels herself now to be the link between old Europe and the older East, and the link between the three great self-governing parts of the British Empire. How is it possible for a people so situated to be parochial? How is it possible for them not to meet in a genial waylhe representatives of other religions? It is very impossible, because across our broad lands millions are coming and going from east to west, mingling with us, and we are obliged to meet them as man should always meet man. Not only this, but on that great new ocean which is to be the arena of the future commerce of the world — on that our sons are showing that they intend to play an important part. Their position as the fourth maritime nation of the world as regards ocean tonnage, shows the aptitude of our people for foreign trade, and as sailors owning the ships they sail in they are more likely than any others to learn the lesson that the life of the world is one, that truth is one, that all men are brothers, and that the service of humanity is the most acceptable form of religion to God. And therefore we feel that we have a sort of right to join with you in this matter of extending a welcome to those from different nations, whose faiths are different, but whose spiritual natures are the same, in whom dwelleth that true light which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. Our place in history gives us a still more undoubted right to come here and to take our place in a friendly way beside the representatives of other religions. Our racial, political, and religious evolution bids us do that. Our racial evolution your own Parkman has described to you in pages glownng with purple light. He has told you of the two centuries of conflict between France and Britain for the possession of this fair young continent, and he has told you that, while outward failure was the part of the former, all the heroism and enduring successes were not with the conquerors. France gave, without stint, the greatest explorers, whose names are sown all over this continent thick as seeds in a field— martyrs and missionaries of death- less fame, saintly, whose works still follow them. In Canada the seeds sprang from good soil, and we see its permanent memorial now in a noble, fresh Canadian people, enjoying their own language, laws, and institutions, 66 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. under a flag that is identified with their liberties, and under a constitution that they and their fathers have helped to hammer out. Their children sit side by side in our federal parliament with the children of their ancestral foes, and the only real contest between them is which shall serve Canada best. The union of the two races and languages was needed to enable England to do her imperial work. Will not the same union enable Canada to do a like work, and does it not force us to see good even in those that our ancestors thought enemies? Our political evolution has had the %ame lesson for us. It has taught us to borrow ideas with equal impartiality from sources apparently oppo- site. We have borrowed the federal idea from you; the parliament, the cabinet, the judicial system from Britain, and, uniting both, we think we have found a constitution better than that which either the mother coun- try or the older daughter enjoys. At any rate we made it ourselves and it fits us; and this very political evolution has taught us that ideas belong to no one country, that they are the common property of mankind, and so we act together, trying to borrow new ideas from every country that has found by experiment that the ideas will work well. Our religious evolution has taught us the same thing. And so we have been enabled to accomplish a measure of religious unification greater than either the mother land or the United States. Eighteen years ago, for in- stance, all the Presbyterian denominations united into one church in the Dominion of Canada. Immediately thereafter all the Methodist churches took the same step, and now all the Protestant churches have appointed committees to see whether it is not possible to have a larger union, and all the young life of Canada says " Amen " to the proposal. Now it is easy for a people with such an environment to understand that where men differ they must be in error, that truth is that which unites, that every age has its problems to solve, that it is the glory of the human mind to solve them, and that no church has a monopoly of the truth or of the spirit of the living God. It seems to me that we should begin this Parliament of Religions, not with a consciousness that we are doing a great thing, but with an humble and lowly confession of sin and failure. Why have not the inhabitants of the world fallen before truth? The fault is ours. The Apostle Paul, look- ing back on centuries of marvelous God-guided history, saw as the key to all its maxims this: That Jehovah had stretched out his hands all day long to a disobedient and gainsaying people; that although there was always a remnant of the righteousness, Israel as a nation did not understand Jehovah and therefore failed to understand her own marvelous mission. If St. Paul were here to-day w'ould he not utter the same sad confession with regard to the 19th century, of Christendom. Would he not have to say that we have been proud of our Christianity instead of allowing our Christianity to humble and crucify us; that we have boasted of Chris- tianity as something we possessed instead of allowing it to possess us; that we have divorced it from the moral and spiritual order of the world instead of seeing that it is that which interpenetrates, interprets, completes, and verifies that order, and that so we have hidden its glories and obscured its . power. All day long our Savior has been saying, " I have stretched out my hands to a disobedient and gainsaying people." But, sir, the only one indispensable condition of success is that we recog- nize the cause of our failure, that we confess it with humble, lowly, peni- tent and obedient minds, and that with quenchless Western courage and faith we now go forth and do otherwise. I CONVERTED PARSES WOMAN OF BOMBAY. 67 CONVERTED PARSEE WOMAN OF BOMBAY. MISS JEANNIE SAEAJBJI, OF BOMBAY, INTRODUCED AS A REPRE- SENTATIVE OF THE PARSEES. Dr. Barrows just told you that I belonged to the order of Parsee. He is correct in one way and not in anotiier. My people were fire worshipers, but I am not now. Before I go on further, I wish to thank all those who have extended their welcome to us. This morning as I looked around and saw the many faces that greeted a welcome, I felt indeed that it was the best day I have seen in Chicago. I have been here for some time, and I have asked the question over and over again : Where is religious America to be found — Christian America ? To-day I see it all around me. You have given me a welcome. I will give you a greeting from my country. When we meet one another in our land, the first thing we say to each other is "Peace be with you." I say it to you to-day in all sincerity, in all love. I feel to-day that the great banner over us is the banner of love. I feel to-day more than ever that it is beautiful to belong to the family of God, to acknowledge the Lord Christ. My father, at the age of eighteen, was brought to the knowledge of Christ by the light of an English missionary. He gave up friends and countrymen, rank and wealth and money to be a disciple of the Lord Jesus Christ ; and I tell you, friends, that it is a great privilege and a great honor to be able to stand here and say to you that I love that Lord Christ, and I will stand by him and under his banner until the end of my life. I would close with one little message from my countrywomen. When I was leaving the shores of Bombay the women of my country wanted to know where I was going, and I told them I wasgoing to America on a visit. They asked me whether I would be at this congress. I thought then I would only come in as one of the audience, but I have the great privilege and honor given to me to stand here and speak to you, and I give you the message as it was given to me. The Christian women of my land said: " Give the women of America our love and tell them that we love Jesus, and that we shall always pray that our countrywomen may do the same. Tell the women of America that we are fast being educated. We shall one day be able to stand by them and converse with them and be able to delight in all they delight in." And so I have a message from each one of my countrywomen, and once more I will just say that I haven't words enough in which to thank you for the welcome you have given to all those who have come here from the East. When I came here this morning and saw my countrymen my heart was warmed, and I thought I would never feel homesick again, and I feel to-day as if I were at home. Seeing your kindly faces has turned away the heartache. We are all under that one banner, love. In the name of the Lord Jesus Christ I thank you. You will hear possibly the words in his own voice saying unto you, " Inasmuch as ye h.ave done it unto the least of these, my brethren, ye have done it unto me." Bombay's second message, b. b. nargarkar of Bombay. Brothers and Sisters in the Western Home : It is a great privilege to be able to stand on this noble platform. As the president has already announced to you, I represent the theistic movement in India, known in my native country as the religion of the Brahmo Somaj. I came from the City of Bombay, the first city of the British Empire. It was only five months ago that I left my native land, and to you, the Americans, who 9,re 68 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. so much accustomed to fly, as it were, on wing-s of the atmosphere, it would be a hard task to imagine the difficulties and the troubles that an Oriental meets when he has to bring himself over fourteen thousand miles. The Hindus have been all along confining themselves to the narrow precincts of the Indian continent, and it is only during the last hundred years or so that we have been brought into close contact with Western thought, with English civilization, and by English civilization. I mean the civilization of English speaking nations. The Brahmo Somaj is the result, as you know, of the influence of various religions, and the fundamental principles of the Theistic Church, in India, are universal love, harmony of faiths, unity of prophets, or rather unity of prophets and harmony of faiths. The reverence that we pay the other prophets and faiths is not mere lip loyalty, but it is the universal love for all the prophets and for all the forms and shades of truth by their own inher- ent merit. We try not only to learn in an intellectual way what those prophets have to teach, but to assimilate and imbibe these truths that are very near our spiritual being. It was the grandest and noblest aspiration of the late Mr. Senn to establish such a religion in the land of 'India, which has been well known as the birth-place of a number of religious faiths. This is a marked characteristic of the East, and especially India, so that India and its outskirts have been glorified by the touch and teachings of the prophets of the world. It is in this way that we live in a spiritual atmosphere. Here in the far West you have developed another phase of human life. You have studied outward nature. We in the East have studied the inner nature of man. Mr. Senn, more than twenty years ago, said: " Glory to the name of God in the name of the Parliament of Religions." Parliament of Religions is exactly the expression that he used on that occasion in his exposition of the doctrine of the new dispensation. It simply means the Church of the Brahmo Somaj, Church of India, so that what I wish to express to you is that I feel a peculiar pleasure in being present here on this occasion. It was only two years ago that I heard of the grand scheme that was to be worked out here in the midst of the country of liberty, and I took the fii-st opportunity to put myself in communication with the worthy Dr. Barrows. For a long time I thought I would not be able to come over in the midst of you, but God has brought me safe and I stand in the midst of you. I consider it a great privilege. In the East we have a number of systems of philosophy; a deep insight into the spiritual nature of man, but you have at the same time to make an earnest and deep research to choose what is Occidental and what is essential in Indian philosophy. Catch hold very firmly of what is permanent of the Eastern philosophy. Lay it down very strongly to the heart, and try to assimilate it with your noble Western thoughts. You Western nations represent all the material civilization. You who have gone deep into the outward world and tried to discover the forces of outward nature, you have to teach to the East the glory of man's intellect, his logical accuracy, his rational nature, and in this way it is that in the heart of the church of the new dispensation — call it by whatever name you will — you will have the harmony of the East and the West, a union between faith and reason, a wedding between the Orient and the Occident. SYMPATHY FROM ENGLAND. REV. ALFEED W. MOMERIE, D. D. , OF LONDON. Dr. Barrows said that one of the letters he had received in reply to his invitations was from the late Lord Tennyson, and Sympathy FROM ENGLAND. G9 thai; it was a letter that gave liim gr3at satisfaction. The Parlia- ment of Religion, he added, has a number of eminent friends in Great Britain, and he believed that if that great and noble man, the Archbishop of Canterbury, were here, his frown upon the parliament would not be so severe as he had made it. Dr. Momerie addressed the meeting as follows: Mr. Chairman, Ladies and Gentlemen: One of your humorists, Arte- mus Ward, has said, "I am always happiest when I am silent," and so am I, friends. I shall not trespass on your attention more than two minutes. But there are three things which I feel I must say. First, I must tender my most sincere thanks to you for the honor which you have done me in in- viting me to come here, and also for the many words and deeds of welcome with which I have been greeted ever since I came. Secondly, I feel bound to say that there is one thing which, to me personally, casts a gloom over the brightness of the day, and that is the absence of my own archbishop. I am always bound to speak with all respect of my ecclesiastical superior, and personally, I have the highest regard for him. He has been very kind to me; I may almost venture to call him a friend, but that makes me all the more sad that he is absent on this occasion. But, as the chairman has just told you, you must not therefore think that the Church of England, as a whole, is out of sympathy with you. One of the greatest and best men the Church of England has ever had, the late Dean of Westminster, would, if he were alive to-day, have been with us, and I believe, too, he would have succeeded in bringing with him the Archbishop of Canterbury, also many men like Arnold, of Rugby; Frederick Robinson, of Brighton; Frederick Morris, who was one of my predecessors at King's College. All these men would have been here, and further, I know for a fact, from my own personal experience, that a very large number of the English clergy, and a still larger number of English laity, are in sympathy with your congress to-day. So that in spite of the fact that the Archbishop of Canterbury is away, it still remains true that all the churches of the world are in sympathy with you and taking part in the congress this week. Then the third, the last thing which I wish to state, is that I feel, and shall always feel, the profoundest thanks to the president. Dr. Barrows, and for all who have helped him in bringing about this great and glorious result. Of all the studies of the present day, the most serious, interesting, and important is the study of comparative religion, and I believe that this object lesson, which it is the glory of America to have provided for the world, will do far more than any private study in the seclusion of the student's own home. The report of our proceedings, which will be telegraphed all over the world, will help men by thousands and tens of thousands and hun- dreds of thousands to realize the truth of those grand old Bible words that God has never left himself without witness. It can not be — I say it can not be — that thatnew commandment was inspired when uttered by Christ, and was not inspired when uttered, as it was uttered, by Confucius and by Hillial. The fact is, all religions are fundamentally more or less true, and all reli- gions are superficially more or less false. And I suspect that the creed of the universal religion, the religion of the future, will be summed up pretty much in the words of Tennyson — words which were quoted in that magnifi- cent address which thrilled us this morning: "The whole world is every- where bour'^ bv gold chains about the feet of God." 70 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. IN BEHALF OF AFRICA. BISHOP ARNETT, OF THE AFRICAN METHODIST EPISCOPAL CHURCH. Through the partiality of the committee of arrangements, I am put in a very peculiar position this afternoon. I am to respond to the addresses of welcome on behalf of Africa. I am to represent on the one side the Afri- cans in Africa, and on the other side the Africans in America. I am also, by the chairman, announced to give color to this vast Parliament of Religions. Now, I think it is very well colored myself, and, if I have any eyesf I think the color is in the majority this time, anyhow. But Africa needs a voice. Africa has been welcomed, and it is so peculiar a thing for an African to be welcomed, that I congratulate myself that I have been welcomed here to-day. In responding to the addresses of welcome I will, in the first place, respond for the Africans in Africa, and accept your welcome on behalf of the African continent, with its millions of acres, and millions of inhabitants, with its mighty forests, with its great beasts, with its great men, and its great possibilities. Though some think that Africa is in a bad way, I am one of those who has not lost faith in the possibilities of a redemption of Africa. I believe in providence and in the prophesies of God that Ethiopia yet shall stretch forth her hand unto God, and, although to-day our land is in the possession of others, and every foot of land, and every foot of water in Africa has been appropriated by the Governments of Europe, yet I remember, in the light of history, that those same nations parceled out the American continent in the past. But America had her Jefferson. Africa in the future is to bring forth a Jefferson, who will write a declaration of the independence of the dark continent. And, as you had your Washington, so God will give us a Washington to lead our hosts. Or, if it yjlease God, He may raise up not a Washington, but another Toussaint L'Ouverture, who will become the pathfinder of his country, and, with his sword, will at the head of his people, lead them to freedom and equality. He will form a republican government, whose corner-stone will be religion, morality, education, and temijerance, acknowledging the fatherhood of God, and the brotherhood of man; while the ten commandments and the golden rule shall be the rule of life and conduct in the great republic of redeemed Africa. But, sir, I accept your welcome, also, on behalf of the negroes of the American continent. As early as 1502 or 1503, we are told, the negroes came to this country. And we have been here ever since, and we are going to stay here too — some of us are. Some of us will go to Africa, because we have got the spirit of Americanism, and wherever there is a possibility in sight, some of us will go. We accept your welcome to this grand assembly, and we come to you this afternoon and thank God that we meet these rep- resentatives of the different religions of the world. We meet you on the height of this Parliament of Religions and the first gathering of the peoples since the time of Noah, when Shem, Ham, and Japhet met together. I greet the children of Shem, I greet the children of Japhet, and I want you to understand that Ham is here. I thank you that I have been chosen as the representative of the negro race in this great parliament. I thank those representatives that have come so far to meet, and to greet us of the colored race. A gentleman said to-day in this meeting that he had traveled 14,000 miles to get here. " Why," said I to myself, " that is a wonderful distance to come to meet me. I wonder if I would go that far to meet him." Yes, he says he came 14,000 miles to meet us here, and "us" in this case means me, too. There- fore I welcome these brethren to the shores of America on behalf of 7,400,- 000 negroes on this continent, who, by the providence of God, and the IN BEHALF OF AFRICA. 71 power of the religion of Jesus Christ, have been liberated from slavery. There is not a slave among us to-day, and we are glad you did not come while we were in chains, because, in that case, we could not have got here ourselves. Mr. President, we thank you for this honor. God had you born just at the right time. We come last on the programme, but I want everybody to know, that although last, we are not least in this grand assembly, where the fatherhood of God and brotherhood of man is the watchword of us all; and may the motto of the church which I represent be the motto of the coming civilization: " God our father, Christ our redeemer, and mankind our brother." CHAPTER II. SECOND DAY, SEPTEMBER 12th. EXISTENCE AND ATTRIBUTES OF GOD. The proceedings of the Parliament of Religions on the sec- ond day, were as impressive and instructive as on the first. The appearance of the platform at the opening exercises was somewhat modified by the absence of some representatives and the presence of others. In the midst of the picturesque attire of the East there were discerned Jewish rabbis and the venerable form of Frederick Douglass. Arrangements were made for review sessions and devotional meetings to be held daily in con- nection with the parliament. At the review sessions in lesser halls, a leading divine, when asked, explained the difficult points in the proceedings of the previous day and answered any ques- tions asked by seekers of information. For the purpose of these reviews, halls were offered to all denominations that wished them. The first review meeting was conducted by Bishop Keane, of the Roman Catholic Church, The devotional meetings, held in the Hall of Columbus, were in charge of the Brotherhood of Christian Unity, and began at nine o'clock in the morning. They were conducted by leaders of difi'erent faiths, both Chris- tian and non-Christian, and everybody attending the parlia- ment was welcome from day to day. The great hall was thronged with auditors when President Bonney, at ten o'clock, called upon the vast audience to rise and silently invoke the blessing of God. A hush fell upon the great assemblage, while the representatives of many nations sent up a silent petition to the Eternal Father 72 THE INFINITE BEING, 73 The stillness of a few moments was broken by the closing word, " Amen," pronounced by Mr. Bonney. Following this, while the assembly remained standing, Dr. Barrows led in the Lord's Prayer, known in the parliament as the " universal prayer." Dr. John Henry Barrows, having been placed in charge of the parliament, designated a chairman for the day, and in intro- ducing him, said: " I have been very much cheered in the work of preparing for this parliament by the friendly words of distinguished men of my own church in this country, and among them I cherish none in higher regard than Rev. S. J. Niccolls, pastor of the Second Presbyterian Church of St. Louis. He will take charge of our session this morning and make an introductory address." THE INFINITE BEING. REV. S. J. NICCOLLS, PASTOR OF THE SECOND PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH OF ST. LOUIS. Members of the Parliaviejit, Sons of a Common Heavenly Father, and Brothers in a Common Humanity, it is with special pleasure that I assume the task now assigned to me. Happiiy for me at least it involves no serious labor, and it requires no greatei* wisdom than to mention the names of the speakers and the subjects placed upon the programme for to-day. And yet when I mention the name of the subject that is to invite our consider- ation to-day I place before you the most momentous theme that ever engaged human thought — the sublimest of all facts, the greatest of all thoughts, the most wonderful of all realities; and yet when I mention the name it points not to a law, not to a principle, not to the explanation of a phenomenon, but it points us to a living person. The human mind, taught and trained by human thoughts and human loves, points us to one who is over all, above all, and in all, in whom we live, move, and have our being, with whom we all have to do, light of our light' life of our life, the grand reality that underlies all realities, the being that pervades all beings, the sun of all joys, of all glory, of all greatness; known yet unknown, revealed yet not revealed, far off from us yet nigh to us; for whom all men feel if happily they might find him; for whom all the wants of this wondrous nature of ours go out in extinguishable longing; one with whom we all have to do and from whose dominion we can never escape. If such be the subject that we are to consider to-day, surely it becomes us to undertake it in a spirit of reverence and of humility. We can not bring to its contemplation the exercise of our reasoning faculties in the same way that we would consider some phenomenon or fact of history. He who is greater than all hides himself from the proud and the self- sufficient; he reveals himself to the weak, the lowly, and the humble in 74 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. heart. It is rather with the heart that we shall find him than by measur- ing him merely with our feeble intellects. To-day, as always, the heart will make the theologian. Perhaps some one may say: "After so long a period in human history why should we come to consider the existence of God? Is the fact so obscure that it must take long centuries to prove it? Has He so hidden Himself from the world that we have not yet exactly found out that He is or what He is?" This is only apparently an objection of wisdom. If God were simply a fact of history, if He were simply a phenomenon in the past, then once found out or once discovered it would remain for all time. But since He is a person each age must know and find it for himself; each generation must come to know and find out the living God from the standpoint which it occupies. It is not enough for you and for me that long generations ago men found Him and bowed reverently before Him and adored Him. We iiiust find Him in our age and in our day, to know how He fills our iives and guides us to our destiny. This is the grand fact that lies before us, the great truth that is to unite us. Here, if anywhere, we must find God and unite in our beliefs. We could uot afl'ord to begin the discussions of a religious parliament without placing this great truth in the fore- ground. A parliament of religious belief without the recognition of the living God — that were impossible. Religion without a God is only the shadow of a shade; only a mockery that rises up in the human soul. After all, we can form no true conception of ourselves or of man's great- ness without God. The greatness of human nature depends upon its con- ception of the living God. All true religious joy, all greatness of aspiration that has wakened in these natures of ours, comes not from our conception of ourselves, not from our own recognition of the dignity of human nature within us, but from our conception of God and what He is, and our relation to Him. No man can ever find content in his own attainments, or find peace and satisfaction in his own achievements. It is as he goes out toward the infinite and the eternal and feels that he is linked to Him that he finds satisfaction in his soul and the peace of God, which passeth understanding, comes down into his heart. There are many reasons, therefore, why we should begin to-day with the study of Him who holds all knowledge and all wisdom. If there is a God or a Creator, a Lord of all things, beginning of all things and end of all things, for whom all things are, then in him we are to find the key to history, the explanation of human nature, the light that shall guide us in our pathway in the future. You can all readily see, if you will reflect a moment, how everything would vanish of what we call great and glorious in our material achievements, in our literature, in all our civil and social institutions, if that one thought of the living God were taken away. But utter that simple name and straightway there comes gathering around it the clustering of glorious words shining and leaping out of the darkness until they blaze like a galaxy of glory in the heavens — law, order, justice, love, truth, immortality, righteousness, glory! Blot out that word, and leave in its place simply that other word, "atheism," and then in the surrounding blackness we may see dim shadows of anarchy, lawlessness, despair, agony, distress; and if such words as law and order remain, they are mere echoes of something that has long since passed away. We need it, then, first of all, for ourselves, that we may understand the dignity of human nature, that this great truth of God's existence should be brought close to us; we need it for our civilization. VERY REV. AUGUSTINE F. HEWITT, C. S. P., New York. RATIONAL DEMONSTRATION OF THE BEING OF GOD. 75 RATIONAL DEMONSTRATION OF THE BEING OF GOD. VERY KEY. AUGUSTINE F. HEWITT. C. S. P., OF NEW YOEK. The paper was read by Rev. Walton Elliott. "It is to be regretted," remarked Father Elliott, before beginning the paper, " that Father Hewitt, superior of the community of Paulists, of which I am a member, can not be present in person ; as much regretted by himself, I am sure, as by any of us. But it is a privilege that he, whose whole life since he entered the Catholic Church, now within one year of half a century, has been devoted to metaphysical studies, represents the knowledge of God to this distinguished assembly, as known without the light of revelation, as known by evidences entirely apart from the special teaching of God to mankind by revelation." An honorable and arduous task has been assigned me. It is to address this numerous and distinguished assembly on a topic taken from the highest branch of special metaphysics. The thesis of my discourse is the rational demonstration of the being of God, as presented in Catholic philosophy. This is a topic of the highest importance, and of the deepest interest to all who are truly rational, who i:hink, and who desire to know their destiny and to fulfill it. The minds of men always and everywhere, in so far as they have thought at all, have been d-^eply interested in all questions relating to the divine order and its relations to nature and humanity. The idea of a divine princi le and power, superior to sensible phenom- etna, above the changeable world and its short-lived inhabitants, is as old and as extensive as the human race. Among vast numbers of the most enlightened part of mankind it has existed and held sway in the form of pure monotheism, and even among those who have deviated from this original religion of our first ancestors the divine idea has never been entirely effaced and lost. In our own surrounding world and for all classes of men differing in creed and opinion who may be represented in this audi- ence, this theme is of paramount interest and import. Christians, Jews, Mohammedans, and philosophical theists are agreed in professing monotheism as their fundamental and cardinal doctrine. Even unbelievers and doubters show an interest in discussing and endeavoring to decide the question whether God does or does not exist. It is to be hoped that many of them regard their skepticism rather as a darkening cloud over the face of nature than as a light clearing away the mists of error; that they would gladly be convinced that God does exist and govern a world which he has made. I may, therefore, hope for a welcome recep- tion to my thesis in this audience. I have said that it is a thesis taken from the special metaphysics of Catholic philosophy. I must explain at the outset in what sense the term Catholic i^hilosoi^hy is used. It does not denote a system derived from the Christian revelation and imposed by the authority of the Catholic Church; it signifies only that rational scheme which is received and taught in the Catholic schools as a science proceeding from its own proper principles by its own methods, and not a subaltern science to dogmatic theology. It has been adopted in great part from Aristotle and Plato, and does not disdain 76 TEE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. to borrow from any pure fountain or stream of rational truth. The topic before us is, therefore, to be treated in a metaphysical manner on a ground where all who profess philosophy can meet, and where reason is the only authority which can be appealed to as umpire and judge. All who profess to be students of philosophy thereby proclaim their conviction that meta- physics is a true science, by which certain knowledge can be obtained. Metaphysics, in its most general sense, is ontology i. e., discourse con- cerning being in its first and universal princijjles. Being, in all its latitude, in its total extension and comprehension, is the adequate object of intellect, taking intellect in its absolute essence, excluding all limitations. It is the object of the human intellect, in so far as this limited intellectual faculty is proportioned to it and capable of apprehending it. Metaphysics seeks for a knowledge of all things which are within the ken of human faculties, in their deepest causes. It investigates their reason of being, their ulti- mate, efficient, and final causes. The rational argument for the existence of God, guided by the principles of the sufficient reason, and efficient casu- alty, begins from contingent facts and events in the world, and traces the chain of causation to the first cause. It demonstrates that God is, and it proceeds, by analysis and synthesis, by induction from all the first princi- ples possessed by reason, from all the vestiges, reflections, and images of God in the creation, to determine what God is, His essence and its perfec- tions. Let us then begin our argument from the first principle that everything that has any kind of being — that is, which presents itself as a thinkable, knowable, or real object to the intellect, has a sufficient reason of being. The possible has a sufficient reason of its possibility. There is in it an intelligent ratio which makes it thinkable. Without this it is unthinkable, inconceivable, utterly impossible; as, for instance, a circle, the points in whose circumference are of unequal distances from the center. The real has a sufficient reason for its real existence. If it is contingent, indifferent to non-existen'ce or existence, it has not its sufficient reason of being in its essence. It must have it, then, from something outside of itself — that is, from an efficient cause. All the beings with which we are acquainted in the sensible world around us are contingent. They exist in determinate, specific, actual, indi- vidual forms and modes. They are in definite times and places. They have their proper substantial and accidental attributes; they have qualities and relations, active powers, and passive potencies. They do not exist by any necessary reason of being; they have become what they are. They are subject to many changes even in their smallest molecules and in the com- binations and movements of their atoms. This changeableness is the mark of their contingency, the result of that potentiality in them, which is not of itself in act, but is brought into act by some moving force. They are in act— that is, have actual being, inasmuch as they have a specific and indi- vidual reality. But they are never, in any one instance, in act to the whole extent of their capacity. There is a dormant potency of further actuation always in their actual essence. Moreover, there is no necessity in their essence for existing at all. The pure, ideal essence of things is, in itseh", only possible. Their successive changes of existence are so many move- ments of transition from mere passing potency into act under the impulse of moving principles of force. And their very first act of existence is by a rnotion of transition from mere possibility into actuality. The whole mul- titude of things which become, of events which happen, the total sum of the movements and changes of contingent beings, taken collectively and taken singly, must have a sufficient reason of being in some extrinsic prin- ciple, some efficient cause. The admirable order which rules over this multitude, reducing it to the unity of the universe, is a display of efficient causality on a most stupen- I RATIONAL DEMONSTRATION OF THE BEING OF GOD. 77 dous scale. There is a correlation and conservation of force acting on the inert and passive matter, according to fixed laws, in harmony with a definite plan, and producing most wonderful results. Let us take our solar system as a specimen of the whole universe of bodies moving in space. According to the generally received, and highly probable nebular theory, it has been evolved from a nebulous mass permeated by forces in violent action. The best chemists affirm by common consent that both the matter and the force are fixed quantities. No force and no matter ever disappears, no new force or new matter ever appears. The nebulous mass, and the motive force acting within it, are definite quantities, having a definite location in space, at definite distances from other nebulte. The atoms and molecules are combined in the definite forms of the various elementary bodies in definite proportions. The movements of rotation are in certain directions, conden- sation and incandescence take place under fixed laws, and all these movements are co-ordinated and directed to a certain result, viz.: the for- mation of a sun and planets. Now, there is nothing in the nature of matter and force which deter- mines it to take on just these actual conditions and no others. By their intrinsic essence they could just as well have existed in greater or lesser quantities in the solar nebula. The proportions of hydrogen, oxygen , and other substances might have been different. The movements of rotation might have been in a contrary direction. The process of evolution might have begun sooner, and attained its finality ere now, or it might be begin- ning at the present moment. The marks of contingency are plainly to be discerned in the passive and active elements of the inchoate world as it emerges into the consistency and stable equilibrium of a solar system from primitive chaos. Equally obvious is the presence of the determining principle, acting as an irresistible lav/, regulating the transmission of force along definite lines and in a harmonious order. The active forces at work in nature, giving motion to ma iter, only transmit a movement which they have received, they do not originate It makes no difference how far back the series of effects and causes may be traced, natural causes remain always secondary causes, with no tendency to become primary principles; they demand some ante- rior, sufiicit3 t reason of their being, some original, primary principle from which they rive the force which they receive and transmit. They demand a first cause. In the case of a long train of cars in motion, if we ask what moves the last car, the answer may be the car next before it, and so on until we reach the other end, but we have as yet only motion received and transmitted, and no sufficient reason for the initiation of the movement by an adequate efficient cause. Prolong the series to an indefinite length and you get no nearer to the adequate cause of the motion; You get no moving principle which possesses motive power in itself; the need of such a motive force, Liowover, continually increases. There is more force necessary to impart motion to the whole collection of cars than for one or a few. If you choose to imagine that the series of cars is infinite, you have only augmented the effect produced to infinity without finding a cause for it. You have made a supposition which imperatively demands the further supposition of an original principle and source of motion, which has an infinite power. The cars, singly and collectively, can only receive and transmit motion. Their passive potency of being moved, which is all they have in themselves, would never make them stir out of their motionless rest. There must be a loco- motive with the motive power applied and acting, and a connection of the cars with this locomotive, in order that the train may be propelled along its tracks. The series of movements given and received in the evolution of the world from primitive chaos is like this long chain of cars. The question. 78 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. how did they come about, what is their efficient cause, starts up and con- fronts the mind at every stage of the process. You may trace back conse- quents to their antecedents, and show how the things which come after were virtually contained in those which came before. The present earth came from the paleo-zoic earth, and that from the a-zoic, and so on, until you come to the primitive nebula from which the solar system was con- But how did this vast mass of matter, and the mighty forces acting upon it, come to be started on their course of evolution, their movement in the direction of that result which we see to have been accomplished. It is necessary to go back to a first cause, a first mover, an original principle of all transition from mere potency into act, a being, self-existing, whose essence is pure act and the source of all actuahty. The only alternative is to fall back on the doctrine of chance, an absurdity long since exploded and abandoned, a renunciation of all reason, and an abjuration of the rational nature of man. Together with the question "How" and the inquiry after efficient causes of movement and changes in the v/orld, the question " Why '" also perpet- ually suggests itself. This is an inquiry into another class of the deepest causes of things, viz., final causes. Final cause is the same as the end, the design, the purpose toward which movements, changes, the operation of active forces, efficient causes, are directed, and which are accomplished by their agency. Here the question arises, how the end attained as an effect of efficient casuality can be properly named as a cause. How can it exert a causative influence, retroactively, on the means and agencies by v/hich it is produced? It is last in the series and does not exist at the beginning or during the progress of the events whose final term it is. Nothing can act before it exists or give existence to itself. Final cause does not, therefore, act phys- ically like efficient causes. It is a cause of the movements which precede its real and physical existence, only inasmuch as it has an ideal pre-exist- ehce in the foresight and intention of an intelligent mind. Regard a masterpiece of art. It is because the artist conceived the idea realized in this piece of work that he employed all the means necessary to the fulfill- ment of his desired end. This finished work is, therefore, the final cause, tfie motive of the whole series of operations performed by the artist or his workmen. ' The multitude of causes and effects in the v/orld, reduced to an admir- able harmony and unity, constitutes the order of the universe. In this order there is a multifarious arrangement, and co-ordination of means to ends, denoting design and purpose, the intention and art of a supreme architect and builder, who impresses his ideas upon what we may call the raw mate- rial, out of which he forms and fashions the worlds which move in space, and their various innumerable contents. From these final causes, as ideas and types according to which all movements of efficient casualty are directed, the argument proceeds which demonstrates the nature of the first cause, as in essence, intelligence and will. The best and highest Greek philosophy ascended by this cosmological argument to a just and sublime conception of God as the supremely wise, powerful, and good author of all existing essences in the universe and of all its complex, harmonious order. Cicero, the Latin interpreter of Greek philosophy, with cogent reasoning, and in language of unsurpassed beauty, has summarized its best lessons in natural theology. In brief, his argument is that since the highest human intelligence discovers in nature an intel- ligible object far surpassing in capacity of apprehension, the design and construction of the whole, natural order must proceed from an author of supreme and divine intelligence. The questioning and the demand of reason for the deepest causes of RATIONAL DEMONSTRATION OF THE BEING OF GOD. 79 things is not, however, yet entirely and explicitly satisfied. The concept of God as the first builder and mover of the universe comes short of assign- ing the first and final cause of the underlying subject-matter which receives formation and motion. When and what is the first matter of our solar nebula? How and W'hy did it come to be in hand and lie in readiness for the divine architect and artist to make it burn and whirl in the process of the evolution of sun and planets? Plato is understood to have taught that the first matter, which is the term receptive of the divine action, is self- existing and eternal. The metaphysical notion of first matter is, however, totally different from the concept of matter as a constant quantity, and distinct from force in chemical science. Metaphysically first matter has no specifif^ reality, no quality, no quantity. It is not separate from active force in act, but is only in potency. Chemical first matter exists in atoms, say of hydrogen, oxygen, or some other substance, each of which has definite weight in pro- portion to the weight of dift'erent atoms. It would be perfectly absurd to imagine that the primitive nebulous vapor which furnished the material for the evolution of the solar system was in any way like the Platonic con- cept of original chaos. We may call it chaos, relatively to its later, more developed order. The artisan's work-shop, full of materials for manufact- ure, the edifice which is in its first stage of construction, are in a compar- ative disorder, but this disorder is n inchoate order. So, our solar chaos, as an inchoate virtual system, was full of initial, ele- mentary principles and elements of order. The Platonic first matter was supposed to be formless and void, without quality or quantity, devoid of every idea" element or aspect— a mere recipient of ideas which God im- pressed upon it. The undermost matt ar of chemistry has definite quiddity, and quantity is never separate from .orce, ^nd s it was in the primitive solar nebula, was in act and in violent activity jf motion. It is obvious at a glance that a Platonic first matter, existing eternally by its own essence, without form is a mere vacuum, anci only intelligible under the concept of pure possibility. Aristotle saw and demonstrated this truth clearly. There- fore the analysis of material existence, carried as far as experiment or hypothesis will admit, finds nothing except the changeable and the contin- gent. Let us suppose that underneath the so-called simple substances, such as oxygen and hydrogen, there exists, and may hereafter be discerned by chemical analysis, some homogeneous basis, there still remains something which does not account for itself, and which demands a sufficient reason for its being, in the efficient casuality of the first cause. The ultimate molecule of the composite substance and the ultimate atom of the simple substance, each bears the mark of i manufactured article. Not only the order which combines and arranges all the simple elements of the corporeal world, but the gathering together of the materials for the orderly structure; the union and relation of matter ?v~~ force; the beginning of the first motions, and the existence of the movable element and the motive principle in definite quantities and proportions, all demand their origin in the intelli- gence and the will of the first cause. In God alone essence and existence are identical. He alone exists by the necessity of his nature, and is the eternal self-subsisting being. There is nothing outside of his essence which is coeval with him, and which pre- sents a real, existing term for his action. If he wishes to communicate the good of being beyond himself, he must create out of nothing the objective terms of his beneficial action. He must give first being to the recipients of motion, change, and every kind of transition from potency into actuality. The first and fundamental transition is from not being, from the absolute non-existence of anything outside of God, into being and existence by the creative act of God ; called by his almighty word the world of finite creatures into real existence. 80 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. In this creative act of God the two elements of intelligence and volition are necessarily contained. Intelligence perceives the possibility of a finite, created order of existence, in all its latitude. Possibility does not, however, make the act of creation necessary. It is the free volition of the creator which determines him to create. It is likewise his free volition which determines the limits within which he will give real existence and actuality to the possible. We have already seen that final causes must have an ideal pre-existence in the mind which designs the work of art and arranges the means for its execution. The idea of the actual universe and of the wider universe which he could create if he willed must have been present eter- nally to the intelligence of the divine creator as possible. Now, therefore, a further question about the deepest cause of being con- fronts the mind with an imperative demand for an answer. What is this eternal possibility which is coeval with God? It is evidently an intelligible object, an idea equivalent to an infinite number of particular ideas of essences and orders, which are thinkable by intellect to a certain extent, in proportion to its capacity, and exhaustively by the divine intellect. The divine essence alone is an eternal and necessary self-subsisting being. In the formula of St. Thomas: "Ipsum esse subsistens." It is pure and per- fect act, in the most simple, indivisible unity. Therefore in God, as Aristotle demonstrates, intelligent subject and intelligible object are identical. Possibility has its foundation in the divine essence. God contemplates His own essence, which is the plenitude of being, with a comprehensive intelligence. In this contemplation He per- ceives His essence as an archetype which eminently and virtually contams an infinite multitude of typical essences, capable of being made in various modes and degrees a likeness to Himself. He sees in the comprehension of His omnipotence the power to create whatever He will according to His divine ideas. And this is the total ratio of possibility. These are the eternal reasons according to which the order of nature has been established under fixed laws. They are reflected in the works of God. By a perception of these reasons, these ideas impressed on the universe, we ascend from single and particular objects up to universal ideas, and finally to the knowledge of God as first and final cause. When we turn from the contemplation of the visible word and sent'ible objects to the rational creation, the sphere of intelligent spirits and of the intellectual life in which they live, the argument for a first and final cause ascends to a higher plane. The rational beings who are known to us — our- selves and our fellowman — bear the marks of contingency in their intel- lectual nature as plainly as in their bodies. Our individual, self-conscious, thinking souls have come out of non-existence only yesterday. They begin to live with only a dormant intellectual capacity, without knowledge or the use of reason. The soul brings with it no memories and no ideas. It has no immediate knowledge of itself and its nature. Nevertheless the light of intelligence in it is something divine — a spark from the source of light — and it indicates clearly that it has received its being from God. In the material things we see the vestiges of the Creator, in the rational soul his very image. It is capable of apprehending the eternal rea sons which are in the mind of God; its intelligible object is being in all its latitude according to its sjjecific and infinite mode of apprehension, and the proportion which its cognoscitive faculty has to the thinkable and knowa- ble. As contingent beings, intelligent spirits, come into the universal order of effects from which by the argument, a posteriori, the existence of the first cause, as supreme intelligence, and will is inferred, and likewise the ideas of necessary and eternal truth which, as so many mirrors, reflect the eternal reasons of the divine mind, subjectively considered, come under the same category as contingent facts and effects produced by second causes and ultimately by the first cause. J RATIONAL DEMONSTRATION OF THE BEING OF GOD. 81 These ideas are not, however, mere subjective concepts. They are, in- deed, mental concepts, but they have a foundation in reahty, according to the famous formula of St. Thomas: "Universalia sunt conceptus mentis cum f undamento in re." They are originally gained by abstraction from the single objects of sensitive cognition; for instance, from single things which have a concrete existence, the idea of being in general, the most extensive and universal of all concepts is gained. So, also, the notions of species and genius; of essence and existence; of beauty, goodness, space and time; of eflScient and final cause; of the first principles of metaphysics, mathematics, and ethics. But, notwithstanding this genesis of abstract and universal concepts from concrete, contingent realities, they become free from all contingency and dependence on contingent things, and assume the character of necessary and universal, and therefore of eternal truths. For instance, that the three sides of a triangle can not exist with- out three angles is seen to be true, supposing there had never been any bodies or minds created. There is an intelligible world of ideas, super- sensible, and extra-mental, withm the scope of intellectual apprehension; thev have objective reality, and force themselves on the intellect, compel- ling its assent as soon as they are clearly perceived in their self -evidence or demonstration. Now, what are these ideas? Are they some kind of real beings, inhabit- ing an eternal and infinite space? This is absurd, and they can not be conceived except as thoughts of an eternal and infinite mind. In thinking them we are rethinking the thoughts of God. They are the eternal reasons reflected in all the works of creation, but especially in intelligent minds. From these necessary and eternal truths we infer, therefore, the intelli- gent and intelligible essence of God, in which they have their ultimate foundation. This metaphysical argument is the apex and culmination of the costnological, moral, and in all its forms the a posteriori argument from effects, from design, from all reflections of the divine perfections in the cre- ation to the existence and nature of the first and final cavise of the intellect- ual, moral, and physical order of the universe. It goes beyond every other line of argument in one respect. From concrete, contingent facts we infer and demonstrate that God does exist. We obtain only a hypothetical neces- sity of His existence; i. e,, since the world does really exist, it must have a creator. The argument, from necessary and eternal truths, gives us a glimpse of the absolute necessity of God's existence; it shows us that He must exist that His non existence is impossible. We rise above contingent facts to a consideration of the eternal reasons in the intelligible and intelligent essence of God. We do not, indeed, perceive these eternal reasons immediately in God as divine ideas identical with His essence. We have no intuition of the essence of God. God is to us inscrutable, incomprehensible, dwelling in light, inaccessible. As when the sun is below the horizon, we perceive clouds illuminated by His rays, and moon and planets shining in His reflected light, so we see the reflection of God in His works. We perceive Him immedi- ately, by the eternal reasons which are reflected in nature, in our own intellect, and in the ideas which have their foundation in His mind. Our mental concepts of the divine are analogical, derived from created things, and inadequate. They are, notwithstanding, true, and give us unerring knowledge of the deepest causes of being. They give us metaphysical certi- tude that God is. They give us, also, a knowledge of what God is, within the limits of our human mode of cognition. All these metaphysical concepts of God are summed up in the formula of St. Thomas: "Ipsum esse subsistens." Being in its intrinsic essence subsisting. He is the being whose reason of real, self-subsisting being is in His essence; He subsists, as being, not in any limitation of a particular kind and nx)de of being, but in the in'telligible ratio of being, in every 82 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. respect which i8 thinkable and comprehensible by the absolute, infinite intellect. He is being in all its longitude, latitude, profundity, and pleni- tude; He is being subsisting in pure and perfect act, without any mixture of potentiality or possibility of change; infinite, eternal, without before or after; always being, never becoming; subsisting in an absolute present, the now of eternity. Boethius has expressed this idea admirably: "Tota simul ac perfecta possessio vitae interminabilis." The total and perfect possession, all at once, of boundless life. In order, therefore, to enrich and complete our conceptions of the nature and perfections of God we have only to analyze the comprehensive idea of being and to ascribe to God, in a sense free from all limitations, all that we find in His works which comes under the general idea of being. Being, good, truth, are transcendental notions which imply each other. They include a multitude of more specific terms, expressing every kind of definite concepts of realities which are intelligible and desirable. Beauty, splendor, majesty, moral excellence, beatitude, life, love, greatness, power, and every kind of perfection are phases and aspects of being, goodness, and truth. Since all which presents an object of intellectual apprehension to the mind and of complacency to the will in the eflfects produced by the first cause must exist in the cause in a more eminent way, we must predict of the Creator all the perfections found in creatures. The vastness of the universe represents His immensity. The multi- farious beauties of creatures represent His splendor and glory as their archetype. The marks of design and the harmonious order which are visible in the world manifest His intelligence. The faculties of intelligence and will in rational creature^ show forth in a more perfect image the attributes of intellect and will in their author and original source. All created goodness, whether physical or moral, proclaims the essential excel- lence and sanctity of God. He is the source of life, and is, therefore, the living God. All the active forces of nature witness His power. All finite beings, however, come infinitely short of an adequate represen- tation of their ideal archetype; they retain something of the intrinsic nothingness of their essence, of its potentiality, changeableness, and con- tingency. Many modes and forms of created existence have an imperfection in their essence which makes it incompatible with the perfection of the divine essence that they should have a formal being in God. We can not call him a circle, an ocean, or a sun. Such creatures, therefore, represent that which exists in their archetype in an eminent and divine mode, to us incomprehensible. And those qualities whose formal ratio in God and creatures is the same, being finite in creatures, must be regarded as raised to an infinite power in God. Thus intelligence, will, wisdom, sanctity, happiness, are formally in God, but infinite in their excellence. AH that we know of God by pure reason is summed up by Aristotle in the metaphysical formula that God is pure and perfect act, logically and ontologieally the first principles of all that becomes by a transition from potential into actual being. And from this concise, comprehensive formula he has developed a truly admirable theodicy. Aristotle says: "It is evident that act (energeia) is anterior to potency (dunamis), logically and ontologi- eally. A being does not pass from potency into act, and become real, except by the action of a principle already in act." (Met. viii, 9.) Again, "All that is produced comes from a being in act." (De Anim, iii, 7.) "There is a being which moves without being moved, which is eternal, is substance, is act. * * * The immovable mover is necessary being, that is, being which absolutely is, and can not be otherwise. This nature, therefore, is the principle from which heaven (meaning by this term immortal spirits who are the nearest to God) and nature depend. Beatitude is his very act. * * * Contemplation is of all things the most delightful and excellent, and God enjoys it always, by the intellection of the most excellent good, in I EVIDENCE OF A SUPREME BEING, 83 which intelligence and intelligible are identical. God is life, for the act of intelligence is life, and God is this very act. Essential act is the life of God, perfect and eternal life. Therefore we name God a perfect and eternal living being, in such a way that life is uninterrupted; eternal duration belongs to God, and indeed it is this which is God." (Met. xi, 7.) I have here condensed a long passage from Aristotle and inverted the order of some sentences, but I have given a verbally exact statement of his doctrine. I will add a few sentences from Plotiniis, the greatest philosopher of the Neo-Platonic school. "Just as the sight of the heavens and the brilliant stars causes us to look for and to form an idea of their author, so the con- templation of the intelligible world and the admiration which it inspires lead us to look for its father. Who is the one, we exclaim, who has given existence to the intelligible world? Where and how has he begotten such a child, inteUigence, this son so beautiful? The supreme intelligence must necessarily contain the universal archetype, and be itself that intelligible world of which Plato discourses." (Ennead iii, L viii, 10 v. 9). Plato and Aristotle have both placed in the clearest light the relation of intelligent, immortal spirit to God as their final cause, and together with this highest relation the subordinate relation of all the inferior parts of the universe. Assimilation to God, the knowledge and the love of God, communication in the beatitude which God possesses in himself, is the true reason of being, the true and ultimate end of intellectual natures. In these two great sages rational philosophy culminated. Clement of Alexandria, did not hesitate to call it a preparation furnished by divine providence to the heathen world for the Christian revelation. Whatever controversies there may be concerning their explicit teachings in regard to the relations between God and the world, their principles and premises con- tain implicitly and virtually a sublime natural theology. St. Thomas has corrected, completed, and developed this theology, with a genius equal to theirs and with the advantage of a higher illumination. It is the highest achievement of human reason to bring the intellect to a knowledge of God as the first and final cause of the world. The denial of this philosophy throws all things into night and chaos, ruled over by blind chance or fate. Philosophy, however, by itself does not suffice to give to mankind that religion the excellence andnecessity of which it so brilliantly manifests. Its last lesson is the need of a divine revelation, a divine relig- ion, to lead men to the knowledge and love of God and the attainment of their true destiny as rational and immortal creatures. A true and practi- cal philosopher will follow, therefore, the example of Justin Martyr; in his love of and search for the highest wisdom he will seek for the genuine religion revealed by God, and when found he will receive it with his whole mind and will. EVIDENCE OF A SUPREME BEING. REV, ALFRED WILLIAMS MOMERIE OF LONDON, ENGLAND. " We have just heard a voice," said Chairman NiccoUs, "from the largest and one of the most venerable of the churches of Christendom. That voice was clear, eloquent, logical, and learned in its testimony. The church which it represents is to-day the teacher of millions, and if such are its convictions we know that the doctrine of Christian theisiw is 84 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. safe in her hands. Another church has been eloquent in its testimony, and I am glad we have to-day one of its representa- tives here, a distinguished preacher and teacher, a learned scholar and professor. Rev. Dr. Momerie, of London, who will present the next paper on ' The Moral Evidence of a Divine Existence.' " Before submitting his paper. Dr. Momerie said: "It is only this moment that I have discovered the subject of my paper as shown on the programme. I was originally asked to write upon ' The Philosophic and Moral Evidence for the Existence of God,' and it is upon that subject that I have written. Indeed, I could hardly have written on any other, for the argument for God seems to me to be distinctly one and indivisible. I must apologize if in the first part of the paper I have to tread upon ground already traversed. I looked at the philosophical argu- ment from a somewhat different point of view, and, perhaps, therefore, there will be no more harm done." The evidenceB for the existence of God may be summed up under two heads. First of all there is what I will designate the rationality of the world. Under this head, of course, comes the old argument from design. It is often supposed that the argument from design has been exploded. " Nowadays," says Comte, " the heavens declare no other glory than that of Hipparchus, Newton, Kepler, and the rest who have found out the laws of sequence. Our power of foreseeing phenomena and our power of control- ling them destroy the belief that they are governed by changeable wills." Quite so. But such a belief — the belief, viz., that phenomena were gov- erned by changeable wills, could not be entertained by any philosophical theist. A really irregular phenomenon, as Mr. Piske has said, would be a manifestation of sheer diabolism. Philosophical theism — belief in a being deservedly called God — could not be established until after the uniformity of nature had been discovered. We must cease to believe in many change- able wills before we can begin to believe in one that is unchangeable. We must cease to believe in a finite God, outside of nature, who capriciously interferes with her phenomena, before we can begin to believe in an infinite God, immanent in nature, of whom mind and will and all natural phenomena are the various but never varying expressions. Though the regularity of nature is not enough, by itself, to prove the existence of God, the irregu- larity of nature would be amply sufficient to disprove it. The uniformity of nature, which, by a curious observation of the logical faculties, has been used as an atheistic argument, is actually the first step in the proof of the existence of God. The purposes of a reasonable being, just in proportion to his reasonableness, will be steadfast and immovable. And in God there is no change, neither shadow of turning. He is the same yesterday, to- day, and forever. There is another scientific doctrine, viz., the doctrine of evolution, which is often supposed to be incompatible with the argument from design. But it seems to me that the discovery of the fact of evolution was an important i EVIDENCE OF A SUPREME BEING. 85 step in the proof of the divine existence. Evolution has not disproved adaptation; it has merely disproved one particular kind of adaptation — the adaptation, viz., of a human artifice. In the time of Paley, God was regarded as a great Mechanician, spelled with a capital M, it is ture, but employing means and methods for the accomplishment of his purposes more or less similar to those which would be used by a human workman. It was believed that every species, every organism, and every part of every organ- ism had been individually adapted by the Creator for the accomplishment of a definite end, just as every portion of a watch is the result of a partic- ular act of contrivance on the part of the watchmaker. A different and far higher method is suggested by the doctrine of evo- lution, a doctrine which may now be considered as practically demonstrated, thanks especially to the light which has been shed on it by the sciences of anatomy, physiology, geology, palaeontology, and embryology. These sciences have placed the blood relationship of species beyond a doubt. The embryos of existing animals are found again and again to bear the closest resem- blance to extinct species, though in this adult form the semblance is obscured. Moreover, we frequently find in animals rudimentary, or abortive, organs, which are manifestly not adapted to any end, which never can be of any use, and whose presence in the organism is sometimes positively in- jurious. There are snakes that have rudimentary legs— legs which, how- ever interesting to the anatomist, are useless to the snake. There are rudi- ments of fingers in a horse's hoof, and of teeth in a whale's mouth, and in man himself there is the vermiform appendix. It is manifest, therefore, that any particular organ in one species is merely an evolution from a some- what different kind of organ in another. It is manifest that the species themselves are but transmutations of one or a few primordial types, and that they have been created not by i)aroxysm but by evolution. The Creator saw the end from the beginning. He had not many conflicting purposes, but one that was general and all-embracing. Unity and con- tinuity of design serve to demonstrate the wisdom of the designer. The supposition that nature means something by what she does has not infrequently led to important scientific discoveries. It was in this way that Harvey fovmd out the circulation of the blood. He took notice of the valves in the veins in many parts of the body, so placed as to give free passage to the blood towards the heart, but opposing its passage in the contrary direction. Then he bethought himself, to use his own words, "that such a provident cause as nature had not placed so many valves without a design, and the design which seemed most probable was that the blood, instead of being sent by these veins to the limbs, should go first through the arteries, should return through other veins whose valves did not oppose its course." Thus, apart from the supposition of purpose, the greatest discovery in physiological science might not have been made. And the curious thing is — a circumstance to which I would particularly direct your attention — the word purpose is constantly employed even by those who are most strenuous in deying the reality of the fact. The supposition of purpose is used as a working hypothesis by the most extreme materialists. The recognition of an immanent purpose in our conception of nature can be so little dispensed with that we find it admitted even by Vogt. Haeckel. in the very book in which he says that "the much talked-of purpose in nature has no existence," defines an organic body as "one in which the various parts work together for the purpose of producing the phenomenon of life." And Hartman, according to whom the universe is the outcome of unconsciousness, speaks of "the wisdom of the unconscious," of "the mechanical contrivance which it employs," of " the direct activity in bringing about complete adaptation to the ijeculiar nature of the case," of "its incursions into the human brain which determine the course of history in all departments of civilization in the direction of the goal intended by the 86 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELltflONS. unconscious." Purpose, then, has not been eliminated from the universe by the discoveries of physical science. These discoveries have but intensified and elevated our path. And there is yet something else to be urged in favor of the argument from design. If the world is not due to purpose, it must be the result of chance. This alternative can not be avoided by asserting that the world is the outcome of law, since law itself must be accounted for in one or other of these alternative ways. A law of nature explains nothing. It is merely a summary of the facts to be explainv^d — merely a statement of the way in which things happen; e. g., the law of gravitation is the fact that all mate- rial bodies attract one another with a force varying directly as their mass and inversely as the squares of their distances. Now, the fact that bodies attract one another in this way can not be explained by the law, for the law is nothiog but the precise expression of the fact. To say that the gravita- tion of matter is accounted for by the law of gravitation, is merely to say that matter gravitates because it gravitates. And so of the other laws of' nature. Taken together, they are simply the expression, in a set of convenient formulae, of all the facts of our experience. The laws of nature are the facts of nature summarized. To say, then, that nature is explained by law, is to say that the facts are explamed by themselves. The question remains. Why are the facts what they are ? And to this question we can only answer, either through purpose or by chance. In favor of the latter hypothesis it may be urged that the appearance of purpose in nature could have been produced by chance. Arrangements which look intentional may sometimes be purely accidental. Something was bound to come of the play of the primeval atoms. Why not the par- ticular world in which we find ourselves? Why not? For this reason: It is only within narrow bounds that seemingly purposeful arrangements are accidentally produced. And, there- fore, as the signs of purpose increase the presumption in favor of their acci- dental origin diminishes. It is the most curious phenomenon in the history of thought that the philosophers who delight in calling themselves experi- enced should have countenanced the theory of the accidental origin of the world, a theory with which our experience, as far as it goes, is completely out of harmony. When only eleven planets were known De Morgan showed that the odds against their moving in one direction round the sun with a slight inclination of the planes of their orbits — had chance determined the movement — would have been 20,000,000,000 to one. And this movement of the planets is but a single item, a tiny detail, an infinitesimal fraction in a universe which, notwithstanding all arguments to thecontrary, still appears to be pervaded through and through with purpose. Let every human being now alive upon the earth spend the rest of his days and nights writing down arithmetical figures; let the enormous numbers which these figures would represent— each number forming a library in itself — be all added together; let this result be squared, cubed, multiplied by itself 10,000 times, and the final product would fall short of expressing the probabilities of the world having been evolved by chance. But over and above the signs of purpose in the world there are other evidences which bear witness to its rationality, to its ultimate dependence upon mind. We can often detect thought even when we fail to detect pur- pose. " Science," says Lange, " starts from the principle of the intelligible- ness of nature." To interpret is to explain, and nothing can be explained that is not in itself rational. Reason can only grasp what is reasonable. You can not explain the conduct of a fool. You can not interpret the actions of a lunatic. They are contradictory, meaningless, unintelligible. Similarly if nature were an irrational system there would be no possibility of knowledge. The interpretation of nature consists in making our own the thoughts which nature implies. Scientific hypothesis consists in guess- I EVIDENCE OF A SUPREME BEING. 87 ing at these thoughts; scientific verification in proving that we have guessed aright. "O God,'' says Kepler, when he discovered the laws ot planetary motion, "O God, I think again Thy thoughts after Thee." There could be no course of nature, no law of sequence, no possibility of scientific predic- tions in a senseless play of atoms. But as it is, we know exactly how the forces of nature act, and how they will continue to act. We can express their mode of working in the most precise formulce. Every fresh discovery in science reveals anew the order, the law, the system — in a word, the rea- son which underlies material phenomena. And reason is the outcome of mind. It is mind in action. Nor is it only within the realm of science that we can detect traces of a supreme intelligence. Kant and Hegel have shown that the whole of our conscious experience impHes the existence of a mind other than but similar to our own. For students of philosophy it is needless to explain this; for others it would be impossible within the short time at my disposal. Suffice it to say it has been proved that what we call knowledge is due subjectively to the constructive activity of our own individual minds, and objectively to the constructive activity of another mind which is omnipresent and eternal. In other words, it has been proved that our limited consciousness implies the existence of a consciousness that is unlimited — that the common, every- day experience of each one of us necessitates the increasing activity of an iniinite thinker. The world, then, is essentially rational. But if that were all we could say we should be very far from having proved the existence of God. A question still remains for us to answer: Is the infinite thinker good? I pass on, therefore, to speak briefly on the second part of my subject, viz., the progressiveness of the world. The last, the most comprehensive, the most certain word of science is evolution. And it is the most hopeful word I know. For when we contemplate the suffering and disaster around us we are sometimes tempted to think that the Great Contriver is indifferent to human welfare. But evolution, which is only another form for continuous improvement, inspires us with confidence. It suggests, indeed, that the Creator is not omnipotent, in the vulgar sense of being able to do impossi- bilities; but it also suggests that the difficulties of creation are being surely though slowly overcome. Now, it may be asked. How could there be difficulties for God ? How could the Infinite be limited or restrained ? Let us see. We are too apt to look upon restraint as essentially an evil; to regard it as a sign of weak- ness. This is the greatest mistake. Restraint may be an evidence of power, of superiority, of perfection. \Vhy is poetry so much more beautiful than prose ? Because of tho restraints of conscience. Many things are possible for a prose writer which are impossible for a poet; many things are possible for a villain which are impossible for a man of honor; many things are possible for a devil which are impossible for a God. The fact is, infinite wisdom and goodness involve nothing less than infinite restraint. When we say that God can not do wrong, we virtually admit that He is under a moral obligation or necessity, and reflection will show that there is another kind of necessity, viz., mathematical, by which even the Infinite is bound. Do you suppose that the Deity could make a square with only three sides or aline with only one end? Admitting, for the sake of argument, that theoretically he had the power, do you suppose that under any con- ceivable circumstances he would use it? Surely not. It would be prosti- tution. It would be the employment of an infinite power for the production of what was essentially irrational and absurd. It would be the same kind of folly as if some one who was capable of writing a sensible book were de- liberately to produce a volume with the words so arranged as to convey no earthly meaning. The same kind of folly but far more culpable, for the guilt of foolishness increases in proportion to the capacity for wisdom. A 88 THE PARLIAMENT OE RELIGIONS. being, therefore, who attempted to reverse the truth of mathematics would not be divine. To mathematical necessity Deity itself must yield. Similarly in the physical sphere there must be restraints equally neces- sary and equally unalterable, viz., it may be safely and reverently affirmed that God could not have created a painless world. The Deity must have been constrained by his goodness to create the best world possible, and a world without suffering would have been not better, but worse than our own. For consider; sometimes pain is needed as a warning to preserve us from greater pain — to keep us from destruction. If pain had not been attached to injurious actions and habits, all sentient beings would long ago have passed out of existence. Suppose, e. g., that fire did not cause pain, we might easily be burnt to death before we knew we were in danger. Sup- pose the loss of health were not attended with discomfort, we should lack the strongest motive for preserving it. And the same is true of the pangs of remorse, which follow what we call sin. Further, pain is necessary for the development of character, especially in its higher phases. In some wayorother, though, we can not tell exactly how pain acts as an intellectual and spiritual stimulus. The world's greatest teachers, Dante, Shakespeare, Darwin, etc., have been men who suffered much. Suffering, moreover, develops in us pity, mercy, and the spirit of self-sacrifice; it develops in us self-respect, self-reliance, and all that is implied in the expression, strength of character. In no other way could such a character be conceivably acquired. It could not have been bestowed upon us by a creative fiat; it is essentially the result of personal conflict. Even Christ became perfect through suffering. And there is also a further necessity for pain arising from the reign of law. There is no doubt something awesome in the thought of the absolute- inviolability of law; in the thought that nature goes on her way quite regardless of your wishes or mme. She is so strong and so indifferent! The reign of lai:Y often entails on individuals the direst suffering. But if the Deity interfered with it He would at once convert the universe into chaos. The first requisite for a rational life is the certain knowledge that the same effects will always follow from the same cause; that they will never be miraculously averted; that they will never be miraculously produced. It seems hard— it is hard — that a mother should lose her dar- ling child by accident or disease, that she can not by any agony of prayer recall the child to life. But it would be harder for the world if she could. The child has died through a violation of some of nature's laws, and if suchi violation were unattended with death men would lose the great inducement to discover and obey them. It seems hard — it is hard — that the man who has taken poison by accident dies, as surely as if he had taken it on piirpose. But it would be 'harder for the world if he did not. If one act of carelessness were ever overlooked, the race would cease to feel the necessity for care. It seems hard — it is hard — that chil- dren are made to suffer for their father's crimes. 'But it would be harder for the world if they were not. If the penalties of wrongdoing were averted from the children, the fathers would lose the best incentive to do right. Vicarious suffering has a great part to phiy in the moral development of the world. Each individual is apt to think that an excep- tion might be made in his favor, But, of course, that could not be. If the laws of nature were broken for one person justice would require that they should be broken for thousands, for all. And if only one of nature's laws could be proved to have been only once violated our faith in law would be at an end; we should feel that we were living in a disorderly universe; we should lose the sense of the paramount importance of con- duct; we should know that we were the sport of chance. Pain, therefore, was an unavoidable necessity in the creation of the best of all possible worlds. But however many or however great were the diffi- m THEISTIC TEACHINGS OF HISTORIC FAITHS. 89 culties in the Creator's path, the fact of evolution makes it certain that they are being gradually overcome. And among all the changes that have marked its progress, none is so palpable, so remarkable, so persistent, as the development of goodness. Evolution " makes for righteousness." That which seems to be its end varies. The truth is constantly becoming more apparent that on the whole, and in the long run it is not well with the wicked; that sooner or later, both in the lives of individuals and of nations, good triump'.s over evil. And this tendency toward righteousness, by which we hnd ourselves encompassed, meets with a ready, an even readier, response in our own hearts. We can not help respecting goodness, and we have inextinguishable long- ings for its personal attainment. Notwithstanding "sore lets and hindrances," notwithstanding the fiercest temptations, notwithstand- ing the most disastrous failures, these yearnings continually reassert themselves with ever-increasing force. We feel, we know that we shall always be dissatisfied and unhappy 'latil the tendency within us is brought into perfect unison with the tendency without us, until we a'lso make for righteousness steadily, unremittingly, and with our whole heart. What is this disquietude, what are these yearnings, but the spirit of the universe in communion with our spirits, inspiring us, impelling us, all but forcing us to become co-workers with itself. To sum up in one sentence — all knowledge, whether practical or scien- tific, nay, the commonest experience of everyday life, implies the existence of a mind which is omnipresent and eternal, while the tendency toward righteousness, which is so unmistakably manifest in the course of history, together w'ith the response which this tendency awakens in our own hearts, combine to prove that the infinite thinker is just, and kind, and good. It must be because He is always with us that we sometimes imagine that He is nowhere to be found. "Oh, where is the sea?" the fishes cried As they swam the crystal clearness through; "We've heard from of old of the ocean's tide And we long to look on the waters blue. The wise ones speak of an infinite sea. Oh, who can tell us if such there be? The lark flew up in the morning bright And sang and balanced on sunny wings And this was its song: "I see The light; I look on a world of beautiful things; And flying and singing everywhere In vain have I sought to find the air." THEISTIC TEACHINGS OF HISTORIC FAITHS. PKOFESSOR T^ T^iLENTINE, A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LUTH- ERAN CHURCH. "We have heard two-fold testimony, to-day," said Chairman Niccolls, "with reference to the existence of God, and I am afraid that if there is one here who has listened to this two- fold testimony and yet doubts, we must remind him of the description tliat was given by one of Israel's psalmists long ago, with reference to the man who was unconvinced. Now we 90 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. advance a step farther, and I am glad we shall have a paper from a distinguished professor in one of the great churches of reformation, a representative of the Lutheran Church, Profes- sor N. Valentine, whose name is well known throughout the land." In calling attention to the " Harmonies and Distinctione in the Theis- tic Teaching of the Various Historic Faiths," I must, by very necessity of the case, speak from the Christian standpoint. This standpoint is to me synonymous with the very truth itself. I can not speak as free from pre- possessions. This, however, does not mean any unwillingness, nor, I trust, inability to see and treat with sincerest candor and genuine appreciation the truth that may be found in each and all of the various theistic concep- tions which reason and providence may have enabled men anywhere to reach. Undoubtedly some rays from the true divine "Light of the World" have been shining through reason, and reflected from "the things that are made" everywhere and at all times. God never nor in any place leaves himself wholly without witness. And though we now and here stand in the midst of the high illumination of what we accept as supernatural revela- tion, we rejoice to recognize the truth which may have come into view from other openings, blending with the light of God's redemptive self-manifesta- tion in Christianity. It is not necessary prejudice to truth anywhere when from this stand- point I am further necessitated, in this comparative view, to take the Christian conception as the standard of comparison and measurement. We must use some standard if we are to proceed discriminatingly or reach any well-defined and consistent conclusions. Simply to compare different con- ceptions with one another, without the unifying light of some accepted rule of judging, or at least of reference, can never lift the impression out of con- fusion or fix any valuable points of truth. Only to hold our eye to the varied shifting colors and combinations of the kaleidoscope can bring no satisfactory or edifying conclusion. The Christian's comparative view of the "historic faiths" other than his own necessarily thus ranges them under his own Christian canons of judgment, means no exclusion or obscuration of the light, but merely fixes the leading parallelism of its fall, secviring consistency and clearness of presentation, a presentation under which not only the harmonies and distinctions, but the actual truth, may be most clearly and fairly seen. The phrase, " theistic teaching," in the statement of the subject of this paper, I understand, in its broadest sense, es referring to the whole con- ception concerning God, including the very question of His being, and, therefore, applicable to systems of thought, if any such there be that, in philosophic reality, are atheistic. In this sense teachings on the subject of deity, or "the divine," are "theistic," though they negative the reality of God, and so may come legitimately into our comparative view. Ana yet, we are to bear in mind, it is only the " theistic " teaching of the historic faiths, not their whole religious view, that falls under the intention of this paper. The subject is special, restricting us specifically to their ideas about God. At the outset we need to remind ourselves of the exceeding difficulty of the comparison or of precise and firm classification of the theistic faiths of mankind. They are all — at least all the ethnic faiths — developments or evolutions, having undergone various and immense changes. Their evolu- tions amount to revolutions in some cases. They are not permanently marked by the same features, and will not admit the same predicates at different times. Some are found to differ more from themselves in their J THEISTIC TEACHINGS OF HISTORIC FAITHS. 91 history than from one another. There is such an inter- crossing of principles and manifold form of representation as to lead the most learned specialists into disputes and opposing conclusions, and render a scientific characteriza- tion and classification impossible. The most and best that can be done is to bring the teachings of the historic religions, in this particular, into com- parison as to five or six of the fundamental and most distinctive features of theistic conception. Their most vital points of likeness and difference will thus appear. It will be enough to include in the comparison, besides Chris- tianity, the religions of ancient Greece and Rome, of old Egypt, Indian Hinduism or more exactly Brahmanism, Persian Parseeism or Zoroastrian- ism. Buddhism, Chinese Confucianism, Celtic Druidism, the Norse or Teu- tonic mythology, and Mohammedanism, with incidental reference to some less prominent religions. I class Judaism as the early stage of unfolding Christianity. Adopting: this method, therefore, of comparing them under the light of a few leadin. » features or elements of the theistic view, we begin with that which is most fundamental — belief in the existence of God, or of what we call "the divine" Deity, some higher power to which or to whom men sus- tain relations of dependence, obligation, and hoije. This is the bottom point, the question underlying all other questions in I'eligious belief: Does a God exist ? And here it is assuring; a wonderful harmony is found. All the historic faiths, save perhaps one, rest on belief in some divine existence or existences to be acknowledged, feared, or pleased. It seems to be part of the religious instinct of the race. And the intellect concurs in fostering the belief. History, ethnology, and philology not only suggest, but amply prove, that the idea of God, of some power or powers above, upon whom man depends and to whom he must answer, is so normal to human reason in the presence and experience of the phenomena of nature and life, that it is developed wherever man's condition is high enough for the action of his religious nature at 'Al. " God " is the fundamental and constructive idea, and it is the greatest and most vital idea of humanity. But the harmony of the world's religious faiths in this positive theistic teaching is, according to prevailing interpret- ation, broken in the case of Buddhism. This appears to be atheistic; a religion, or, rather, a philosophy of life, without a Deity or even the apothoesis of nature. Many things, however, incline me to the view of those interpreters who deny, or at least doubt, the totally atheistic character of Buddhism. For instance, it is rooted in the earlier pantheistic Hindu faith, and has historically developed a cult with temples and prayers. In the face of these and other things, only the most positive evidence can put its total atheism beyond question. Gautama's work of reform, which swept away the multitudinous divinities of the popular theology, may not have been a denial of God, even as Socrates alleged atheism was not, but rather an overthrow of the prevalent gross polytheism in the interest of a truer and more spiritual conception, though it may have been a less definite one of the Divine Being. And may we not justly distinguish between Buddhism as a mere phil- osophy of life or conduct and Butldhism as a religion, wi th its former nature — gods swept away, and the replacing better conception only obscurely and inadequately brought out ? At least it is certain that its teaching was not dogmatic atheism, a formal denial of God, but marked rather by the negative attitude of failing positively to recognize and affirm the divine existence. The divergence in this case is undoubtedly less of a discord than has often been supposed. There are cases of atheism in the midst of Chris- tian lands, the outcome of bewilderment through speculative philosophies. They may even spread widely and last long. They, however, count but little against the great heart and intellect of mankind, or even as giving a definite characteristic to the religion in the midst of which they appear. 92 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. And they lose sway, even as the Buddhist philosophy, in becoming a re- ligion that has had to resume recognition of deity. And it is something grand and inspiring that the testimony of the world's religions from all around the horizon and down the centuries is virtually unanimous as to this first great principle in theistic teaching. It is the strong and ceaseless testimony of the great, deep heart and reason of mankind. Nay, it is God's own testimony to His being, voiced through the religious nature and life made in His image. But let these various religions be compared in the light of a second principle in theistic teaching — that of monotheism. Here it is startling to find how terribly the idea of God, whose existence is so unanimously owned, has been misconceived and distorted. For, taking the historic faiths in their fully developed form, only two, Christianity and Mohammedanism, present a pure and maintained monotheism. Zoroastrianism can not be counted in here, though at first its Ahriman, or evil spirit, was not con- ceived of as a God, it afterward lapsed into theological dualism and prac- tical polytheism. All the rest are prevailingly and discordantly poly- theistic. They move off into endless multiplicity of divinities and grotesque degradations of their character. This fact does not speak well for the ability of the human mind without supernatural help, to formulate and maintain the necessary idea of God worthily. This dark and regretful phenomenon is, however, much relieved by several modifying facts. One is that the search-lights of history and phil- ology reveal for the principal historic faiths, back of their stages and condi- tions of luxuriantly developed polytheism, the existence of an early, or possibly though not certainly, primitive monotheism. This point, I know, is strongly contested, especially by many whose views are determined by acceptance of the evolutionist hypothesis of the derivative origin of the human race. But it seems to me that the evidence, as made clear through the true historical method of investigation, is decisive for monotlieism as the earliest known form of theistic conception in the religions of Egypt, China, India, and the original Druidism, as well as of the two faiths already classed as asserting the divine unity. Polytheisms are found to be actual growths. Tracing them back they become simpler and simpler. "The younger the polytheism the fewer the gods," until a stage is reached where God is conceived of as one alone. This accords, too, as has been well pointed out, with the psychological genesis of ideas — the singular number preceding the plural, the idea of a god preced- ing the idea of gods, the affirmation, "There is a God," going before the affirmation there are two or many gods. Another fact of belief is that the polytheisms have not held their fields without dissent and revolt. Over against the tendency of depraved human- ity to corrupt the idea of God and multiply imaginary and false divinities, there are forces that act for correction and improvement. The human soul has been formed for the one true and only God. Where reason is highly developed and the tobiiag powers of the intellect and conscience are earn- estly applied to the problems of existence and duty, these grotesque and gross polytheisms prove unsatisfactory. In the higher accents of civilization, faith in the mythologic divinities is undermined and weakened. Men of lofty genius arise, men of finer ethical intuitions and higher religious sense and aspiration, and better conceptions of the power by and in which men live and move are reached and a reform- ation comes. This is illustrated in the epoch-making teachings of Confu- cius in China, or Zoroaster in Persia, of Gautama in India, and of Socrates, Plato, Cicero, and kindred spirits in Ancient Greece and Rome. In their profounder and more rational inquiries these, and such as these, have pierced the darkness and confusion and caught sure vision of the one true eternal God above all gods, at, once explaining the significance of them all, J THEISTIC TEACHINGS OF HISTORIC FAITHS. 93 and reducing all but the One to myths or symbols. Polytheism, which has put its stamp so generally on the historic faiths, has not held them in undis- puted, full, unbroken sway. . , ,, o -^v. Taking these modifying facts into account, the testimony of these taiths to the unity of God is found to be far larger and stronger than at first vijw it seemed. For neither Christianity, with its Old Testament beginning, nor Mohammedanism, has been a small thing in the world. They have spoken for the divine unity for ages, and voiced it far through the earth. And unquestionably the faith of the few grand sages, the great thiukers of the race, who, by " The world's great altar-stairs that slope through darkness up to God," have risen to clear view of the sublime, eternal truth of the divine unity, is worth ten thousand times more, as an illumination and authority for correct faith, than the ideas and practice 'of the ignorant and unthinking millions that have crowded the polytheistic worships. But of the two found purely monotheistic, Christianity has unique char- acteristics. Its witness is original and independent— not derived as that of Islam, which adopted it from Judaic and Christian teaching. It is trini- tarian, teaching a triune mystery of life in the one infinite and eternal God, as over against Islam's repudiation of this mystery. The trinities detected in the other religions have nothing in common with the Christian teaching save the use of the number three. And it stands accredited, not as a mere evolution of rational knowledge, a scientific discovery, but as a super- natural revelation, in which the Eternal One Himself says to the world; "I am God, and beside Me there is none." But we pass to another point of comparison in the principle of person- ality. Under this principle the religions of the world fall into two classes: Those which conceive of God as an intelligent being, acting in freedom, and those that conceive of Him pantheistically as the sum of nature or the impersonal energy or soul of all things. In Christian teaching God is a personal being with all the attributes or predicates that enter into the concept of such being. In the Christian scriptures of the Old and New Testaments this conception is never for a moment lowered or obscured. God, though immanent in nature, filling it with His presence and power, is yet its creator and preserver, keeping it subject to His will and purposes, never confounded nor identified with it. He is the infinite, absolute per- sonality. The finding of this feature of teaching in the other historic religions depends on the period or stage of development at which we take them. In the polytheistic forms of all grades of development we are bewildered by I le immense diversity in which, in this particular, the objects of worship {■re conceived, from the intense anthropomorphism that makes the gods but Ki'.ghty men or apotheosized ancestors down through endless personifica- t xms of the powers and operations to the lowest forms of fetichism. Largely, however, their theistic thought includes the notion of personality, and so a point of fellowship is established between the worshiper and his gods. But we have to do mainly with the monotheistic faiths or periods of faith. In the early belief of Egypt, of China, of India, in the teaching of Zoroaster, of Celtic Druidism, of Assyrian and Babylonian faith, and in the best intuition of Greek and Roman philosophers, without doubt, God was appre- hended as a personal god. Indeed, in almost the whole world's religious thinking this element of true theistic conception has had more or less positive recognition and maintenance. It seems to have been spontaneously and necessarily demanded by the religious sense and life. The human feeling of helplessness and need called for a God who could hear and understand, feel and act. And whenever thought rose beyond the many pseudo-gods to the existence of the one true God as a creator and ruler of the world, the ten thousand marks of order, plan, and purpose in oature speaking to men's hearts and reason led up to the grand truth that 94 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. tne Maker of all is a thinker and both knows and wills. And so a relation of trust, fellowship, and intercourse was found and recognized. None of the real feelings of worship, love, devotion, gratitude, consecration, could live and act simply in the presence of an impersonal, unconscious, fatefui energy or order of nature. No consistent hope of a conscious personal future life can be established except as it is rooted in faith in a personal And yet the personality of God has often been much obscured in the historic faiths. The observation has not come as a natural and spontane- ous product of the rehgious impulse of consciousness, but of mystic specu- lative philosophies. The phenomenon presented by Spinozism and later pantheisms, in the presence of Christianity, was substantially anticipated again and again, ages ago, in the midst of various religious faiths, despite their own truer version of the eternal God. As we understand it, the philosophy of religion, with Hinduism, the later Confucianism, developed Parseeism, and Druidism is substantially pantheistic, reducing God to impersonal existence or the conscious factors and forces of cosmic order. It marks some of these more strongly and injuriously than others. How far do the religions harmonize in including creational relation and activity in their conception of God? In Christianity, as you know, the notion of creatorship is inseperable from the divine idea. "In the begin- ning God created." Creator is another name for Him. How is it in the polytheistic mythologies? The conception is thrown into inextricable con- fusion. In some, as in the early iGreek and Roman, the heavens and the earth are eternal, and the gods, even the highest, are their offspring. In advancing stages and fuller pantheons, almost everywhere, the notion of creatorship emerges in connection with the mythologic divinities. In the monotheisms, whether the earlier or those reached in philosophic periods, it is clear and unequivocal — in China, India, Egypt, Persia, and the Druidic teaching. Pantheistic thought, however, while it offers accounts of world origins, confuses or overthrows real creational action by various processes of divine self-unfolding, in which God and the universe are identified, and either the divine is lost in the natural, or nature itself is God. The pantheism seems to resolve itself sometimes into atheism; sometimes into acosmism. But while the creative attribute seems to appear in some way and measure in all the historic religions, I have found no instance apart from Christianity and its derivatives in which creatio ex nihilo, or absolute creation, is taught. This is a distinction in which Christianity must be counted as fairly stand- ing alone. A point of high importance respects the inclusion of the ethical attribute in the notion of God and the divine government. To what extent do they hold him not only a governor, but a moral governor, whose will enthrones righteousness and whose administration aims at moral character and the blessedness of ethical order and excellence? The comparison on this point reveals some strange phenomena. In the nature-worships and polytheistic conditions there is found an almost complete disconnection between religion and morality, the rituals of worship noi being at all adjusted to the idea that the gods were holy, sin-hating, pure, and righteous. The grossest anthropomorphisms have prevailed, and almost every passion, vice, mean- ness, and wrong, found among men were paralleled in the nature and actions of the gods. Often their very worship has been marked by horrible and degrading rites. But as human nature carries in itself amoral constitution, and the reason spontaneously acts in the way of moral distinctions, judg- ments,_and demands, it necessarily, as it advanced in knowledge, credited the objects of its worship with more or less of the moral qualities it required in men. The moral institutions and demands could not act with clearness and force in rude and uncivilized men and peoples. The degrees of ethical 1 I THEISTIC TEACHINGS OF HISTORIC FAITHS. 95 elements in their conception of the gods reflected the less or greater development of the moral life that evolved the theistic ideas. But whenever the religious faith was monotheistic, and especially in its more positive and clear forms, the logic of reason and conscience lifted thought into clear and unequivocal apprehension of the supreme being as the power whose government makes for righteousness. Finely and impres- sively does this attribute come to view in the teachings of the faith of the ancient Egyptians, of Confucianism, of Zoroastrianism, of Druidism, and of the theism of the Greek and Roman sages. But Brahmanism, that mighty power of the East, though it abounds in moral precepts and virtuous maxims and rules of life, fails to give these a truly religious or theistic sanction by any clear assurance that the advancement or triumph of the right and good is the aim of the divine government. Indeed, the pantheistic thought of that system, obliterating the divine personality, leaves scarcely any room for a moral purpose, or any other purpose, in the cosmic energy. And Budd- hism, though largely a philosophical ethic only— however, of the " good " sort— yet by its failure to make positive assertion of a supreme being, save simply as the infinite unknown behind nature of which (Brahma) nothing may be predicted except that it is, perceives, and is blessed, fails also, of course, to affirm any moral predicates for its nature or movement. The ethics of life, divorced from religious sanction, stand apart from theistical dynamics. Christianity makes the moral attributes of God fundamental. His gov- ernment and providence have a supreme ethical aim, the overthrow of sin with its disorder and misery and the making of all things new in a kingdom in which righteousness shall dwell. And we rejoice to trace from the great natural religions round the globe how generally and sometimes inspiringly this grand feature of true theism has been discerned and used for the up- lifting of character and life — furnishing a testimony obscured or broken only by the crudest fetichisms, or lowest polytheisms, or by pantheistic teachings that reduce God to impersonality where the concept of moral character becomesiinapplicable. But a single additional feature of theistic teaching can be brought into this comparative view. How far do the various religions include in their idea of God redemptive relation and administration? Some comparativists, as you are aware, class two of them as religions of redemption or deliver- ance — Buddhism and Christianity. But if Buddhism is to be so 'classed there is no reason for not including Brahmanism. For, as Professor Max Muller has so clearly shown, Buddhism rests upon and carried forward the same fundamental conceptions of the world and human destiny and the way of its attainment. They both start v/ith the fact that the condition of man is unhappy through his own errors, and set forth a way of deliverance or salvation. Both connect this state of misery with the fundamental doctrine of metempsychosis, innumerably repeated incarnations, or births and deaths, with a possible deliverance in a final absorption into the repose of absolute existence or cessation of conscious individuality — Nirvana. It is connected, too, in both, with a philosophy of the world that pan- theistically reduces God into impersonality, making the divine but the ever- moving course of nature. And the deliverance comes as no free gift," gracious help, or accomi^lishment of God, but an issue that a man wins for himself by knowledge, ascetic repression of desire and self -reduction out of conscious individuality, reabsorption into primal being. God is not conceived of as a being of redeeming love and loving activity. A philosophy of self- redemption is sulistituted for faith and surrender to a redeeming god. As I understand it, it is a philosophy that pessimistically condemns life itself as an evil and misfortune to be escaped from and to be escaped by self- redemption, because life finds no saving in God. And so these faiths can not fairly be said to attribute to God redemptive character and adminis- tration. 96 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. Christianity stands, therefore, as the only faith that truly and fully con- ceives of God in redemptory rulership and activity. In this faith " God is love," in deepest and most active sympathy vi'ith man. While he rules for the maintenance and victory of righteousness, he uses also redeeming action for the same high ends — recovering the lost to holiness. In this comes in the unique supernatural character of Christianity. It is not a mere evolu- tion of natural religious intuitions. Even as a revelation, it is not simply an ethic or a philosophy of happy life. Christianity stands fundamentally and essentially for a course of divine redemptive action, the incoming pres- ence and activity of the supernatural in the world and time. Let us fix this clearly in mind, as its distinction among all religions, causing it to stand apart and alone. From the beginning of the Old Testa- ment to the end of the New, -t is a aisclosure in record of what God in grace has done, is doing, and will do for the deliverance, recovery, and eternal salvation from sin of lapsed, sin-enslaved humanity. It is a super- natural redemptory work and provision with an inspired instruction as to the way and duty of life. If Christianity be not this Christendom has been deluded. It is the religion of the divine love and help which the race needs and only God could give. Let us sum up the results of this hurried comparison. On the funda- mental point of affirming or implying the existence of God the testimony is a rich harmony. To the monotheistic conception there is strong witness from the chief earliest great historical religions— the Egyptian, Chinese, Indian, Original Zoroastrianism, and Druidism, obscured and almost lost in later growths of enormous polytheisms, till restored there and elsewhere in greater or less degree under the better intuitions of sages, including those of Greece and Rome. The divine personality is witnessed to, though often under the rudest and most distorted notions, by almost all religions, but darkened out of sight by pantheistic developments in India, China, Druid- ism, and among the Greeks. Creational activity in some sense and measure has been almost everywhere included in the idea of God; but creatio ex nihilo seems peculiar to Christianity. The attribution of ethical attributes to God has varied in degrees 'according to the civilization and culture of the tribes and nationsjor their religious leaders, made inconsistent here and there by pantheistic theories — Christianity, however, giving the moral idea supreme emphasis. And finally, redeeming love and effort in redemption from moral evil is clearly asserted only in the Christian teaching. The other historic faiths have grasped some of the great essential ele- ments of theistic truth. We rejoice to trace and recognize them. But they all shine forth in Christian revelation. As I see it, the other historic beliefs have no elements of true theistic conception to give to Christianity what it has not, but Christianity has much to give to the others. It unites and consummates out of its own given light all the theistic truth that has been sought and seen in partial vision by sincere souls along the ages and round the world. And more, it gives what they have not — a disclosure of God's redeeming love and action, presenting to mankind the way, the truth, and the life. And we Joy to hold it and offer it as the hope of the world. THEOLOGY OF JUDAISM. DE. ISAAC WISE RABBI OF CINCINNATI. "We are now to have the pleasure," said the chairman, "of hearing from that Jerusalem, which is the mother of us all. The oldest faith will speak to us. I am sure that all who call I THEOLOGY OF JUDAISM. 97 themselves Christians are ready to respond to the simple creed of that ancient faith — 'Hear, oh Israel, the Lord, our God, is one Lord' — and we are also ready to join in the testimony of Israel's greatest psalmist — 'Happy is he who has the Lord Grod of Israel for his trust.' I take great pleasure in introduc- ing to you Dr. Isaac M. Wise, a well-known scholar, who, by his teaching, has left a deep impression on the public thought of this country," The theology of Judaism, in the opinion of many, is a new academic discipline. They maintain Judaism is identical with legalism, it is religion of deeds without dogmas. Theology is a systematic treatise on the dogmas of any religion. There could be no theology of Judaism. The modern latitudinarians and syncretists on their part maintain we need more religion and less theology, or no theology at all, deeds and no creeds. For religion is undetinable and purely subjective; theology defines and casts free sentiments into dictatorial words. Religion unites and theology divides the human family, not seldom, into hostile factions. Research andVettection antagonize these objections. They lead to con- viction, both historically and psychologically. Truth unites and appeases; error begets antagonism and fanaticism. Error, whether in the spontaneous belief or in the scientific formulas of theology, is the cause of the distract- ing f ractionalism in the transcendental realm. Truth well defined is the most successful arbitrator among mental combatants. It seems, therefore, the best method to unite the human family in harmony, peace, and good will is to construct a rational and humane system of theology, as free from error as possible, clearly defined, and appealing directly to the reason and con- science of all normal men. Research and reflection in the field of Israel's literature and history produce the conviction that a code of laws is no reli- gion. Yet legalism and observances are but one form of Judaism. The un- derlying principles and doctrines are essentially Judaism and these are material to the theology of Judaism and these are essentially dogmatic. Scriptures from the first to the last page advance the doctrine of divine inspiration and revelation: Ratiocinate this as you may, it always centers in the proposition: There exists an inter-relation and a faculty of inter- communication in the nature of that universal, prior, and superior being and the individualized being called man; and this also is a dogma. Scriptures teach that the Supreme Being is also Sovereign Providence. He provides sustenance for all, all that stand in need of it. He foresees and foreordains all, shapes the destinies and disposes the affairs of man and mankind, and takes constant cognizance of their doings. He is the law- giver, the judge, and the executor of his laws. Press all this to the ultimate abstraction and formulate it as you may, it always centers in the proposi- tion of ''Die sittliche WeltorJnung," the universal, moral, just, benevolent and beneficent theocracy, which is the cause, source and textbook of all canons of ethics; and this again is a dogma. Scriptures teach that virtue and righteousness are rewarded; vice, misdeeds, crimes, sins, are punished, inasmuch as they are free-will actions of man; and adds thereto that the free and benevolent Deity under certain conditions pardons sin, iniquity, and transgression. Here is an apparent contradiction between jvistice and grace in the Supreme Being. Press this to its ultimate abstraction, formulate it as you may and you will always arrive at some proposition concerning atonement, and this also is a dogma. As far back into the twilight of myths, the early dawn of human rea- 98 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. son, as the origin of human knowledge was traced, mankind was in posses- sion of four dogmas. They were always present in men's consciousness, although philosophy has not discovered the antecedents of the syllogism, of which these are the conclusions. The exceptions are only such tribes, clans or individuals that had not yet become conscious of their own senti- ments, not being crystalized into conceptions, and in consequence thereof had no words to express them, but those are very rare exceptions. These four dogmas are: 1. There exists — in one or more forms of being — a superior being, liv- mg, mightier and higher than any other being known or imagined. (Exis- tence of God.) 2. There is in the nature of this superior being, and in the nature of man, the capacity and desire of mutual symjjathy, inter-relation and inter- communication. (Revelation and worship.) 3. The good and the right, the true and the beautiful, are desirable, the opposites thereof are detestable and repugnant to the superior being and to man. ^Conscience, ethics, and Eesthetics.) 4. There exists for man a state of felicity or torment beyond this state of mundane life. (Immortality, reward or punishment.) These four dogmas of the human family are the postulate of all theol- ogy and theologies, and they are axiomatic. They require no proof, for what all men always knew is self-evident; and no proof can be adduced to them, for they are transcendent. Philosophy, with its apparatus and methods of cogitation, can not reach them, can not expound them, can not negate tnem, and none ever did prove such negation satisfactorily even to the individual reasoner himself. All systems of theology are built on the four postulates. They differ only in the definitions of the quiddity, the extension and expansion of these dogmas in accordance with the progression or retrogression of different ages and countries. They differ in their derivation of doctrine or dogma from the main postulates; their reduction to practice in ethics and worship, forms and formulas; their methods of application to human affairs, and their notions of obligation, accountability, hope, or fear. These accumulated differences in the various systems of theology, inas- much as they are not logically contained in these postulates, are subject to criticisms; au appeal to reason is always legitimate, a rational justification is requisite. The arguments advanced in all these cases are not always appeals to the standard of reason — therefore the disagreements — they are mostly historical. " Whatever we have not from the knowledge of all man- kind, we have from the knowledge of a very respectable portion of it in our holy books and sacred traditions" is the main argument. So each system of theology, in as far as it differs from others, relies for proof of its particular conceptions and knowledges on its traditions, written or unwrit- ten, as the knowledge of a portion of mankind; so each particular theology depends on its sources. So also does Judaism. It is based upon the four postulates of all theology and in justification of its extensions and expansions, its derivation of doctrine and dogma from the main postulates, its entire development, it points to its sources and traditions and at various times also to the standard of reason, not, however, till the philosophers pressed it to reason in self-defense; because it claimed the divine authority for its sources, higher than which there is none. And so we have arrived at our subject We know what theology is, so we must define here only what Judaism is. Judaism is the complex of Israel's religious sentiments ratiocinated to conceptions in harmony with its Jehovistic God-cognition. These conceptions, made permanent in the consciousness of this people, are the religions knowledges which form the substratum to the theology of Judaism. The Thorah maintains that its " teaching and canon " are divine. 1 THEOLOGY OF JUDAISM. 99 Man's knowledge of the true and the good comes directly to human reason and conscience (which is unconscious reason) from the supreme and uni- versal reason, the absolutely true and good; or it comes to him indirectly from the same source by manifestations of nature, the facts of history and man's power of induction. This principle is in conformity with the second postulate of theology, and its extension in harmony with the standard of reason. All knowledge of God and His attributes, the true and the good, came to man by successive revelations, of the indirect kind first, which we may call natural revelation, and the direct kind afterward, which we may call transcendental revelation; both these revelations concerning God and His substantial attributes, together with their historical genesis, are recorded in the Thorah in the seven holy names of God, to which neither prophet nor philosopher in Israel added even one, and all of which constantly recur in all Hebrew literature. What we call the God of revelation is actually intended to designate God as made known in the transcendental revelations including the suc- cessive God-ideas of natural revelation. His attributes of relation are made known only in such passages of the Thorah, in which He Himself is reported to have spoken to man of Himself, His name and His attributes, and not by any induction or reference from any law, story, or doing ascribed to God anywhere. The prophets only expand or define those conceptions of Deity which these passages of direct transcendental revelation in the Thorah con- tain. There exists no other source from which to derive the cognition of the God of revelation. Whatever theory or practice is contrary or contradictory to Israel's God- cognition can have no place in the theology of Judaism. It compromises necessarily. The doctrine concerning providence, its relations to the individual, the nations, and mankind includes the doctrine of covenant between God and man, God and the fathers of the nation, God and the people of Israel, or the election of Israel. The doctrine concerning atonement. Are sins expiated, forgiven or par- doned, and which are the conditions or means for such expiation of sins? This leads us to the doctrine of divine worship generally, its obligatory nature, its proper means and forms, its subjective or objective import, which includes also the precepts concerning holy seasons, holy places, holy eon- vocations and consecrated or specially appointed persons to conduct such divine worship, and the standard to distinguish conscientiously in the Thorah, the laws, statutes, and ordinances which were originally intended to be always obligatory, from those which were originally intended for a certain time and place, and under special circumstances. The doctrine concerning the human will; is it free, conditioned or con- trolled by reason, faith, or any other agency? This includes the postulate of ethics. The duty and accountability of man in all his relations to God, man, and himself, to his nation and to his government and to the whole of the human family. This includes the duty we owe to the past, to that which the process of history developed and established. This leads to the doctrine concerning the future of mankind, the ulti- mate of the historical process, to culminate a higher or lower status of humanity. This includes the question of perfectibility of human nature and the possibilities it contains, which establishes a standard of duty we owe to the future. The doctrine concerning- personal immortality, future reward and punishment, the means by which immortality is attained, the condition on which it depends, what insures reward or punishment. The theology of Judaism as a systematic structure must solve these 1 100 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. problems on the basis of Israel's God-cognition. This being the highest in man's cognition, the solution of all problems upon this basis, ecclesiastical, ethical, or in eschatology, must be final in theology, provided the judgment which leads to this solution is not erroneous. An erroneous judgment from true antecedents is possible. In such cases the first safeguard is an appeal to reason, and the second, though not secondary, is an appeal to holy writ and its best commentaries. Wherever these two authorities agree, reason and holy writ, that the solution of any problem from the basis of Israel's God-cognition is correct, certitude is established, the ultimate solution is found. This is the structure of a systematic theology. Israel's God-cognition is the substratum, the substance; holy writ and the standard of reason are the desiderata, and the faculty of reason is the apparatus to solve the problems which in their unity are the theology of Judaism, higher than which none can be. THE ANCIENT RELIGION OF INDIA AND PRIMITIVE REVELATION. REV. MAUEICE PHILLIPS OF MADRAS. The roore we go back, the more we examine the germs of any religion, tho purer I believe we shall find the conceptions of the Deity-— Max Mullek. The ancient religion of India is revealed in the Vedas. The Vedas con- tain three strata of literature extending over a thousand years, viz., the Manthras, the oldest hymns; the Brahmanas, treatises of ritualism, and the Upanishadas, philosoplaical disquisitions. Each of these mark a distinct period in the development of religion. To do justice, therefore, to the sub- ject of this paper it would be necessary to trace the Vedic doctrine of the- ology, cosmology, anthropology, and soteriology in each of these periods, and to point out what light they throw on the Bible doctrine of a" primitive revelation." Space, however, will not permit me to do more than to trace roughly the first, viz., the Vedic doctrine of God, and to show that it can be much more rationally accounted for on the supposition that it is a " rem- iniscence " than on the supposition that it is an evolution. The Manthras brings before us the ancient Hindus, then called Aryans, worshiping the elements of nature as living persons, such as Dyaus, the bright sky; Varuna, the all-embracing firmament; Indra, the cloudy atmos- phere; Surya, the sun; Ushas, the dawn, and Prithivi, the broad earth. Hence, their worship is denominated " physiolatry." This term,however, does not cover the whole grovind. Their worship included the elements of nature and something more; it included the natural and supernatural, so blended as to be indistinguishable. Were it all nature there would be no room for personification, for personification implies the knowledge of a person, and the personification of a natural object as an object of worship implies the conception, more or less clear, of what we call God. The recognition of the supernatural in the natural is the result of that tendency deeply rooted in humanity which impels man everywhere to seek and to worship some being or beings greater than himself. Hence he grows in religion as naturally and unconsciously as he grows into manhood. He no sooner wakes into the consciousness that he is a being separate from nature than he feels his dependence upon and moral relationship to some being above nature, to whom he owes homage. This is the first sense of the Godhead, the sensus numinis, " a sense divine of something interfused," a sense not the result of reasoning, nor generalization, but an immediate per- ception as real and irresistible as that of the Ego. And as a man is con- I THE ANCIENT RELIGION OF INDIA. 101 scious of the Ego before knowing what man is, so he is conscious of the supernatural before knowing what God is. This is necessarily a very vague and incomplete idea of the Godhead, so vague as to elude definition and so incomplete as not to be named. 'i'he Pelasgians, according to Herodotus, worshiped gods without hav- ing names for any of them; and the ancient Germans, according to Tacitus, worshiped God as " that secret thing known only by reverence." Many of the Vedic bards express their consciousness of Him by the phrase •* That " and " That One." They know that He is, but where and how they know not, and hence they tried to find him in the phenomena of nature. In perceiving tlie infinite we neither count, nor measure, nor compare, nor name. We know not wiiat it is, but we know that it is, because we actually feel it and are brought into contact with it.— Ma.c 2hiUp.r' s Ilibbert Lectures, Besides that definite consciousness which logic formulates into laws, there is also a definite consciousness which can not be formulated. Besides complete thoughts, and besides the thoughts which though incomplete admit of comple- tion, there are thoughts which it is impossible to complete and yet which are still real, in the sense that they are normal affections of the mind.— Herbert Spencer- But though they knew not God as a personal being distinct from natural phenomena, they possessed a wonderful knowledge of the actions and attri- butes which pre-eminently belong to Him. They ascribe to the xjersonitied elements of nature the function of creator, preserver, and ruler, and the attributes of infinity, omniscience, omnipotence, immortality, righteousness, holiness, and mercy. The content of this knowledge is far more definite and extensive than that furnished by the sensus numinis. The question then arises, how do they acquire this knowledge? An answer to this ques- tion will make clear the correctness of our definition of the "first sense of the Godhead," and the means by which it was developed so as to embrace the characteristics of the Deity. There are only three answers conceivable. They acquired it (1) by intu- ition; or (2) by experience; or (3) by revelation. Did they acquire it by intuition? We have stated already what knowledge of God we conceive man capa- ble of acquiring by intuition, viz.: A vague, indefinite idea of the super- natural in the natural, of some being above himself on whom he depends and whom he should worship. But who that being is and his attributes are, he has no means of knowing. If this be correct, it follows that the ancient Hindus did not acquire their knowledge of a divine function and attribute by intuition. In order to test the validity of this position, let us suppose that man possesses a power of intuition transcending that of the sensus numinis, by means of which he is able, so to speak, to gaze immediately on God; and to this power let us ascribe the Vedic knowledge of the divine functions and attributes. No one will doubt, I presume, that in a mental intuition of this kind it is inconceivable that one can acquire knowledge of the divine functions and attributes without at the same time acquiring knowledge of the divine person'ito whom they belong. It is historically true, however that the ancient Hindus did not know God as a person distinct from nature; they only knew of His functions and attributes, which they applied indiscriminately to all the gods of their pan- theon, the personified elements of nature. All these gods are alike supreme, creators, preservers, omnipotent, beneficient, immortal. Among you. O, gods, there is none that is small, none that is young; for all are great indeed.— i?. V., viii., 30. It might be affirmed that the personality of God was originally appre- hended by man, and that, in course of time, it gradually faded from his memory till nothing was left but the divine attribute. This is inconsistent with the supposition that man possesses a power of intuition transcending that of the sensus numinis. For as long as man is conscious, he must be 102 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. conscious of tliat power, and if that power once supplied him with the knowledge of God and His attributes, there is no reason to suppose that it will not always do so. Again, had the ancient Hindus acquired their knowledge of the divine functions and attributes by intuition, which intuition involves a knowledge of the divine person, and assuming that the mental powers and the spir- itual necessities of man are similar everywhere, we must suppose that other nations would have acquired divine knowledge in the same: way. There is no fact, however, better known 'to the studenl of ancient religion than that no individuals, much less nations, when left to themselves, have ever acquired anything like a clear and certain conception of a supreme being distinct from nature. "Even Plato- did not make his way up'to'the idea of a divine, self -conscious, personal being; nor distinctly propounded the ques- tion of the personality of God. It is true that Aristotle maintained more definitely than Plato that the Deity must be a personal being. But even for him it was not absolute, free, creative power, but one limited by primor- dial matter; not the world's creator, but only one who gave shape to the rude materials, and so not truly absolute." If the ancient Hindus did not acquire their knowledge of the divine functions and attributes intuitivel}% did they acquire it empirically ? We acquire knowledge by experience, by what we see, hear, and feel. And the conclusions of experience are wider than its data. We have the concepts of infinite space and time as an inference from, or an intuition by, the finite space and time supplied to us by the senses. When we look back into space as far as we can see we can neither fix its beginning nor its end- ing. And when we contemplate time, whether we look backward or for- ward, there is always a beyond and a before. Both time and space are to us boundless, infinite: Therefore there is no apriori reason why the an- cient Hindus should not have acquired their knowledge of the divine attri- butes and functions by the impressions of sense and the reflections of reason —the mind in contact with the external world. By contemplating the boundlessness of the firmament from which the dawn and the sun flash forth every morning they might have acquired the concept of the infinite to which they gave expression in Aditi. The regu- larity with which the heavenly bodies move, the succession of day and night, and the periodical recurrence of the seasons within the sphere of Varuna, the heaven-god, might have suggested the idea that he is the ruler of all things, visible and invisible, whose laws are fixed and unassailable. The permanenceof the firmament as contrasted with the visible movements of the sun, moon and stars, the clouds, the storms, and the changes and bustle of this noisy world, might have originated the idea of undecaying, immortal, or eternal. Again, when contemplating the heaven-god en- throned high above the earth, with the sun, moon, and stars as eyes pene- trating the darkness and seeing all that takes place in the world below, what is the more natural than that they should call him asura visvadevas, the all-knowing spirit or the omniscient. Moreover, perceiving that light and form, color and beauty, emerge every morning from a gloom in which all objects seem confounded, the old Aryans might have supposed that in a like manner the brightness, order, and beauty of the world had sprung from darkness from which the elements of all things had existed, to indistinguishable chaos. And since it is the sun that disperses^the darkness of the night and gives back to man the heaven and the earth every morning, it is not difficult to imagine how they might have concluded that the sun brought them forth from the original chaos, and hence that he is the creator. Lastly, by applying superlative epithets to the sun it would become supreme. " God among gods and the divine leader of all the gods," and so the concept of omnipotence might have been formed. I THE ANCIENT RELIGION OF INDIA. 103 In this way, it is conceivable that the funstionsof creator, preserver, and ruler, and the attributes of infinity, omniscience, omnipotence, and eternity might have been empirically acquired. And, as it is natural to suppose that all the excellent qualities which man is conscious to exist in himself must necessarily exist in the same manner, but in an infinitely higher degree, in the' object of the worship, we may conceive that thus the moral attributes of holiness, justice, mercy, love, and goodness ascribed to God might have been ascribed. When we say that the knowledge of God's attributes and functions might have been acquired empirically, we must remember that this is con- ceivable by us who, already possessing that knowledge, bring it to the con- templation of natural phenomena. It was very different with the ancient Hindus, for they ex hypothesi had no such antecedent knowledge. All that they had was the consciousness of the supernatural in the natural which they could neither define nor separate, and which, consequently, they worshiped together with the natural. Is it probable then that they, starting with that consciousness, only elaborated their knowledge of the divine functions and attributes from the impressions of sense and the reflections of reason ? Let us suppose that they did so. and it follows that they possessed a power of abstraction and generalization equal to that of the best thinkers in any age. There is nothing, apriori, impossible in this, but we may reasonably ask: Is the possession of such a power consistent with the historical fact that they were not conscious of the contradiction involved in the ascription of infinite attributes to many individuals? This contra- diction can neither be resolved into mere exaggerated expressions uttered in the ecstatic fervor of prayer and praise nor in different epochs or diver- sities of worship, for it is the chief characteristic of the whole Vedic theology, as strikingly expressed by Professor Max MuUer: Each god is to the mind of the suppliant as good as all the gods. He is felt at the time as supreme and absolute, in spite of the necessary limitations which to our mind a plurality of gods must entail on every single god. Is the possession of this power consistent with the historical fact that the ancient Hindus never grasp the idea of God as a personal being distinct from nature? In obedience to the imperious law of the human mind, which leads it to logical unity, they discard the old Vedas, the old gods of nature, and affirmed in the Upanishads the existence of " One without a second." But this "one" is not the unity of religion which is monotheism, but the unity of philosophy which is monism. It is Brahma, and Brahma is the abstract totality of all existences. It is not the abstract of any one group of thoughts, ideas, or conceptions. It is analogous to the word existence in Western philosophy. For that which is common to all thoughts, ideas, or conceptions, and can not be got rid of is what we predicate of existence. Dissociated as this becomes from each of its modes by the perpetual changes of those modes, it remains an indefinite consciousness of some- thing constant under all modes — of being apart from its appearance. The sages of the Upanishads grasped the idea of existence — of some- thing constant under all modes — which they call Brahma. But they went further. They denied the reality of all modes, regarding the world as phenomenal only, and all things therein fictitious emanations from Brahma, like mirage from the rays of the sun. " All living things are only the one self fictitiously limited to this or that fictitiovis mind or body and return into the self as soon as the fictitious limitations disappear.'' One can not insist too strongly on the distinction between the highest abstraction of philosophy and the highest abstraction of religion; for many eminent writers failing to appreciate this distinction have fallen into the error of identifiying the monism of the Upanishads with the monotheism of the Bible. How infinitely they differ I need not indicate, but I wish, to 1 104 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. emphasize the fact that, in proportion as the ancient Hindus gave uj , he idea of God as a living, energizing, sympathizing person, they lost gro. nd, from a religious point of view. For personality, with all its limitation, though far from exhibiting God as he is, is yet truer, grander, and more ele- vating, more religious than those barren, vague, meaningless abstractions in which men babble nothing under the name of infinite. Personal conscious existence of which man can dream, for it is that which knows, not that which is known. Is the supposition that the ancient Hindus elaborated the divine attribute' and functions from the impressions of sense and the reflections of reason consistent with the order of thought found in the Veda? Man in the mental as well as the physical w'orld has to proceed slowly and conquer gradually by the "sweat of his brow." Therefore, if the Vedic Aryans thought out the divine functions and attributes, they did so gradually and one ought' to see one concept following another in theprocess of evolution, and the fully developed concept at the end. The reverse, however, is the order of things in the Veda. There one finds the concepts of the divine functions and attributes fully developed in the Manthras,, the oldest por- tions of the Veda; whereas, in the Upanishads, the latest portions, we find them dissipated one after another till nothing is left but Nirguna Brahma, Brahma without equalities, predicates, or determination — a something to be defined by "No," "No." The loftiest conception of God, in conjunction with the most intense consciousness of sin, found expression in Veruna, the oldest god of the undivided Aryans. During the long interval between Veruna and Brahma that conception was gradually corrupted, and with it the ethical conscious- ness of sin became well nigh extinct. There is no reason to believe that that corruption began with the Veda age, but, on the contrary, there are many indications that it had begun much earlier. Both Varuna and Dyaus (another primitive god) appear in the Manthras as fully developed mytho- logical beings. Varuna is associated with the Adityas, and Dyaus is married to Prythivi. Now, if mythology be, as Professor Max Muller says, "a dis- ease of language which presupposes a healthy state," it is obvious that a long time was necessary to confound the God of heaven with the material heaven, and to transform the latter into mythological form which found expression in Varuna and Dyaus. Two things are then evident: That the higher we push our inquiries into the ancient religion of India, the purer and simpler we find the con- ception of God, and that in proportion as we come down the stream of time the more corrupt and complex it becomes. We conclude, therefore, that the ancient Hindus did not acquire their knowledge of the divine attributes and functions empirically, for in that case we should find at the end what we now find at the beginning. Hence, we must seek for a theory that will account alike for the acquisition of that knowledge, the godlike conception of Varuna, and its gradual depravation which culminated in Brahma. And what theory will cover these facts as well as the doctrine of a "primitive revelation"? If we admit on the authority of the Bible that God revealed himself originally to man, the knowledge of divine functions and attributes possessed by the ancient Hindus would be a reminiscence. And, if we admit on both the authority of the Bible and consciousness, the sinful tendency of human nature which makes the retention of divine knowledge either a matter of difficulty or aversion, it is easy to conceive that the idea of God, as a spiritual personal being, would gradually recede and ultimately disappear from memory, while his attributes and functions would survive like broken fragments of a once united whole. God is a spirit distinct from nature, and the difficulty is to restrain that characteristic in spite of the powerful tendency of the mind to contemplate existences as having the property of extension in space and protension in I RELIGIOUS BELIEF OF THE HINDUS. 105 time. And when this characteristic is forgotten and material objects sub- stituted in its place, the divine attributes and functions naturally pass over to these objects and by association are remembered. There is a great law in the spiritual as well as the natural world by which an organism neglecting to develop itself or failing to maintain what has been bestowed upon it, deteriorates and becomes more and more adapted to a degenerate form of life. Under the operations of this law the ancient Hindus and all other nations neglecting to cultivate spiritual religion lost the knowledge of God as a personal being separate from nature bestowed upon them; and dissected theinfinite one into many finite ones, or in the words of scripture they "changed the truth of God into a lie, and worshiped and served the creature more than the Creator who is blessed forever." This being the case, we must believe that when applying the divine attributes and functions to the personified elements of nature, the ancient Hindus were using language the full meaning of which they did not under- stand. For had they understood it, they could not fail to perceive the con- tradiction involved in ascribing infinite attributes to more than one being. The language is an echo of a pure worship in a primeval home. It is appli- cable to God alone. It is meaningless when applied to anyone or anything else. It is the language of monotheism, and monotheism was a primitive religion. Professor H. H. Wilson says : " There can be no doubt that the funda- mental doctrine of the Vedas is monotheism." And Profes«:or Max MuUer says : " There is a monotheism that precedes the polytheism of the Veda. The idea of God, though never entirely lost, has been clouded over by error. The names given to God have been changed and their meaning has faded away from the memory of man. M. Adolph Pictet in his great work, ' Les Origiues Europiennes,' gives it as his opinion that the religion of the un- divided Aryansiwas a monotheism more or less vaguely defined.' And both Pictet and Muller maintain that traces of the primitive monotheism are visible in the Veda, that the 'remembrance of a God, one and infinite, breaks throvigh the mists of idolatrous phraseology like the blue sky that is hidden by a passuig cloud.' " Lastly, is it not philosophically true that polytheism presupposes mono- theism? Is it true, as some suppose, that polytheism is older than mono- theism? Is it not likely that the simjjle belief is older than the more complex? Can the concept many precede the concept one? Is not plurality the aggregate of units? What is the development of thought as seen in children? Is it not from one to two, from the singular to the plural, from the simple to the complex, from unity to diversity, and then by generaliza- tion to abstract unity? We conclude, therefore, that the knowledge of the divine functions and attribvites possessed by the Vedic Aryans was neither the product of intui- tion nor experience, but a " survival," the result of a " primitive revelation." The Vedic doctrines of cosmology and anthropology lead to the same conclusion. RELIGIOUS BELIEF OF THE HINDUS. MANILAL NI DVIVEDI OF BOMBAY. Hinduism is a wide term, but, at the same time, a vague term. The word Hindu was invented by the Mohammedan conquerors of Aryavata, the historical name of India, and it denotes all who reside beyond the Indus. Hinduism, therefore, correctly speaking, is no religion at all. It embraces within its wide intention all shades of thought, from the atheistic Jainas and Baviddhas to the theistic Sampradaikas and Samajists and the 106 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. rationalistic Advaytins. But we may agree to use the term in the sense of that body of philosophical and religious principles which are professed in part or whole by the inhabitants of India. I shall confine myself in this short address to unfolding the meaning of this term, and shall try to show the connection of this meaning with the ancient records of India, the Vedas. Before entering upon this task permit me' however, to make a few pre- liminary observations. And tu-st it would greatly help us on if we had set- tled a few points, chief among them the meaning of the word religion. Re- ligion is defined by Webster generally as any system of worship. This is, however, not in the sense in which the word is understood in India. The word has a three-fold connotation. Religion divides itself into physics, ontology, and ethics, and without being that vague something which is? set up to satisfy the requirements of the emotional side of human nature, it resolves itself into that rational demonstration of the universe which serves as the basis of a practical system of ethical rules. Every Indian religion — for let it be understood there is- quite a number of them — has therefore some theory of the physical universe, complemented by some sort of spirit- ual government, and a code of ethics consistent with that theory and that government. So, then, it would be a mistake to take away any one phase of any Indian religion and pronounce upon its merits on a partial survey. The next, point I wish to clear is the chronology of the Puranas. I mean the chronology given in the Puranas. Whereas the Indian religion claims extravagant antiquity for its teachings, the tendency of Christian writers has been to cramp everything within the narrow period of 6,000 years. But for the numerous vagaries and fanciful theories these extremes give birth to this point would have no interest for us at the present moment. With the rapid advance made by physical science in the West numerous testi- monies have been unearthed to show the untenableness of Biblical chronol- ogy, and it would be safe to hold the mind in mental suspense in regard to this matter. The third point is closely connected with the second. Every- one has a natural inclination toward his native land and language, and par- ticularly toward the religion in which he is brought up. It, however, be- hooves men of impartial judgment to look upon all religions as so many different) explanations of the dealings of the Supreme with men of varying culture and nationality. It is impossible to do justice to these themes in this place, but we will start with these necessar}' precautious that the following pages may not appear to make any extraordinary demands upon the intelligence of those brought up in the atmosphere of the so-called " Oriental research " in the West. We now address ourselves to the subject before us. At least six differ- ent and well-marked stages are visible in the history of Indian philosophic thought, and each stage appears to have left its impress upon the meaning of the word Hinduism. The six stages may be enumerated thus: (1) the Veda; (2) the Sutra; (.3) the Darsana; (4) the Purana; (5) the Samapradava; (6) the Samaja. Each of these is enough to fill several volumes, and all I attempt here is a cursory survey of "Hinduism" in the religious sense of the word. 1. Let us begin with the Vedas. The oldest of the four Vedas is admit- tedly the Rigveda. It is the most ancient record of the Aryan nation, nay, of the first humanity our earth knows of. Traces of a very superior degree of civilization and art, found at every page, prevent us from regarding these records as containing only the outpourings of the minds of pastoral tribes ignorantly wondering at the grand phenomena of nature. We find in the Vedas a highly superior order of rationalistic thought pervading all the hymns, and we have ample reasons to conalude that the childish poetry of primitive hearts, Agni and Vishne and Indra and Rudra, are indeed so many names of different gods, but each of them had really a threefold aspect. RELIGIOUS BELIEF OF THE HINDUS. 107 Viaiine, for example, in his temporal aspect, is the physical sun; in his corporal aspect he is the soul of every being, and in his spiritual aspect he is the all-pervading essence of the cosmos. In their spiritual aspect all gods are one, for well says the well-known text, "Only one essence the wise declare in many ways." And this conception of the spiritual unity of the cosmos, as found in the Vedas, is the crux of western oriental research. The learned doctors are unwilling to see more than the slightest trace of this conception in the Veda, for, they say, it is all nature worship, the invo- cation of different independent powers which held the wandering mind of this section of primitive humanity in submissive admiration and praise. However well this may accord with the psychological development of the human mind, there is not the slightest semblance of evidence in the Vedae to show that these records belong to that hypothetical period of human progress. In the Vedas there are marks everywhere of the recognition of the idea of one God, the God of nature, manifesting himself in many forms. This word, "God," is one of those which have been the stumbling-block of philosophy. God, in the sense of a personal creator of the universe, is not known in the Veda, and the highest effort of rationalistic thought in India has been to see God in the totality of all that, is. And, indeed, it is doubt- ful whether philosophy, be it that of a Kant or a Hegel, has ever accomplished anything more. It hereby stands to reason that men who are so far admitted to be Kants and Hegels, should, in other respects, be only in a state of childish wonderment at the phenomena of nature. I humbly beg todilTer from thosewho see in monotheism, in the recog- nition of a personal God apart from, nature, the acme of intellectual devel- opment. I believe that is only a kind of anthropomorphism which the human mind stumbles upon in its first efforts to understand the unknown. The ultimate satisfaction of human reason and emotion lies in the realiza- tion of that universal essence which is the all. And I hold an irrefragable evidence that this idea is' present In the Veda, the numerous gods and their invocations notwithstanding. This idea of the formless all, the Sat — i. e., esse-being — called Atman and Brahman in the Upanishads, and further explained in the Darsanas, is the central idea of the Veda, nay, the root idea of the Hindu religion in general. There are several ideas for the opposite error of finding nothing more than the worship of many gods in the Vedas. In the tirst place, V/estern scholars are not quite clear as to the meaning of the word Veda. Native commentators have always insisted that the word Veda does not mean the Samhita only, but the Brahmanas and the Upanishads as well; whereas, Oriental scholars have persisted in understanding the word in the first sense alone. The Samhita is, no doubt, a collection of hymns to different powers, and, taken by itself, it is most likely. to produce the impression that monotheism was not understood at the time. Apart, however, from clear cases to the contrary, observable by any one who can read between the lines, even in the Samhita, a consideration of that portion along with the other two parts of the Veda will clearly show the untenableness of the Oriental- ist position. The second source of error, if I may be allowed the liberty to refer to it, is the religious bias already touched upon at the outset. If, then, we grasp this central idea of the Veda, we shall understand the real meaning of Hinduism as suQh. The other conditions of the world will unfold themselves, by and by, as we proceed. We need not go into any further analysis of the Veda, and may come at once to the second phase of religious thought, the Sutras and Smritis, based on the ritualistic portion of Vedic literature. 2. Sutra means an aphorism. In this period we have aphoristic works beaming upon ritual, philosophy, morals, grammar, and other subjects. Thougn this period is distinct from the Vedic and subsequent periods it is 108 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS- entirely unsafe to assume that this or any other period occurred histori- cally in the order of succession adopted for the purpose of this essay. Between the Veda and the Sutra lie the Brahmanas, with the Upanishads and Aryanakas and the Smritis. The books called Brahmanas and Upan- ishads form part of the Veda, as explained before, the former explaining the r'tualistic use and application of Vedic hymns, the latter systematizing the unique philosophy contained in them. "What the Brahmanas explained allegorically, and in the quaint phraseology of the Veda, the Smritis, which followed them, explained in plain, systematic, modern Sanskrit. As the Veda is called Siruti, or something handed down orally from teacher to pupil, these latter works are called Smritis, something remembered and recorded after the Smritis. The Sutras deal with the Brahmanas and Smritis on the one hand, and with the Upanishads on the other. These latter we shall reserve for consideration in the next stage of religious development, but it should never be supposed that the central idea of the All as set forth in the Upanishads had at this period, or indeed at any period, ceased to govern the whole of the religious activity of India. The Sutras are divided principally into the Grhva, Sranta, and Dharma Sutras. The first deals with the Smritis, the second with the Brahmanas, and the third with the law as administered by Smritis. The first set of Sutras deals with the institution of Varnas and Asramas and with the various rites and duties belonging to them. The second class of Sutras deals with the larger Vedic sacrifices, and those of the third deals with that special law subsequently known as Hindu law. It will be interesting to deal "en masse" with these subjects in this place — leaving the subject of law out of consideration. At first let VIS say a few words about caste. In Vedic times the whole Indian people is spoken of broadly as the Aryas and the Anaryas. Arya means respectable and fit to be gone, from the root, R, " to go," and not an agriculturist, as the Orientalist would have it, from a fanciful root ar, to till. The Aryas are divided into four sections called Varnas, men of white color, the others being Avarnas. These four sections comprise respectively priests, warriors, merchants, and cultivators, artisans, and menials, called Brahmanas, Ksatrivas, and Sudras. These divisions, however, are not at all mutually exclusive in the taking of food or' the giving in marriage of sons and daughters. Nay, men used to be prompted or degraded to supe- rior or inferior Varnas according to individual deserts. In the Sutra period we find all this considerably altered. Manis speaks of promiscuous intercourse among Varnas and Avarnas leading to the creation of several Jatis, sections known by the incident of birth, instead of by color as before. This is the beginning of that exclusive system of castes which has proved the bane of India's welfare. Varna and Jati are foremost among many other important features which we -find grafted on Hinduism in this period. We find in works of this period that the life of every man is dis- tributed into fovxr periods — student life, family life, forest life and life of complete renunciation. This institution, too, has become a part of the meaning of the word Hinduism. The duties and relations of Varnas, Jatis and Asramas are clearly defined in the Sutras and Smritis, but with these we need not concern ourselves except in this general manner. I can, however, not pass over the well-known svibject of the Samskaras, certain rites which under the Sutras every Hindu is bound to perform if he pro- fesses to be a Hindu. Those rites, twenty-five in all, may be divided into three groups, rites incumbent, rites optional and rites incidental. The incumbent rites are such as every householder is bound to observe for securing immunity from sin. Every householder must rise early in the morning, wash himself, revise what he has learned and teach to others without remuneration. In the next place he must worship the family gods and spend some time in silent communion with whatever power he adores. I RELIGIOUS BELIEF OF THE HINDUS. 109 He should then satisfy his prototypes in heaven — the lunar Pitris — by offerings of water and seamen seeds. Then he should reconcile the powers of the air by suitable oblations, ending by inviting some stray comer to dinner with him. Before the householder has thus done his duty by his teachers, gods and Pitris and men, he can not go about his business without incurring the deadliest guilt. The optional rites refer to certain ceremonies in connection with the dead, whose souls are supposed to rest with the lunar Pitris for about a thousand years or more before reincarnation. These are called Sraddhas, ceremonies whose essence is Sraddha faith. There are a few other cere- monies in connection with the commencement or suspension of studies, and these, together with the Sraddhas, just referred to, make up the four optional Samskaras, which the Smritis allow everyone to perform according to his means. By far the most important are the sixteen incidental Samskaras. I shall, however, dismiss the tirst nine of these with simple enumeration. Four of the nine refer respectively to the time of first cohabitation, conception, quickening, and certain sacrifices, etc., performed with the last. The other five refer to rites performed at the birth of a child, and subsequently at the time of giving it a name, of giving it food, of taking it out of doors, and at the time of shaving its head in some sacred place on an auspicious day. The tenth, with the four subsidiary rites connected with it, is the most important of all. It is called Upanavana, the "taking to the gurnu," but it may yet better be described as initiation. The four subsidiary rites make up the four pledges which the neophyte takes on initiation. This rite is performed on male children alone, at the age of from five to eight in the case of Brahmans, and a year or two later in the case of others, except Sudras, who have nothing to do with any of the rites save marriage. The young boy is given a peculiarly-prepared thread of cotton to wear con- stantly on the body, passing it cross-ways over the left shoulder and under the right arm. It is a mark of initiation which consists in the imparting of the sacred secret of the family, and the order, to the boy, by his father and the family gurnu. The boy pledges himself to his teacher, under whose protection he henceforth begins to reside, to carry out faithfully the four vows he has taken, viz., study, observance of religion, complete celibacy, and truthful- ness. This period of pupilage ends after nine years at the shortest, and thirty-six years at the longest period. The boy then returns home, after duly rewarding his teacher, and finds out some suitable girl for his wife. This return in itself makes up the fifteen Samskaras. The last, but not the least, is the vivaha — matrimony. The Sutras and Smritis are most clear on the injunctions about the health, learning, competency, family connections, beauty, and. above all, personal liking of principal parties to a marriage. Marriages between children of the same blood or family are prohibited. As to age, the books are very clear in ordaining that there must be a aistance of at least ten years between the respective age of wife and husband, and that the girl may be married at any age before attaining puberty, preferably at ten or eleven, though she may be affianced at about eight or nine. Be it remembered that marriage and consummation of mar- riage are two different things in India, as a consideration of this Samskara, in connection with the fu'st of the nine enumerated at the beginning of this group, will amply show, several kinds of marriage are enumerated, and among the eight generally given we find marriage by courting as well. The marriage ceremony is performed in the presence of priests and gods represented by fire on the altar, and the tie of love is sanctified by Vedic mantras, repetition of which forms indeed an indispensable part of every rite and ceremony. The pair exchange vows of fidelity and indissoluble love and bind themselves never to separate, even after death. The wife is liO THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS, supposed henceforth to be as much dependent on her husband as he on her, for, as the wife has to complete the fulfillment of love as her principal duty, the husband has, in return, the entire maintenance of the wife, tem- porarily and spiritually, as his principal duty. When the love thus fostered has sufficiently educated the man into entire forgetfulness of self, he may retire, either alone or with his wife, into some secluded forest and prepare himself for the last period of life, complete renunciation — i. e , renunciation of all individual attachment, of personal likes and dislikes, and realization of all in the eternal self-sacrifice of universal love. It goes without saying that widow remarriage as such is unknown in this system of life, and the liberty of woman is more a sentiment than something practically wanting in this careful arrangement. Woman, as woman, has her place in nature quite as much as man, as man, and if there is nothing to hamper the one or the other in the discharge of his or her functions as marked out by nature, liberty beyond this limit means shadows, disorder, and irresponsible license. And, indeed, nature never meant her living embodiment of lone woman to be degraded to a footing of equality with her partner, to fight the hard struggle for existence, or to allow love's pure stream to be defiled by being led into channels other than those marked out for it. This is in substance the spirit of the ancient Sastras when they limit the sphere of woman's action to the house, and the flow of her heart to one and one channel alone. 3. We arrive thus in natural succession to the third period of Aryan religion, the Darsanas, which enlarge upon the central idea of Atman, or Brahma, enunciated in the Veda and developed in the Upanishadas. It is interesting to attend to the Charvakas. the materialists of Indian philosophy, and to the Jainas and the Buddhas, who, though opposed to the Charvakas, are anti-Brahmanical, in that they do not recognize the authority of the Veda and preach an independent gospel of love and mercy. These schisms, however, had an indifferent effect in imparting fresh activity to the rationalistic spirit of the Aryan sages, lying dormant under the growing incumbrances of the ritualism of the Sutras. The central idea of the All as we found it in the Veda is further developed in the Upanishadas. In the Sutra period several Sutra works were composed setting forth in a systematic manner the main teaching of the Upanishads. Several works came to be written in imitation of these subjects closely connected with the main issues of philosophy and meta- physics. This spirit of philosophic activity gave rise to the six well-known Darsanas. or schools of philosophy. Here again it is necessary to enter the caution that the Darsanas do not historically belong to this period, for not- withstanding this, their place in the general development of thought and the teachings they embody are as old as the Veda or even older. The six Darsanas are Nyaya, Vaiseshika, Sankhya, Xoga, Mimansa, and Vodanta, more conveniently grouped as the two Nyayas, the two Sankhyas and the two Mimansas. Each of these must require at least a volume to itself, and all I can do in this place is to give the merest outline of the conclusions maintained in each. Each of the Darsanas has that triple aspect which we found at the outset in the meaning of the word religion, and it will be convenient to state the several conclusions in that order. The Nyaya then is exclusively concerned with the nature of knowl- edge and the instruments of knowledge, and while discussing these it sets forth a system of logic not yet surpassed by any existing system in the West. The Vaiseshika is a complement of the Nyaya, and while the latter discusses the metaphysical aspect of the universe the former works out the atomic theory and resolves the whole of the nameable world into seven categories. So, then, physically the two Nyayas advocate the atomic theory of the universe. Ontologically they believe that these atoms move in accordance I ttELIGIOUS BELIEF OF THE HINDUS. Ill with the will of an extra-cosmic personal creature called Isvara. Every being has a soul called Jiva, whose attributes are desire, intelligence, pleas- ure, pain, merit, demerit, etc. Knowledge arises from the union of Jiva and mind, the atomic manas. The highest happiness lies in Jiva's becom- ing permanently free from its attribute of misery. This freedom can be obtained by the grace of Isvara, pleased with the complete devotion of the Jiva. The Veda and the Upanishadas are recognized as authority in so far as they are the word of this Iswara. The Sankhyas differed entirely from the Naiyayikas in that they repu- diated the idea of a personal creator of the universe. They argued that if the atoms were in themselves sufficiently capable of forming themselves into the universe, the idea of a God was quite superfluous. And as to intel- ligence the Sankhyas maintained that it is inherent in nature. These philosophers, therefore, hold that the whole universe is evolved by slow degrees, in a natural manner, from one primordial matter called mulapra- kriti, and that purusa, the principle or intelligence, is always co-ordinate with, though ever apart from mulaprakriti. Like the Naiyayikas, they believe in the multiplicity of purusas — souls— but unlike them they deny the necessity as well as the existence of an extra-cosmic God. Whence, they have earned for themselves the name of atheistic Sankhyas. They resort to the Vedas and Upanishads for support so far as it may serve their purpose, and otherwise accept in general the logic of the ten Naiyayikas. The Sankhyas place the summum bonum in "life according to nature." They endow primordial matter with three attributes — passivity, restless- ness, and crossness. Prakriti continuous in endless evolution under the influence of the second of these attributes, and the purusa falsely takes the action upon himself and feels happy or miserable. When a purusa has his prakriti brought to the state of passivity by analytical knowledge (which is the meaning of the word Sankhya), he ceases to feel himself happy or miserable and remains in native peace. This is the sense in which those philosophers understand the phrase, " life according to nature." The other Sankhya, more popularly know as the Yogo-Darsana, accepts the whole of the cosmology of the first Sankhya. but only adds to it a hypo- thetical Isvara and largely expands the ethical side of the teaching by setting forth several physical and psychological rules and exercises capa- ble of leading to the last state of happiness, called Kanivalya — life accord- ing to nature. This is theistic Sankhya. The two Mimansas next call our attention. These are the orthodox Darsanas par excellence, and as such are in direct touch with the Veda and the Upanishads, which continue to govern them from beginning to end. Mimansa means inquiry, and the first preliminary is called Purva-Mimansa, the second Uttara-Mimansa. The object of the first is to determine the exact meaning and value of the injunctions and prohibitions given out in the Veda, and that of the second is to explain the esoteric teachings of the Upanishads. The former, therefore does not trouble itself about the nature of the universe or about the ideas of God and soul. It tells only of Dharma, religious merit, which, according to its teaching, arises in the next world from a strict observance of the Vedic duties. This Mimansa fitly called the purva, a preliminary Mimansa, we may thus pass over without any further remark. The most important Darsana of all is by far the Utra or final Mimansa, popularly knowns as the Nedanta, the philosophy taught in the Upanishads as the end of the Veda. The Vedanta emphasizes the idea of the All, the universal Atman or Brahman, set forth in the Upanishads, and maintained the unity not only of the cosmos but of all intelligence in general. The All is self -illumined, all thought (gnosis), the very being of the universe. Being implies thought, and the All may in Venuanta phraseology be aptly described as the essence of thought and being. The Vedanta is a system of absolute idealism in 112 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. which subject and object are rolled into one unique consciousness, the realization whereof is the end and aim of existence, the highest bliss — Moksa. This state of Moksa is not anything to be accomplished or brought about ■ — it is in fact the very being of all existence, but experience stands in the way of complete realization by creating imaginary distinctions of subject and object. This system besides being the orthodox Darsana is philosoph- ically an improvement upon all previous speculations. The Nyaya is superseded by the Sanhya, whose distinction of matter and intelligence is done away with in this philosophy of absolute idealism, which has endowed the phrase '* life according to nature " with an entirely new and more rational meaning. For in its ethics, this system teaches not only the brotherhood but the Atma-hood Abheda, oneness, of not only man but of all beings, of the whole universe. The light of the other Darsanas pales before the blaze of unity and love lighted at the altar of the Veda by this sublime philosophy, the shelter of minds like Plato, Pythagoras, Bruno, Spinoza, Hegel, Schopenhauer in the West, and Krisna, Vyasa, Sankara and others in the East. We can not but sum up at this point. Hinduism adds one more attri- bute to its connotation in this period, viz . , that of being a believer in the truths of one or other of these Darsanas, or of one or other of the three anti- Brahmanical schisms. And with this we must take leave of the great Darsana sages and come to the period of the Puranas. 4. The subtleties of the Darsanas were certainly too hard for ordinary minds and some popular exposition of the basic ideas of philosophy and religion was indeed very urgently required. And this necessity began to be felt the more keenly as Sanskrit began to die out as a speaking language and the people to decline in intelligence, in consequence of frequent inroads from abroad. No idea more happy could have been conceived at this stage than that of devising certain tales and fables calculated at once to catch the imagination and enlist the faith of even the most ignorant, and at the same time to suggest to the initiated a clear outline of the secret doctrine of old. It is exactly because Orientalists don't understand this double aspect of Pauranika myths that they amuse themselves with philogical quibbles and talk of the religion of the Puranas as something entirely puerile and not deserving the name of religion. We ought, however, to bear in mind that the Puranas are closely connected with the Vedas, the Sutras, and the Darsanas, and all they claim to accomplish is a pop- ular exposition of the basic ideas of philosophy, religion, and morality set forth in them. In other words, the Puranas are nothing more nor less than broad, clear commentaries on the ancient teaching of the Vedas. For example, it is not because Vyasa, the author of the Puranas, forgot that Vishnu was the name of the sun in the Veda that he talked of a separate god of that name in the Puranas, endowing him with all mortal attributes. This is how the Orientalistic method of interpretation would dispose of the question. The Hindus have better confidence in the insight of Vyasa, and could at once see that inasmuch as he knew perfectly well what part the sun plays in the evolution, maintenance, and dissolution of the world, he represented him symbolically as God Vishnu, the all-pervading, with Laksimi, a personifica- tion of Ihe life and prosperity which emanate from the sun for his comfort, with the anauta — popularly the snake of that name, but esoterically the endless circle of eternity — for his couch, and with the eagle, representing the many antaric cycle, for his vehicle. There is in this one symbol suf- ficient material for the ignorant to build their faith upon and nourish the religious sentiment, and for the initiate to see in it the true secret of Vedic religion. And this nature of the Puranas is an indirect proof that the Vedas are not mere poetical effusions of primitive man nor a conglomera- tion of solar myths disguised in different shapes. RELIGIOUS BELIEF OF THE HINDUS. 113 The cycles just referred to put me in mind of another aspect of Pura- nika mythology. The theory of cycles known as Kalpas, Manvantaras, and Yugas 18 clearly set forth in the Puranas and appears to make exorbitant demands upon our credulity. The Kalpa of the Puranas is a cycle of 4,320,000,000 years, and the world continues in activity for one Kalpa, after which it goes into dissolution and remains in that condition for another Kalpa, to be followed by a fresh period of activity. Each Kalpa has four- teen well-marked subcycles called Manvantaras, each of which is again made up of four periods called Yugas. The name Manvantara means time between the Manus, and Manu means "with one mind," that is to say, humanity, the whole suggesting that a Manvantara is the period between one humanity and another on this globe. Whence it will also be clear why the present Manvantara is called Vaivasvata, "belonging to the sun," for, as is well established, on that luminary depends the life and being of man on this earth. This theory of cycles and subcycles is amply corroborated by modern geological and astronomical researches, and considerable light may be thrown on the evolution of man if with reason as our guide we study the aspect of the Puranas. The theory of Simian descent is confronted in the Puranas with a theory more in accord with reason and experience. But I have no time to go into the details of each and every Puranika myth. I can only assure you, gentlemen, that all that is taught in the Puranas is capable of being explained consistently in accord with the main body of ancient theosophy expounded in the Vedas, the Sutras, and the Darsanas. We must only free ourselves from what Herbert Spencer calls the religious bias and learn to look facts honestly in the face. I must say a word here about idol worship, for it is exactly in or after the Pauranika period that idols came to be used in India. It may be said without the least fear of contradiction, that no Indian idolator, as such, believes the piece of stone, metal, or wood before his eyes to be his God in any sense of the word. He takes it only as a symbol of the all-pervading, and uses it as a convenient object for purposes of concentration, which, being accomplished, he does not hesitate to thi-ow away. The religion of the Tantras, which plays an important part in this period, has considerable influence on this question, and the symbology they taught as typical of several important processes of evolution, has been made the basic idea in the formation of idols. Idols, too, have, therefore, a double purpose — that of perpetuating a teaching as old as the world, and that of serving as con- venient aids to concentration. These interpretations of Pauranika myths find ample corroboration in the myths that are met with in all ancient religions of the world; and these explanations of idol worship have an exact parallel application to the wor- ship of the Tau in Egypt, of the cross in Christendom, and of the Kaba in Mohammedanism. With these necessarily brief explanations we may try to see what influence the Puranas have had on Hinduism in general. It is true the Puranas have added no new connotation to the name, but the one very important lesson they have taught the Hindu is the principal of universal toleration. The Puranas have distinctly taught the unity of the All, and satisfactorily demonstrated that every creed and worship is but one of the many ways to the realization of the All. A Hindu would not condemn any man for his religion, for he has well laid to heart the celebrated couplet of the Bhagavat: "Worship, in whatever form, rendered to whatever God, reaches the Supreme, as rivers, rising from whatever source, all flow into the ocean." 5. And thus, gentlemen, we come to the fifth period, the Sampradayas. The word Sampradaya means tradition, the teaching handed down from teacher to pupil. The whole Hindu religion, considered from the beginning 114 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. to the present time, is one vast field of thought, capable of nourishing every intellectual plant, of whatever degree of vigor and luxuriance. The one old teaching was the idea of the All, usually known as the Advaita or the Vedanta. In the ethical aspect of this philosophy, stress has been laid on knowledge (gnosis) and free action. Under the debasing influence of a for- eign yoke, these sober paths of knowledge and action had to make room for devotion and grace. On devotion and grace rest their principal ethical tenets. Three important schools of philosophy arose in the period after the Puranas. Besides the ancient Advaita we have the Dvaita, the Vis- uddhadvaita, and the Visishthadvaita schools of philosophy in this period. The iirst is purely dualistic postulation, the separate yet co-ordinate exist- ence of mind and matter. The second and third profess to the Unitarian, but in a considerably modified sense of the word. The Visuddhadvaita teaches the unity of the cosmos, out it insists on the All having certain attributes which endow it with the desire to manifest itself as the cosmos. The third system is purely dualistic, though it goes by the name of modified Unitarianism. It maintains the unity of chit (soul), achet (matter), and Isvara (God), each in its own sphere, the third number of this trinity governing all and pervading the whole, though not apart from the cosmos. Thus widely differing in their philosophy from the Advaita, these three Sampradayas teach a system of ethics entirely opposed to the one taughc in that ancient school called Dharma in the Advaita. They displaced Jnana by Bhakti, and Karma by Prasada; that is to say, in other words, they placed the highest happiness in obtaining the grace of God by entire devotion, physical, mental, moral, and spiritual. The teach- ers of each of these Sampradayas are known as Acharyas, like Sankara, the first great Acharya of the ancient Advaita. The Acharyas of the new Sampradayas belong all to the 11th and 12th centuries of the Christian era. Every Acharya develops his school of thought from the Upanishads, the Vedanta Sutras, and from that sub-sublime poem, "The Bhagvadgita," the crest jewel of the Maha Bharata. The new Acharyas, following the example of Sankara, have commented upon these works; and have thus applied each his own system to the Veda. In the Sampradayas we see the last of the pure Hinduism, for the sacred Devanigari ceases henceforth to be the medium even of religious thought. The four principal Sampradayas have found numerous imitators, and we have the Saktas, the Saivas, the Pasupatas, and many others, all deriving their teaching from the Vedas, the Darsanas, the Puranas, and the Tantras. But beyond this we find quite a lot of teachers: Ramananda, Kabira, Dadu, Nanaka, Chaitanya, Sahajananda, and many others holding influence over small tracts over all India. None of these have a claim to the title of Acharya or the founders of a new school of thought, for all that these noble souls did was to explain one or another of the Sampradayas in the current vernacular of the people. The teachings of these men are called Panthas — mere ways to religion as opposed to the traditional teachings of the Sampradayas. The bearing of these Sampradayas and Panthas, the fifth edition as it were of the ancient faith, on Hinduism in general is not worthy of note except in the particular that thenceforth every Hindu must belong to one of the Sampradayas or Panthas. 6. This brings us face to face with the India of to-day and Hinduism as it stands at present. It is necessary at the outset to understand the principal forces at work in bringing about the change we are going to describe. In the ordinary course of events one would naturally expect to stop at the religion of the Sampradayas and Panthas The advent of the English followed by the educational policy they have maintained for half a century has, however, worked several important changes in the midst of the people, not the least important of which are tho$e 4 RELIGIOUS BELIEF OF THE HINDUS. 115 which effect religion. Before the establishment of British rule and the peace and security that followed in its train, people had forgotten the ancient religion and Hinduism had dwindled down into a mass of irrational superstition reared on ill-understood Pauranika myths. The spread of edu- cation set people to thinking and a spirit of "reformation" swayed the minds of all active-minded men. The chance work was, however, no reformation at all. Under the aus- pices of materialistic science, and education guided by materialistic princi- ples, the mass of superstition then known as Hinduism was scattered to the winds and atheism and skepticism ruled supreme. But this state of things was not destined to endure in religious India. The revival of Sanskrit learning brought to light the immortal treasures of thought buried in the Vedas, Upanishads, Sutras, Darsanas and Puranas, and the true work of reformation commenced with the revival of Sanskirt. Several pledged their allegiance to their time-honored philosophy. But there remained many bright intellects given over to materialistic thought and civilization. These could not help thinking that the religion of those whose civilization they admired must be the only true religion. Thus they began to read their own notions in texts of the Upanishads and the Vedas. They set up an extra-cosmic yet all-pervading and formless creature whose grace every soul desirous of liberation must attract by com- plete devotion. This sounds like the teaching of the Visishthadvaita Sam- pradaya, but it may safely be said that the idea of an extra-cosmic personal creation without form is an un -Hindu idea. And so also is the belief of these innovators in regard to their negation of the principle of reincarna- tion. The body of this teaching goes by the name of the Brahmo-Somaj, which has drawn itself still further away from Hinduism by renouncing the institutions of Varnas and the established law of marriage, etc. The society which next calls your attention is the Aryasamaja of Swami Dayananda. This society subscribes to the teaching of theNyaya-Darsana and professes to revive the religion of the Sutras in all social rites and observances. This Samaja claims to have found out the true religion of the Aryas, and it is of course within the pale of Hinduism, though the merit of their claim yet remains to be seen. The third influence at work is that of the Theosophical Society. It is pledged to a religion contained in the Upanishads of India, in the Book of the Dead of Egypt, in the teachings of Confucius and Lao, Tse in China, and of Buddha and Zoroaster in Thibet and Persia, in the Kabala of the Jews, and in the Sufism of the Mohammedans; and it appears to be full of principles contained in the Advaita and Yoga philosophies. It can not be gainsaid that this society has created much interest in religious studies all over India, and has set earnest students to studying their ancient books with better lights and fresher spirits than before. Time alone can test the outcome of this or any other movement. The term Hinduism then has nothing to add to its meaning from this period to the Samajas. The Brahmo Somaj widely differs from Hinduism and the Aryasamaja or The- osophical Society does not profess anything new. To sum up, then, Hinduism may in general be understood to connote the following principal attributes: (1.) Belief in the existence of a spirit- ual principle in nature and in the principle of reincarnation. (2.) Observ- ance of a complete tolerance and of the Samskaras, being in one of the Varnas and Asramas, and being bound by the Hindu law. This is the general meaning of the term, but in its particular bearing it implies: (3.) Belonging to one of the Daranas, Sampradayas, or Panthas or to one of the anti-Brahmanical schisms. Having ascertained the general and particular scope and meaning of Hinduism, I would ask you, gentlenien of this august parliament, whether there is not in Hinduism material sufficient to allow of its being brought in 116 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. contact with the other great religions of the world by subsuming them all under one common genius? In other words, is it not possible to enunciate a few principles of uni- versal religion which every man who professes to be religious must accept, apart from his being a Hindu or a Buddhist, a Mohammedan or a Pharsee, a Christian or a Jew? If religion is not wholly that something which satisfies the cravings of the emotional nature of man, but is that rational demonstration of the cos- mos, which shows at once the why and wherefore of existence, provides the eternal and all-embracing foundation of natural ethics and by showing to humanity the highest ideal of happiness realizable, excites and shows the means of satisfying the emotional part of man; if, I say, religion is all this, all questions of particular religious professions and their comparative value must resolve themselves into simple problems workable with the help of unprejudiced reason and intelligence. In other words, religion, instead of being a mere matter of faith, might well become the solid province of reason, and a science of religion may not be so much a dream as is imagined by persons pledged to certain conclusions. Holding, therefore, these views on the nature of religion, and having at heart the great benefit of a common basis of religion for all men, I would submit the following simple principles for your consideration : 1. Belief in the existence of an ultramaterial principle in nature and in the unity of the all. 2. Belief in reincarnation and salvation by action. These two principles of a possible universal religion might stand or fall on their merits apart from the consideration of any philosophy or revelation that upholds them. I have every confidence no philosophy would reject them, no science would gainsay them, no system of ethics would deny them, no religion which professes to be philosophic, scientific, or ethical ought to shrink back from them. In them I see the salvation of man and the possibility of that universal love which the world is so much in need of at the present moment. ARGUMENT FOR THE DIVINE BEING. W. T. HARRIS, UNITED STATES COMMISSIONER OF EDUCATION. When Rev. Jenkin Lloyd Jones, chairman of the afternoon session, presented to the audience yesterday afternoon, W. T. Harris, United States Commissioner of Education, he compli-' mented him upon his earnestness in the quest of truth, and added that, although the learned gentleman belonged to the United States, he had all the credentials necessary to class him with Brahmans of the highest caste. The first thinker who discovered an adequate proof of the existence of God was Plato. He devoted his life to thinking out the necessary condi- tions of independent being, or, in other words, the form of any whole or totality of being. Dependent being implies something else than itself as that on which it depends. It can not be said to derive its being from another dependent or derivative being, because that has no being of its own to lend it. A whole series of connected dependent beings must derive their origin and present I ARGUMENT FOR THE DIVINE BEING. 117 subsistence from an independent being — that is to say, from what exists in and through itself and imparts its being to others or derived beings. Hence the independent being, which is presupposed by the dependent being, is creative and active in the sense that it is self-determined and determines others, Plato in most passages calls this presupposed independent being by the word idea, ex sos, or idea. He is sure that there are as many ideas as there are total beings in the universe. He reasons that there are two kinds of motion — that which is derived from some other mover, and that which is derived from self —thus the self- moved and the moved -through-others include all kinds of beings. But the moved-through-others presupposes the self-moved as the source of its own motion. Hence the explanation of all that exists or moves must be sought and found in the self-moved. (Tenth book of Plato's laws.) In his dialogue, named " The Sophist," he argues that ideas or independent beings must possess activity, and, in short, be thinking or rational beings. This great discovery of the principle that there must be independent being if there is dependent being is the foundation of philosophy and also of theology. Admit that there may be a world of dependent beings, each one of which depends on another, and no one of them nor all of them depend on an independent being, and at once philosophy is made impossible and theology deprived of its subject-matter. But such admission would destroy thought itself. Let it be assumed, for the sake of considering where it would lead, that all existent beings are dependent; that no one possesses any other being than derived being. Then it follows that each one borrows its being from others that do not have any being to lend. Each and all are dependent and must first obtain being from another before they can lend it. If it is said that the series of dependent beings is such that the last depends upon the first again, so that there is a circle of dependent beings, then it has to be admitted that the whole circle is independent, and from this strange result it follows that the independence of the whole circle of being is something transcendent— a negative unity creating and then annulling again the par- ticular beings forming the members of the series. This theory is illustrated in the doctrine of the correlations of forces. The action of force number one gives rise to force number two and so on to the end. But this implies that the last of the series gives rise to the first one of the series, and the whole becomes a self-determined totality or independ- ent being. Moreover, the persistent force is necessarily different from any one of the series; it is not heat, nor light, nor electricity, nor gravitation, nor any other of the series, but the common ground of all, and hence not particularized like any one of them. It is the general force whose office it is to energize and produce the series — originating one force and annulling it again by causing it to pass into another. Thus the persistent force is not one of the series, but transcends all of the particular forces; they are derivative; it is original, independent, and transcendent. It demands as the next step of explanation the exhibition of the necessity of its produc- tion of just this series of particular forces as involved in the nature of the self-determined or absolute force. It involves, too, the necessary conclusion that a self-determined force which originates all of its special determina- tions and cancels them all is a pure Ego or self -hood. For consciousness is the name given by us to that kind of being which can annul all of its determinations. For it can annul all objective deter- mination and have left only its own negative might while it descends creatively to particular thoughts, volitions, or feelings. It can drop them instantly by turning its gaze upon its pure self as the creator of those determinations. This turn upon itself is accomplished by filling its object- ive field with the negation or annulment — this is its own act and in it realizes its personal identity and its personal transcendence limitations. 118 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. Hence we may see that the doctrines of correlation of forces presupposes a personality creating and transcending the series of forces correlated. If the mind undertakes to suppose a total of dependent or derivative beings it ends by reaching an independent, self-determined being which, as pure subject, transcends its determinations as object, and is therefore an Ego. or person. Again, the insight which established this doctrine of independent beings or Platonic " ideas " is not fully satisfied when it traces dependent or deriv- ative motion back to any intelligent being as its source; there is a further step possible, namely, from a world of many ideas to an absolute idea as the divine author of all. For time and space are of such a nature that all beings contained by them — namely, all extended and successive beings are in necessary mutual dependence, and hence in one unity. This unity of dependent beings in time and space demands one transcendent being. Hence the doctrine of the idea of ideas — the doctrine of a divine being, who is rational and personal, and who creates beings in time and space and in order to share his fullness of being with a world of created beings — created for the special purpose of sharing his blessedness. This is the idea of the supreme goodness, and Plato comes upon it as the highest thought of his system. In the Timaeus he speaks of the absolute as being without envy and therefore as making the world as another blessed God. In this Platonic system of thought we have the first authentic survey of human reason Human reason has two orders of knowing— one the know- ing of dependent beings and the other the knowing of independent beings. The first is the order of knowing through the senses; the second the order of knowing by logical presupposition. I know by seeing, hearing, tasting, touching things and events. I know by seeing what these things and events logically imply or presuppose that there is a great First Cause, a per- sonal reason who reveals a gracious purpose by creating finite beings in time and space. This must be or else human reason is at fault in its very foundations. This must be so or else it must be that there is dependent being which has nothing to depend on. Human reason, then, we may say from this insight of Plato, rests upon this knowledge of transcendental being — a being that transcends all determinations of extent and succession such as appertain to space and time, and therefore, that transcends both time and space. This transcendent being is perfect fullness of being, while the beings in time and space are partial or imperfect beings in the sense of being embry- onic or undeveloped, being partially realized and partially potential. At this point the system of Aristotle can be understood in its harmony with the Platonic system. Aristotle, too, holds explicitly that the beings in the world which derive motion from other beings presuppose a first mover. But he is careful to eschew the first expression self-moved as applying to the prime mover. God is himself unmoved, but he is the origin of motion in others. This was doubtless the true thought of Plato, since he made the divine eternal and good. In his metaphysics (book eleventh, chapter seven) Aristotle unfolds his doctrine that dependent beings presuppose a divine being whose activity is pure and knowing. He alone is perfectly realized — the schoolmen call this technically "pure act" — all other being partly potential, not having fully grown to its perfection. Aristotle's proof of the divine existence is sub- stantially the same as that of Plato — an ascent from dependent being by the discovery of presuppositions to the perfect being who presupposes nothing else — than the identification of the perfect or dependent being with think- mg, personal, willing being. This concept of the divine being is wholly positive as far as it goes, ARGUMENT FOR THE DIVINE BEING. 119 and nothing of it needs to be withdrawn after further philosophic reflec- tion has discussed anew the logical presuppositions. More presuppositions may be discovered — new distinctions discerned where none were perceived before — but those additions only make more certain the fundamental theory explained lirst by Plato and subsequently by Aristotle. This may be seen by a glance at the theory of Christianity, which unfolds itself in the minds of great thinkers of the fii'st six centuries of our era. The object of Chris- tian theologians was to give unity and system to the new doctrine of the divine — human nature of God taught by Christ. They discovered one by one the logical presuppositions and announced them in the creed. The Greeks had seen the idea of the Logos or eternally begotten son, the Word that was in the beginning and through which created beings arose in time and space. But how the finite and imperfect arose from the infinite and perfect the Greek did not understand so well as the Christian. The Hindu had given up the solution altogether and denied the problem itself. The perfect can not be conceived as making the imperfect — it is too | absurd to think that a good being should make a bad being. Only Brah- man the absolute exists and all else is illusion — it is Maya. How the illusion can exist is too much to explain. The Hindu has only postponed the problem and not set it aside. His philosophy remains in that contradiction. The finite including Brahma himself, who philoso- phizes, is an illusion. An illusion recognizes itself as an illusion — an illu- sion knows true being and discriminates itself from false being. Such is the fundamental doctrine of the Sankhya philosophy, and the Sankhya is the fundamental type of all Hindu thought. The Greek escapes from this contradiction. He sees that the absolute can not be empty, indeterminate, pure, being devoid of all attributes, with- out consciousness. Plato and Aristotle see that the absolute must be pure form — that is to say, an activity which gives form to itself— a self-deter- mined being with subject and object the same, hence a self-knowing and self-willed being. Hence the absolute cannot be an abstract unity like Brahman, but must be a self-determined or a unity that gives rise to duality within itself and recovers its unity and restores it by recognizing itself in its object. The absolute as subject is the first — the absolute as object is the second. It is Logos. God's object must exist for all eternity, because He is always a person and conscious. But it is very important to recognize that the Logos, God's object, is Himself, and hence equal to Himself, and also self- conscious. It is not the world in time and space. To hold that God thinks Himself as the world is pantheism — it is pantheism of the left wing of the Hegelians. To say that God thinks Himself as the world is to say that He discovers in Himself finite and perishable forms, and therefore makes them objective. The schoolmen say truly that in God intellect and will are one. This means that in God His thinking makes objectively existent what it thinks. Plato saw clearly that the Logos is perfect and not a world of change and decay. He could not explain how the world of change and decay is derived except from the goodness of the Divine Being who iinparts gratui- tously of His fullness of being to a series of creatures who have being only in part. But the Christian thinking adds two new ideas to the two already found by Plato. It adds to the Divine First and the Second (the Logos), also a Divine Third, the Holy Spirit, and a fourth not divine, but the process of the third — calling it the processio. This idea of process explains the existence of a world of finite beings, for it contains evolution, development, or derivation. And evolution implies the existence of degrees of less and more perfection of growth. The procession thus must be in time, but the tmie process must have eternally gone on because the third has eternally proceeded and been proceeding. 120 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. The thought underneath this theory is evidently that the Second Per- son or Logos in knowing himself or in being conscious knows himself in two phases, first, as completely generated or perfect, and this is the holy spirit and, secondly, he knows himself as related to the First as his eternal origin. In thinking of his origin or genesis from the Father he makes objective a complete world of evolution containing at all times all degrees of development or evolution and covering every degree of imperfection from pure space and time up to the invisible church. This recognition of his derivation is also a recognition on the part of the First of his own act of generating the Second — it is not going on, but hae been eternally completed, and yet both the Divine First and the Divine Second must think it when they think of their relation to one another. Recognition is the intellectual of the First, and Second is the mutual love of the Father and the Son, and this mutual love is the procession of the Holy Spirit. But the procession is not a part of the Holy Trinity; it is the creation in time and space of an infinite world of imperfect beings developing into self- activity and as self-active organizing institutions — the family, civil society, the state and the church. The church is the New Jerusalem described by St. John, the apostle, who has revealed this doctrine of the third person as an institutional person — the spirit who makes possible all institutional organism in the world and who transcends them all as the perfect who energizes in the imperfect to develop it and complete it. Thus stated, the Christian thought is expressed in the symbol of the Holy Trinity, explains fully the relations of the world of imperfect beings and makes clear in what way the goodness or grace of God makes the world as Plato and Aristotle taught. The world is a manifestation of divine grace — a spectacle of the evolu- tion or becoming of individual existence in all phases, inorganic and organic. Individuality begins to appear even in specific gravity and in ascending degrees in cohesion and crystallization. In the plant it is unmistakable. In the animal it begins to feel and perceive itself. In man it arrives at self- consciousness and moral action and recognizes its own place in the universe. God, being without envy, does not grudge any good; he accordingly turns, as Rothe says, the emptiness of non-being into a reflection of himself and makes it everywhere a spectacle of his grace. Of the famous proof of divine existence, St. Anselm's holds the first place. But St. Anselm's proof can not be understood without recurring to the insight of Plato. In his Proslogium St. Anselm finds that there is but one thought which underlies all others — one thought universally presup- posed, and this he describes as the thought of that than which there can be nothing greater. "Id quo nihil majus cogitari potest." This assuredly is Plato's thought of the totality. Everything not a total is less than the totality. But the totality is the greatest possible being. The essential thing to notice, however, is that St. Anselm perceives that this one thought is objectively valid and not a mere subjective notion of the thinker. No thinker can doubt that there is a totality — he can be per- fectly sure that the plus the not me include all that there is. Gaunillo, in the lifetime of St. Anselm, and Kant in recent times have tried to refute the argument by alleging the general proposition — the conception of a thing does not imply its corresponding existence. The proposition is true, except in the case of this one ontological thought of the totality of the thoughts that can be logically deduced from it. The second order of knowing, by presumptions, implies an existence corresponding to each con- cept. St. Anselm knew that the person who denied the objective validity of this idea of the totality must- presuppose its truth right in the very act of denying it. If there be an Ego that thinks, even if it be the Ego of a ARGUMENT FOR THE DIVINE BEING. 121 fool (insipiens) who says in his heart, "There is no God," it must be certain that its self plus its not self makes a totality and that this totality surely exists. The existence of his Ego is or may be contingent, but the totality is certainly not contingent but necessary. This is an ontological necessity and the basis of all further philosophical and theological thoughts. St. Anselm does not, it is true, follow out this thought to its contempla- tion in his Proslogium nor in his Monologium. He leaves it there with the idea of a necessary being who is supreme and perfect because he contains the fullness of being. He undoubtedly saw the further implication, namely, that the totality is an independent being and self -existent because it is self-active. He saw this BO clearly that he did not think it worth while to stop and unfold it. But he did speak of it as a necessary existence contrasted with a contingent existence. " Everywhere else besides God," he says, " can be conceived not to exist." Descartes, in hie third Meditation, has repeated with some modification tne demonstration of St. Anselm. He holds, in substance, that the idea of a perfect being is not subjective, but objective — we see that he is dealing with the necessary objectivity of the idea of totality. The expression, " perfect being," is entirely misunderstood by most v/riters in the history of philosophy — it must be taken only in the sense of independent being- being — for itself —being that can be what it is without support from another — hence perfectly self-determined being. The expression, "perfect," points directly to Aristotle's invented word, entelechy, whose literal mean- ing is the having of perfection itself. The word is invented to express the thought of the independent presupposed by dependent being. Perfect being, as Aristotle teaches, is pure energy — all of his potentiali- ties are realized — hence it is not subject to change nor is it passive or reci- pient of anything from without — it is pure form, or rather self -formative. Kead in the light of Plato's idea and Aristotle's entelechy, St. Anselm and Descarte's proofs are clear and intelligible, and are not touched by Kant's criticism. In his philosophy of religion and elsewhere, Hegel has pointed out the source of Kant's misapprehension. Gaunilo instanced the island Atlantis as a conception which does not imply a corresponding reality. Kant instanced a hundred dollars as a conception which did not imply a corresponding reality in his pocket. But neither the island Atlantis, nor any other is and neither a hundred dollars — in short, no finite dependent being is at all a necessary being, and hence can not be deduced from its concept. But each and every contingent being presupposes the existence of an inde- pendent being — a self-determined being — an absolute divine reason. St. Anselm proved the depth of his thought by advancing a new theory of the death of Christ as a satisfaction, not of the claims of the devil, but as the satisfaction of the claims of God's justice for sin. Although we do not trace out his full thought in the Proslogium we can see the depth and clearness of his thinking in this new theory of atonement. For, in order to understand it philosophically, the thinker must make clear to himself the logical necessity for the exclusion of all forms of finitude of dependent being from the thought of the Divine Reason who knows Himself in the Logos. To think an imperfection is to annul it — hence God's thought of an imperfect being annuls it. This logical statement corresponds to the politi- cal definition of the idea of justice. Justice gives to a being its dues— it completes it by adding to it what it lacks. Add to an imperfect being what it lacks and you destroy its indi- viduality. This is justice instead of grace. Grace bears with the imper- fect being until it completes itself by its own act of self-determination. But, in order that a world of imperfect beings, sinners, may have this field of probation, a perfect being must bear their imperfection. The divine Logos must harbor in his thought all the stages of genesis or becoming and 12^ THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. thereby endowed beings in a finite world, with reality and self-existence. Thus the conception of St. Anselm was a deep and true insight. The older view of Christ's atonement as a ransom paid to Satan is not so irrational as it seems, if we divest it of the personification which figures the negative as a co-ordinate person with God. God only is absolute per- son. His pure not-me is chaos, but not a personal devil. In order that God's grace shall have the highest possible manifestation, he turns his not-me into a reflection of himself by making a series of ascending stages out of dependence and nonentity into independence and personal individ- uality. But the process of reflection by creation in time and space involves God's tenderness and long-suffering -it involves a real sacrifice in the Divine Being— for he must hold and sustain in existence by His creative thought the various stages of organic beings— plants and animals are mere caricatures of the divine — then it must support and nourish humanity in its wickedness and sin — a deeper alienation than even that of minerals, plants, and animals, because it is a willful alienation of a higher order of beings. Self-sacrificing love is, therefore, the concept of the atonement; it is, in fact, the true concept of the divine gift of being of infinite things; it is not merely religion, it is philosophy or necessary truth. But it is very import- ant so to conceive nature as not to attach it to the idea of God by them in Himself; such an idea is pantheism. Nature does not form a person of the trinity. It is not the Logos, as supposed by the left wing of the Hegelians. And yet, on the other hand, nature is not an accident in God's purposes as conceived by theologians, who react too far from the pantheistic view. Nature is eternal, but not self-existent; it is the procession of the holy spirit and arises in the double thought of the first person and the Logos or the timeless generation which is logically involved in the fact of God's con- sciousness of himself as eternal reason. The thought of God is a regressive thought — it is an ascent from the dependent to that on which it depends. It is called dialectical by Plato in the sixth book of the Republic. " The Dialectic Method," says he, " ascends from what has a mere contingent or hypothetic existence to the first prin- ciple by proving the inefficiency of all except the first principle." This is the second order of knowing — the discovery of the ontological presuppositions. The first order of knowing sees things and events by the aid of the senses, the second order of knowing sees the first cause. The first order of knowing attains to a knowledge of the perishable, the second order attains to the imperishable. The idea of God is, as Kant has explained, the supreme directive or regulative idea in the mind. It is, moreover, as Plato and St. Anselm saw, the most certain of all our ideas, the light in all our seeing. IDEALISM THE NEW RELIGION. DR. ADOLF BRODBECK OF HANOVER, GERMANY, "A REPRESENTA- TIVE MODERN SCIENTIST." The blunt declarations concerning both the old religions and the new gospel, which he champions, created a decided sensa- tion. In his preliminary remarks. Dr. Brodbeck announced that some of his views would appear strange to many, and in this he spoke truly. He was the representative, he said. I IDEALISM THE NEW RELIGION. l23 of a new form of religion that was spreading rapidly, not only in Germany but in all other civilized countries. Although the disciples of the new religion had been severely persecuted by their enemies, they were happy, because they still believed in God, and tried hard to be good. It is an open secret that millions of people in our civilized countries have partially given up Christianity and, with it, religion. Millions of others cling to the old belief only because there is nothing better there. Again millions are believers in Christianity or other religions because they have been educated in those lines and do not know better. The time has come for a new form of religion in which the painful discord between mod- ern civilization and old beliefs disappear and bright harmony is placed instead. What is good can be left, other things can be reformed, thus bringing fresh life into dead forms; other things again are to be abolished entirely, and, lastly, new factors have to spring up. It would, however, be a great mistake to think that only against Christianity the new religion is directed; it is directed against all other religions as far as they differ from the new religion. We are not heathens, not Jews, nor Mohammedans, nor Buddhists, nor Christians, and, more especially, neither Catholics, nor Protestants, nor Methodists, nor holders of any other form of Christianity. We also do not revive any old religion that may have existed or still exists. The new relig- ion is also not a mixture or synopsis of previous religions. The new religion is also not a philosophical system of any kind. It is not atheism, not pan- theism, not theism, not deism, not materialism, not spiritualism, not natur- alism, not realism, not mysticism, not freemasonry; nor is it any form of so-called philosophical idealism. It is not rationalism and not supranaturalism; also not scepticism or agnosticism. It is not optimism and not pessimism; also not stoicism and not epicureism; nor is it any combination of those philosophical doctrines. It is also not positiveism and not Darwinism or evolutionism. It is also not moralism, and is also not synonymous with philanthropism or humani- tarianism. In short, the new religion is something new. Its name is idealism. Its confessors are called idealists. The aim of this new religion is soon explained. Its chief aim is idealism; that is, the striving for the ideal, the perfection in everything for the ideal of mankind, especially of each indi- vidual; further, for the ideal of science and art, for the ideal of civilization, for the ideal of all virtues, for the ideal of family, community, society, and humanity in all forms. All those who work already in this line, or are willing to work for it, are our friends, and, in fact, our members. Every political man who does his best for the benefit of his people is our friend. Every earnest and sincere scientist is our assistant. Every noble artist is our helpmate. Every honest business man and manufacturer, every respectable and hard-work- ing man or woman, are our co-workers. All good children are our best friends, and we are theirs. A noble father, a careful mother, are inclosed in our holy circle. The honest poor, the sick, and widows and orphans, the deserted and lonely people are especially welcome, and shall benefit from our practical idealism, which means not consolation for the future, but practical help for this life. All masters and teachers, tutors and governesses, are our fellows, if they work in the spirit of our idealism. Even all priests of all religions are our friends, so far as they theoretically and practically agree with our principles. 124 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. All the rich and wealthy are our friends, if they practically agree to our religion. The new religion is not agressive, but creative and reforming. It has nothing to do with anarchism or revolutionism. It works not with force, but with organization, example, doctrine. If attacked, it defends itself with all means permitted by our principles, and if undermined by secret agitation or open crime it does not give way. Faithful to idealism unto death is our device. Our enemies are the dogmatic in all forms; our ene- mies are also all who are opposed to idealism; that is, especially the lazy and unjust. We hate hypocrisy in all its forms, cruelty and vice, and crimes of all sorts. We are not for absolute abstaining from stimulants, as long as science has not absolutely decided against them; but we are friendly to all temperance societies. We are not in favor of extremes; in most cases virtue is the middle between extremes. We do not profess to have any certain knowledge of things beyond this life. We believe that there is an absolute power over which we have no control. The true essence of this power we do not know. With some reserve the words " providence," " almighty," " creator," might be used; but we do not believe that there exists an absolute personal being as a kind of individual, as this is against true philosophy and is a form of anthropomorphism. We do not make any man o r woman to be a god , nor do we believe in a god becoming man ; but we assume that there are great differences in men, and that some do more for the benefit of mankind and true civilization than others, but it is not advisable to ascribe that to special merits of such a person. If somebody is born a genius and finds favorable conditions of development, it is not his merit. We believe in the great value of a good example for followers more than in doctrines. But we do not worship any- body, nor any single object, nor any product of human imagination as being God. We do not know how things originated, or if they did originate at all, so we also do not know what will be the last end and aim of everything existing, if there is anything like last end and aim at all. At any rate those are open questions, and science is allowed to discuss them freely. We do not believe that there is a resurrection of human individuals. We do not believe that there is immortality of the individual as such. We leave it to science to decide how far there can be anything like existence after death. We do not believe in heaven as the dwelling of individuals after death ; astronomy is against such a belief. We do not believe in hell, nor a per- sonal leader of it, nor in purgatory. But we acknowledge willingly the relative truths of those and similar dogmas. We do not believe that once everything was good and perfect in this world. We do not believe that all . evils came into the world through man's fault, although a great many of them did. We do not consider the world irreparable. We take everything as it is and try to improve it if possible. We do not believe in the possi- bility of absolute perfection of anybody or anything. We do not think that every good deed finds its proper reward, nor do we think that every wrong deed is properly punished. But as a whole we believe that doing good deeds brings about good things, and that wrong- doing is a failure in the end. What is once done can never be undone by any power; the only thing is that it 3an be practically forgotten and, in some cases, the bad consequences avoided. We believe that what is meant by duty, responsibility, and similar words does not depend on the theoretical question if there is free will or not, or in what sense and degree there is free will. We do not know where we came from nor where we go; we only know that we are here on this planet, and that we must take things as they are, and that we must do our best in everything, and in doing this we are happy as far as happiness reasonably can be expected to be attained by man. IDEALISM THE NEW RELIGION. 125 We do not hate Darwinism or similar theories, but will leave it entirely to science to decide in those and similar questions. We do not expect too much from this life and world, so we are not disappointed at the end. Prayer we admit only as reverent immersion in the great mystery of this life and world, and as devotion to the unchangeable laws of the world, and as practical acknowledgement of the belief that in domg good we are in true accord with the good spirit in us, in men, and in the world in general. Prayer for anything that is against the natural course of things we think unreasonable. In the same way as prayers, also, all religious songs and hymns ought to be treated. If there are no schools idealism tries to establish them; a general know- ledge of nature and history is most desirable for everybody as a foundation for all other knowledge, and harmonious education of all essential sides of our being, bodily and mentally, we consider the ideal of education. But this does not exclude special and earnest preparation for the different pur- poses of civilized life, either theoretical or technical, or practical, or a com- bination of either. We warn against overwork in education. We do not hide established facts from everybody. But we think that certain things ought not to be taught before the proper time of their appreciation has come. In social as well as in political things we believe that there must be order and liberty combined. We do not think that all members of human society are equally able for social or political roles. We do not believe that good as well as bad qualities of body and mind can be transferred naturally from one generation to the other. We think that the ideal of social and political, of scientific and artistic, of industrial and commercial and any other branch of civilized life can best be attained if exclusively individual qualifications and no others give man his degree in the organism of civilized life. We believe that many things in our civilization are and will be imper- fect. But it is unwise to change or abolish something as long as we are unable to put something decidedly better instead. We are not in favor of war if it ever can be avoided without disregarding honor and duty of honor- able existence. We are friendly to all organizations for general peace and for peaceful and useful intercourse of all nations of the world. We believe that the new religion, called idealism, can and ought to be adopted by all nations and people; that it does not depend on climate, nor on certain degrees of civilization. But we believe that in different coun- tries and times it will be individualized differently. Especially we believe that the forms of organization, of worship, prayers, hymns, of preaching and similar things, will assume different aspects in different countries and times without interfering with the unity in essential points. We do believe that hard work is not a curse, but a benefit for man, for the worker himself as well as for others. We believe that the ideal, the perfection of man, is not only a matter of knowledge, but also of practical good work. To strive theoretically and practically in everything for that which is true and good is the ideal of man; that is our firm belief. We believe that self-respect is necessary; this is the true egoism, if there must be egoism. We believe that love is also necessary for everything. But we believe that love alone, either to God or to our fellow -creatures or to both, is not a sufficient fundamental principle tor thorough religion. We believe that making money is useful for many things, and even necessary for those who have none, at least as long as money exists at all. But we believe that this is not an aim in itself, but that it should be only a means for honest living and doing good and fostering all kinds of progress in human things. We believe that man is not born only to suffer, nor only to work, but also to enjoy reasonably this life. We believe that bodily exercise is necessary during our whole life, and part of the new religion. We believe that, as a rule, only in a sound body a sound soul can exist, or 126 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. that what is meant by the word soul. We believe that solemn ceremonies and certain regular days are something reasonable and useful, as long as they are not considered the essence of religion, but are symbols and orna- ments of idealism. We believe that everything goes always according to certain laws in nature, in history, in each individual; even that which we call an accident. But we are not fatalists nor quietists. We believe in the actual value of our own activity. We believe that all men, male and female, are born of a mother, live shorter or longer, and die at the end of their life and thereby finish their individual circle. We do not fear death, nor do we fear life. We believe that everything should be done to make children happy and healthy as long and as much as they ever can be, and we hold that this is a special task of our religion. We strive and work hard for all that we believe. We try everywhere to make that better which is good, to avoid that which is bad, and to mend that which can be mended. We believe that everything must be done to keep up health in ourselves, and in all others, as far as possible, and to help and restore, if possible, the sufferers. We believe that many things are mysterious, and will, probably, always be so; but we believe, also, that science has a right and duty to investigate everything, and to state openly the case. We believe that enthusiasm is a great thing and a part of true religion, namely, enthusiasm for the wonders of nature, for great men and women, for noble and tine arts; and enthusiasm for the ideal m everything, for the ideas of perfection, truth, justice, beauty, holiness, and similar ideas. We believe that the better a man's character is, the better is his work; the same with a woman. We believe that personal improvement in all respects is the base of all other improvements and progress. We believe that the power of being good is increasing steadily by constant work on ourselves, but we think that up to the last moment of our life this work must be kept up, if we are not to be in danger of falling back. We believe that a change for the better is in some persons a matter of a moment, or a few hours or days; in others a matter of weeks, months, or years, according to individuality and circumstances. We believe that for some people it is easier to be good or to become good and to remain good than for others. We believe that true religion must be practiced privately as well as openly and together with others. All our activity for good, for perfection, can be considered as the work of an absolute or some working in us, and, so to speak, for us. We believe that without self-restraint of each individual no union, no harmony, can exist among men. We believe that in some cases even wealth and life must be sacrificed for the benefit of man, but it is not every man's desire to be so heroic. We believe that those who possess the greatest power of self-restraint are the fittest for ruling over others. We believe that the harder the struggle for self-improvement is, the greater the moral value of an individual is. Natural things v/e do not consider sinful in themselves, but only if they imply an injustice against others, or if they are against the principles of health or moral dignity. We believe that the purer a person's mind and manners the better he or she is fitted for investigation of the mysteries of science, art and of life, and for working for the benefit of man. We believe that true religion can exist very well without any hope of a future individ- ual existence after death, and we even think that true religion excludes such a hope. We believe that it is not always necessary to go back in prayer to the absolute ground of everything that ever was, is, and will be; as for most people it is impossible to realize such a grand idea, and even for the wisest and best it is seldom that they can reach it approximately. Therefore it is also allowed to pray in the above stated sense to individualizations of Idealism the new religion. 127 the absolute ground and fullness of everything — for instance to the sun, which is in many ways our lifegiver; to the earth, to the idea of the human race, to the ideal of our nation, family, or men, or women, to virtue, science, art; but all that only as far as those things and powers can be supposed to be true revelations of God. In short, we believe that no name given by man will ever express the infinite secret. We believe that everything now existing does change, but can not abso- lutely be destroyed Thus we believe that even our sun, earth, moon, will once be destroyed, but probably in order to begin in new shapes a new existence. But as to all that we leave to science to decide, if possible, when and how it will take place. At the close of the exercises, Chairman Jones said, "I think you will agree with me that the hospitality of this platform has been vindicated, and that the aim of the Parliament of Religions to study all exhibits of the spectrum has been realized to-day. Were the testimony of any one missing, the spirit and intent of this parliament would have fallen short of its highest ideal. " MOST REV. DIONYSIOS LATAS, Archbishop of Zante, Greece. CHAPTER III. THIRD DAY, SEPTEMBER 13th. THE NATURE OF MAN. The extensive programme of the third day's proceedings of the parliament required three sessions, and many phases of religious thought and life were under review. Especial interest centered in the discourses of P. C. Mozoomdar, Archbishop Latas, and Pung Kwang Yu. The archbishop gave a fascinat- ing account of the early history of Christianity in Greece. At times it was difficulf to follo>, him, but his musical barytone v^oice rang through the vast auditorium, and his earnest gestures elucidated whatever was uncertain in his speech. The address of Kinza Euige Hirai on the "Position of Japan Towards Christianity," was loudly applauded, and when he had finished. Dr. Barrows grasped his hand and Jenkin L. Jones threw his arms around his neck, the audience waving hats and handkerchiefs in the excess of enthusiasm. In presenting the eminent Chinaman, Pung Kwang Yu, Dr. Barrows spoke of him as representing an empire toward which America has not been just. An outburst of applause, for several minutes, followed the statement, and the Chinese diplomat arose and bowed his acknowledgments. When the address of Right Rev. Renchi Shibrata was read by Dr. Barrows, the distinguished stranger, clothed in the light silken robes of the flowery kingdom, stood beside the speaker. With each outburst of applause the high-priest made a light bow, and then resumed his statue-like attitude. The sacred mountain of Japan, dedicated to the Shinto gods, was represented by a fine painting that hung at the back of the platform. When the 133 134 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. reading closed, a wave of applause broke forth all over the house, Distinguished men and women gathered round Mr, Shibrata and shook his hand, and women climbed over tables to pay their compliments to the worthy Oriental. In the whirlwind of enthusiasm everybody in the hall wanted to shake his hand, and he tendered the audience an informal reception for twenty minutes. The Hall of Columbus, at the third session, was crowded to its extreme limit. The morning session was opened with a significant and touching scene. Followers of Christ, Jews and Greeks, Brahmans and Buddhists, devotees of Confucius and Mohammed, all joined in dnging "Nearer My God to Thee." Dr. J. H. Barrows presided in ^hc morning. Rev. Dr. W. C. Roberts in the afternoon. The first session was opened with silent prayer, after which Protap Chuder Mozoomdar, of Cal- cutta, led in the universal prayer, " Our Father Who Art in Heaven." Mr. Mozoomdar was introduced as one whose heart is in sympathy with the great work of unification of the human brotherhood and who has shown deep interest in this great movement by the long journey he has made and by the activity of his life in the cause of the new religion. VOICE FROM NEW INDIA. EEV. P. C. MOZOOMDAR. » Mr. President, Representatives of Nations and Religions: I told you the other day that India is the mother of religrion; the land of evolution. I am going, this morning, to give you an example, or demonstrate the truth of what I said. The Brahmo-Somaj of India, which I have the honor to represent, is that example. Our society is a new society; our religion is a new religion, but it comes from far, far antiquity, from the very roots of our national life, hundreds of centuries ago. Sixty-three years ago the whole land of India — the whole country of Bengal — was full of a mighty clamor. The great jarring noise of a hetero- geneous polytheism rent the stillness of the sky. The cry of widows; nay, far more lamentable, the cry of those miserable women, who had to be burned on the funeral pyre of their dead husbands, desecrated the holiness of God's earth. We had the Buddhist, goddess of the country, the mother of the people, ten-handed, holding in each hand the weapons for the defense of her chil- dren. We had the white goddess of learning, playing on her Vena, a stringed instrument of music, the strings of wisdom, because, my friends, VOICE FROM NEW INDIA. 135 all wisdom is musical; where there is a discord there is no deep wisdom The goddess of good fortune, holding in her arms, not the horn, but the basket of plenty, blessing the nations of India, was there; and the god with the head of an elephant, and the god who rides on a peacock — martial men are always fashionable, you know, and the 33,000 of gods and goddesses besides. I have my theory about the mythology of Hinduism, but this is not the time to take it up. Amid the din and clash of this polytheism and so-called evil, amid all the darkness of the times, there arose a man, a Brahman, pure bred and pure born, whose name was Rajah Ram Dohan Roy, In his boyhood he had studied the Arabic and Persian; he had studied Sanskrit, and his own mother was a Bengalee. Before he was out of his teens he made a journey to Thibet and learned the wisdom of the Llamas. Before he became a man he wrote a book proving the falsehood of all polytheism and the truth of the existence of the living God. This brought upon his head persecution, nay, even such serious displeasure of his own parents that he had to leave his home for awhile and live the life of a wan- derer. In 1830 this man founded a society known as the Brahmo-Somaj; Brahma, as you know, means God. Brahmo means the worshiper of God, and Somaj means society; therefore Brahmo-Somaj means the society of the worshipers of the one living God. While on the one hand he estab- lished the Brahmo-Somaj, on the other hand he co-operated with the British government to abolish the barbarous custom of suttee, or the burning of widows with their dead husbands. In 1832 he traveled to England, the very first Hindu who ever went to Europe, and in 1833 ho died, and his sacred bones are interred in Bristol, the place where every Hindu pilgrim goes to pay his tribute of honor and reverence. This monotheism, the one true living God — this society in the name of this great God — what were the underlying principles upon which it was established? The principles were those of the old Hindu scriptures. The Brahmo-Somaj founded this monotheism upon the inspiration of the Vedas and the Upanishads. When Rajah Ram Dohan Roy died his followers for awhile found it nearly impossible to maintain the infant association. But the spirit of God was there. The movement sprang up in the fullness of time. The seed of eternal truth was sown in it; how could it die? Hence in the course of time other men sprang up to preserve it and contribute toward its growth. Did I say the spirit of God was there? Did I say the seed of eternal truth was there? There ! Where? All societies, all churches, all religious movements, have their founda- tion, not without, but within the depths of the human soul. Where the basis of a church is outside, the floods shall rise, the rain shall beat, and the storm shall blow, and like a heap of sand it will melt into the sea. Where the basis is within the heart, within the soul, the storm shall rise, the rain shall beat, and the flood shall come, but, like a rock, it neither wavers nor falls. So that movement of the Brahmo-Somaj shall never fall. Think for yourselves, my brothers and sisters, upon what foundation your house is laid. In the course of time, as the movement grew, the members began to doubt whether Hindu scriptures were really infallible. In their souls, in the depth of their intelligence, they thought they heard a voice, which, here and there, at first in feeble accents, contradicted the deliverances of the Vedas and the Upanishads. What shall be our theological principles? Upon what principles shall our religion stand? The small accents in which the question first was asked became louder and louder, and were more and more echoed in the rising religious society, until it became the most prac- tical of all problems — upon what book shall true religion stand? Briefly, they found that it was impossible that the Hindu scriptures should be the only records of true religion. They found that the spirit was 136 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. the great source of confirmation, the voice of God was ihe great judge, the soul of the in dweller was the revealer of truth, and, although there were truths in the Hindu scriptures, they could not recognize them as the only infallible standard of spiritual reality. So, twenty-one years after the foundation of the Brahmo-Somaj, the doctrine of the infallibility of the Hindu scriptures was given up. Then a further question came. The Hindu scriptures only not infallible! Are there not other scriptures also? Did I not tell you the other day that on the imperial throne of India Christianity now sat with the Gospel of Peace in one hand and the scepter of civilization in the other? The Bible had penetrated into India; its pages were unfolded, its truths were read and taught. The Bible is the book which mankind shall not ignore Recognizing, therefore, on the one hand, the great inspiration of the Hindu scriptures, we could not but on the other hand recognize the inspiration and the authority of the Bible. And in 1861 we published a book in which extracts from all scriptures were given as the book which was to be read in the course of our devotions. Our monotheism, therefore, stands upon all scriptures. That is our theological principle, and that principle did not emanate from the depths of our own consciousness, as the donkey was delivered out of the depths of the German consciousness; it came out as the natural result of the in-dwell- ing of God's spirit within our fellow believers. No, it was not the Christian missionary that drew our attention to the Bible; it was not the Moham- medan priests who showed us the excellent passages in the Koran; it was no Zoroastrian who preached to us tHe greatness of his Zend-Avesta; but there was in our hearts the God of infinite reality, the source of inspiration of all the books, of the Bible, of the Koran, of the Zend-Avesta, who drew our attention to his excellencies as revealed in the record of holy experience everywhere. By his leading and by his light it was that we recognized these facts, and upon the rock of everlasting and eternal reality our the- ological basis was laid. What is theology without morality? What is the inspiration of this book or the authority of that prophet witliout personal holiness — the clean- liness of this God-made temple and the cleanliness of the deeper temple within. Soon after we had got through our theology the question stared us in the face that we were not good men, pure minded, holy men, and that there were innumerable evils around us, in our houses, in our national usages, in the organization of our society. The Brahmo-Somaj, therefore •next laid its hand upon the reformation of society. In 1851 the first inter- marriage was celebrated. Intermarriage in India means the marriage of persons belonging to different castes. Caste is a sort of Chinese wall that surrounds every household and every little community, and beyond the limits of which no audacious man or woman shall stray. In the Brahmo- Somaj we ask " shall this Chinese wall disgrace the freedom of God's chil- dren forever? " Break it down; down with it, and away. Next my honored leader aiid friend. Keshub Chunder Sen, so arranged that marriage between different castes should take place. The Brahmans were offended. Wiseacres shook their heads; even leaders of the Bramo- Somaj shrugged up their shoulders and put their hands into their pockets. "These young firebrands," they said "are going to set fire to the whole of society." But intermarriage took place, and widow marriage took place. Do you know what the widows of India are? A little girl of ten or twelve years happens to lose her husband before she knows his features very well, and from that tender age to her dying day she shall go through penances and austerities and miseries and loneliness and disgrace, which you tremble to hear of. I do not approve of or understand the conduct of a woman who marries a first time, and then a second time, and then a third time, and then a fourth time — who marries as many times as there are J VOICE FROM NEW INDIA. 137 seasons in the year. I do not understand the conduct of such men and women. But I do think that when a little child of eleven loses what men call her husband, and who has never been, a wife for a single day of her life, to put her to the wretchedness of a life-long widowhood and inflict upon her miseries which would disgrace a criminal, is a piece of inhuman- ity which can not too soon be done away with. Hence intermarriages and widow marriages. Our hands were thus laid upon the problem of social and domestic improvement, and the result of that was that very soon a rupture took place in the Brahmo-Somaj. We young men had to go^we, with all our social reform — and shift for ourselves as we best might. When these social reforms were partially completed there came another question. We had married the widow; we had prevented the burning of widows; what about our personal purity, the sanctification of our own consciences, the regeneration of our own souls? What about our acceptance before the awful tribunal of the God of infinite justice? Social reform and the doing of public good is itself only legitimate when it develops into the all- embracing principle of personal purity and the noliness of the soul. My friends, I am often afraid, I confess, when I contemplate the condi- tion of European and American society, where your activities are so mani- fold, your work is so extensive that you are drowned in it and you have little time to consider the great questions of regeneration, of personal sanctification, of trial and judgment and of acceptance before God. That is the question of all questions. A right theological basis may lead to social reform, but a right line of public activity and the doing of good is bound to lead to the salvation of the doer's soul and the regeneration of public men. After the end of the work of our social reform we were therefore led into this great subject. How shall this unregenerate nature be regener- ated; this defiled temple, what waters shall wash it into a new and pure condition? All these motives and desires and evil impulses, the animal inspirations, what will put an end to them all, and make man what he was, the immaculate child of God, as Christ was, as all regenerated men were? Theological principle first, moral principle next, and in the third place the spiritual principle of Brahmo-Somaj. Devotions, repentance, prayer, praise, taith; throwing ourselves entirely and absolutely upon the spirit of God and upon His saving love. Moral aspirations do not mean holiness; a desire of being good does not mean to be good. The bullock that carries on its back hundredweights of sugar does not taste a grain of sweetness because of its unbearable load. And all our aspirations, and all our fine wishes, and all our fine dreams, and fine sermons, either hearing or speaking them — going to sleep over them or listening to them intently — these will never make a life perfect. Devotion only, prayer, direct perception of God's spirit, communion with Him, abso- lute self-abasement before His majesty; devotional fervor, devotional excitement, spiritual absorption, living and moving in God — that is the secret of personal holiness. And in the third stage of our career, therefore, spiritual excitement, long devotions, intense fervor, contemplation, endless self -abasement, not merely before God, but before man, became the rule of our lives. God is unseen; it does not harm anybody or make him appear less respectable if tie says to God, "I am a sinner; forgive me." But to make your confessions before man, to abase yourselves before your brothers and sisters, to take the dust off the feet of holy men, to feel that you are a miserable, wretched object in God's holy congregation — that requires a little self-humiliation; a little moral courage. Our devotional lif e. therefore,4s twofold, bearing reverence and trust for God and reverence and trust for man; and in our infant and apostolical church we have, therefore, often immersed ourselves into spirit- ual practices which would seem absurd to you if I were to relate them in your hearing. 138 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. The last principle I have to take up is the progressiveness of the Brahmo-Somaj. Theology is good; moral resolutions are good; devotional fervor is good. The problem is, how shall we go on ever and ever in an onward way, in the upper path of progress and approach toward divine perfection? God is infinite; what limit is there in His goodness or His wisdom or His righteousness? All the scriptures sing His glory; all the prophets in the Heaven declare His majesty; all the martyrs have reddened the world with their blood in order that His holiness might be known. God is the one infinite good; and, after we had made our three attempts of theological; moral, and spiritual principle the question came that God is the one eternal and infinite, the inspirer of all humankind. The part of our progress then lay toward allying ourselves, toward affiliating ourselves with the faith and the righteousness and wisdom of all religions and all mankind. Christianity declares the glory of God; Hinduism speaks about His infinite and eternal excellence; Mohammedanism, with fire and sword, proves the almightiness of His will; Buddhism says how joyful and peace- ful He is. He is the God of all religions, of all denominations, of all lands, of all scriptures, and our progress lay in harmonizing these various systems, these various prophecies and developments into one great system. Hence the new system of religion in the Brahmo-Somaj is called the New Dispen- sation. The Christian speaks in terms of admiration of Christianity; so does the Hebrew of Judaism; so does the Mohammedan of the Koran; so does the Zoroastrian of the Zend-Avesta. The Christian admires his prin- ciples of spiritual culture; the Hindu does the same, the Mohammedan does the same. But the Brahmo-Somaj accepts and harmonizes all these precepts, sys- tems, principles, teachings, and discipline, and makes the minto one system, and that is his religion. For a whole decade, my friend, Kashub Chunder Sen, myself, and other apostles, have traveled from village to village, from province to province, from continent to continent, declaring this new dis- pensation and the harmony of all religious prophesies and systems unto the glory of the one true, living God. But we are a subject race; we are unedu- cated; we are incapable; we have not the resources of money to get men to listen to our message. In the fullness of time you have called this august Parliament of Religions, and the message that we could not propagate you have taken into your hands to jjropagate. We have made that the gospel of our very lives, the ideal of our very being. I do not come to the sessions of this parliament as a mere student, not as one who has to justify his own system. I come as a disciple, as a fol- lower, as a brother. May your labors be blessed with prosperity, and not only shall your Christianity and your America be exalted, but the Brahmo- Somaj will feel most exalted; and this poor man who has come such a long distance to crave your sympathy and your kindness shall feel himself amply rewarded. May the spread of the new dispensation rest with you and make you our brothers and sisters. Representatives of all religions, may all your religions merge into the Fatherhood of God and in the brotherhood of man, that Christ's prophecy may be fulfilled, the world's hope may be fulfilled, and mankind may become one kingdom with God, our Father. FOUNDATION OF THE ORTHODOX GREEK CHURCH. AECHBISHOP OF ZANTE, After the immense audience had sung, under the leadership of Dr. Niccolls, " Nearer My God, To Thee," the Most Rev. FOUNDATION OF THE ORTHODOX GREEK CHURCH. 139 Dionysios Latas, Archbishop of Zante, was introduced and spoke extemporaneously as follows : Reverend Ministers of the Eminent Name of God, the Creator of the World and of Man: Ancient Greece prepared the way for Christianity, and rendered smooth the path for the diffusion and propagation of it in the world. Greece undertook to develop Christianity and formed and system- atized a Christian Church; that is the Church of the East, the original Christian Church, which for this reason historically and justly may be called the Mother of the Christian Churches. The original establishment of the Greek Church directly referred to the presence of Jesus Christ and his apostles. The coming of the Messiah, from which the God was to orig- inate in this world, was at a fixed point of time, as the Apostle Paul said it was to be. The fullness of this point of time ancient Greece was pre- destined to point out and determine. Greece had so developed letters, arts, sciences, philosophy, and every other form of progress that in comparison with it all other nations were exhausted. For this reason the inhabitants of that happy land used rightly and properly to say: "Whoever is not a Greek is a barbarian." But while at that time under Plato and Aristotle, Greek philosophy had arrived at the highest phase of its development, Greece at that very period, after these great philosophers, began to decline and fail. The Macedonian and Roman armies gave a definite blow to the political independence and national liberty of Greece, but at the same time opened up to Greece a new career of spiritual life and brought them into immediate contact and intercommunication with other nations and peoples of the earth. Tracing the effect of Grecian philosophy of the Neo-Platonic school upon the faith which came from the East, the arch- bishop continued: When the Roman Empire began to fall Christianity had to undertake the great struggle of acquiring a superiority over all other religions that it might demolish the partition walls which separated race from race, nation from nation. It is the work of Christianity to bring all men into one spiritual family, into the love of one another, and into the belief of one supreme God. Mary, the most blessed of all humankind, appears and brings forth the expected divine nature revealed to Plato. She brings forth the fulfillment of the ideals of the gods of the different peoples and nations of the ancient world. She brings forth at last that One whose name, whose shadow came down into the world and overshadowed the souls, the minds, the hearts of all men and removed the mystery from every philosophy and philosophic system. In this permanent idea and the tendencies of the different peoples in such a time and religion, I may say two voices are heard. One, though it is from Palestine, re-echoed into Egypt, and especially to Alexandria, and through parts of Greece and Rome. Another voice from Egypt re-echoed through Palestine, and through it over all the other countries and peoples of the East. And the voices from Palestine, having Jerusalem as their focus and center, re-echoed the voice back again to the Grecians and the Romans. And there it was that this doctrine fell amidst the Greek nations, the Grecian element of character, Greek letters, and the sound reasoning of different systems of Greek philosophy. Surely in the regeneration of the different peoples there had been a divine revelation in the formation of all humankind into one spiritual family through the goodness of God. In one family equal, without any distinctions between the mean and the great, without distinction of climate 140 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. or race, without distinction of national destiny or inspiration, of name or nobility, of family ties. And all the beauties which ever clustered around the ladder of Jacob, or were given to it by the men of Judea, were given by the prophets to the Virgin Mary in the cave of Bethlehem. But Greece gave Christianity the letters, gave the art, gave as I may say the enlighten- ment with which the gospel of Christianity was invested, and presented itself then, and now presents itself before all nations. After presenting other historical facts bearing upon early Christianity, the archbishop continued: It suffices me to say that no one of you, I believe, in the presence of these historical documents will deny that the original Ciiristian, the first Christian Church was the Church of the East, and that is the Greek Church. Surely the first Christian Churches in Asia Minor, Egypt, and Assyria were instituted by the Apostles of Christ and for the most part in Greek com- munities. All those are the foundation stones on which the present Greek Church is based. The apostles themselves preached and wrote in the Greek letters and all the teachers and writers of the gospel in the East, the con- temporaries and the successors of the apostles were teaching, preaching and writing in the Greek language. Especially the two great schools, that of Alexandria and that of Antioch, undertook to develop Christianity and form and systematize a Christian Church. The great teachers and writers of these two schools, whose names are very well known, labored courageously to defend and determine forever the Christian doctrine and to constitute under divine rules and forms a Christian Church. The Greek Christian, therefore, may be called historically and justly the treasurer of the first Christian doctrine, fundamental, evangelical truths. It may be called the art which bears the spiritual manna and feeds all those who look to it in order to obtain from it the richness of the ideas and the unmistakable reasoning of every Christian doctrine, of every evangelical truth, of every ecclesiastical sentiment. After this, my oration about the Greek Church, I have nothing more to add than to extend my open arms and embrace all those who attend this meeting of the ministers of the world. I embrace, as my brothers in Jesus Christ, as my brothers in the divinely inspired gospel, as my friends in eminent ideas and sentiments, all men; for we have a common Creator, and consequently a common father and God. And I pray you lift with me for a moment the mind toward the divine essence, and say with me, with all your minds and hearts a prayer to Almighty God. And then the magnificent old Greek archbishop lifted his hands and his eyes heavenward and to the invisible God, who at the moment seemed almost visible, and led the great assembly in prayer. He said: Most High, omnipotent King, look down upon humankind; enlighten us that we may know Thy will. Thy ways. Thy holy truths. Bless and mag- nify the reunited peoples of the world and the great people of the United States of America, whose greatness and kindness have invited us from the remotest parts of the earth in this their Columbian year to see with them an evidence of their progress in the wonderful achievements of the human mind and the human soul. f MAN FROM A CATHOLIC POINT OF VIEW. Ul MAN FROM A CATHOLIC POINT OF VIEW. VERY BEV. WILLIAM BYRNE, D. D. Man, according to the Catholic idea, is the crown and perfection of all things in the visible creation. He is created with a noble purpose and a high destiny, in the image of God and after His own likeness. He is endowed with the power of intellect and will, setting him above all created things of earth and making him godlike in his nature. He longs to reach the higher and better things to which, by an imperative and ever-urgent law, he necessarily aspires. He has cravings of the soul which no created thing is adequate to satisfy. The greater his natural endowments, the higher their cultivation, the broader his knowledge, the more ample and penetrating his intellectual swing and reach, the deeper and more exhaust- ing will be the sense of a purpose unfulfilled, of unsatisfied yearning and baffled hope, Splendid intellectual gifts and exceptional mental training; moral refinement, culture, and wealth; social pre-eminence and command- ing political power; great civic achievements, the resounding trumpets of war, and the most coveted prize of fortune — all these but serve to accentu- ate and render more sensitively acute those wasting longings and the fruitless reaching out after an object that will satisfy the cravings of the soul and satiate the hunger of the heart. The Catholic says man has a high destiny that he can reach, a noble purpose that he can achieve; that he may enjoy here on earth a serene peace and constantly look forward to the surpassing joy of living forever in the smile of God and ecstasy of His love. That such conviction, how- ever, and confident hope have never been reached, nor can be, by the unaided powers of man, the cry of discontent and fruitless endeavor that has gone up from the heart of man from the beginning, and the bootless groping in the dark in search of an oracle to answer the questions of the soul, dispel its mists, and tranquilize its misgivings, abundantly prove. Man will be religious. It is a necessity and the law of his being, and if he can not rise to God, he will strive to draw down God to himself. " Lord, teach me to know myself, teach me to know Thee," was the prayer that went up from the soul of the great Bishop of Hippo, and the prayer to which he gave utterance has ever been the universal cry of the heart to man — to know one's self, to know God. God and self are the two cardinal objects of man's knowledge to which all his intellectual efforts converge and upon which they terminate. Once reason has dawned on him and the mind opens and expands to the significance and deep meaning of all he sees round about him, to the order and beauty, the variety and splendor, and the lavish profusion of visible blessings, a knowledge of which is borne in upon him by eye and ear, and every avenue of sense, he asks himself and must ask himself the question: Whence all these strange surroundings bearing upon them the tokens of a higher intelligence and the evidence of law and order, purpose and design? And he must ask himself the still more momentous question: Whence do I come? Whither am I going? Am I, as the pantheist says, the most perfect manifestation of the divine essence, spirit of its spirit, and intellect of its intellect ? Or, to go to the other extreme of the scale less flattering to the pride and vanity of man, am I but matter and sense, with a soul wholly dependent upon and the product of the digestive organs and a complex system of nerves with functions center- ing in the brain? The supernatural element in man is precisely w'hat the world is losing sight of in its eager and absorbing pursuits of what gratifies sense and brings to the natural man an exhilirating, insidious, and evanescent enjoy- ment ; and, without the supernatural, there can be no adequate explana- tion of man's existence here on earth, no interpretation of life that will 142 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. satisfy the reason, no object that will give full swing to the powers of the soul or bring peace and serene contentment to the heart. This has been the Catholic view of man from the beginning, and its importance can not be overestimated. It lies at the very root of religion, and any error or shadow of error here vitiates and distorts the entire circle of relations of man to his God. The ideas of man and God are correlative and inseparable— they come and go together, and a defective knowledge of the one necessarily implies an imperfect understanding of the other. The power of apprehending and understanding the relations between cause and effect, of adapting and adjusting means to an end is, if not the very defini- tion of intelligence and free will, at least their adequate description. And in this man is like unto God, whose presence, shut out from us by the veil of the visible universe is luminously revealed in the laws by which that universe is governed, and in the order and beauty which bring the opera- tion of these laws within the domain of sense, and through sense to the intelligence of man. Such, according to the Catholic idea, is the nobility, Buch the dignity and pre-eminence of man. He is set as a king over the created things of earth, yet responsible for the use of them to the God who gave him so loyal a supremacy. Intellect and will and the immortality of the soul are, the Catholic says, the three natural endowments which in man are the image of God. These perfections all men have in common with Adam. But Adam had a super- added perfection. He was, as the Council of Trent says, "holy and just," or pleasing to God. This supernatural perfection is called, and is as a mat- ter of fact, sanctifying grace, which made Adam's likeness to God pure, more perfect and transcending than any natural gift, no matter how excel- lent, in that it lifted him above his own nature into a higher and diviner life and established him in the love and friendship of God. We are told by St. Paul that as one man by his offense wrought the condemnation of all, so did our Lord by his justice work the justification of all. What Adam forfeited Christ regained. What Christ regained, St. Paul tells us, is the privilege of being the sons of God, and joint heirs with Christ, and of this, he says, the Holy Ghost giveth testimony. Christ, therefore, restored what had been lost, purchased with his blood; what had been forfeited by sin. Through him man regained the sonship and friendship of God, and is, or can be if he will, constituted in the supernatural life of grace. Hence these privileges, being a restoration of what had been, were the prerogatives of Adam. That man was so lifted up into a serener atmosphere and a diviner life, and made in a sense godlike, is not merely an opinion of theologians, but an integral part of the teaching of the Church. And this brings out clearly the distinction and difference between pan- theism and the teaching of Catholic theology. The fundamental error of pantheism is the necessary identity and equality of the divine nature and the human, and the consequent deification of man; whereas, Catholic the- ology teaches that the participation of the divine nature, through grace, is in no wise due to man, is no part of the integrity of his nature, and could not become man's by any effort or exercise of his aptitudes and powers. But that which is not due to him, and which he could of himself in no way attain, is the free, spontaneous, and gracious gift of God. God put Adam on trial, as He had done the angels. He put his humility to the proof. He gave him an opportunity to show himself worthy his inheritance and manifold benedictions. He exacted but a nominal acknowledgement, by which He reserved His right. His very generosity and goodness, which should have filled the heart of Adam with an unceasing song of praise and thanksgiving, and an abiding memory of his surpassing privileges, seem, if I may use the word, a temptation to his weakness, in spite of the many stays and supports by which his will was steadied and strengthened. Forgetting his lowly estate, and unmindful of his blessings MAN FROM A CATHOLIC POINT OF VIEW. ' 143 he wantonly transgressed the hght command that had been laid upon him as a test of his fidelity and gratitude. And man's first sin was committet! and the human race, in its head, was cut off from the friendship of God and cast out from an inheritance of countless benedictions. Original jus- tice was forfeited, and so it, as its opposite, succeeded original sin, which thereby became the heritage of all mankind. The transgression of the law in Adam was our sin. We are not, indeed, guilty of Adam's actual and personal sin, since our wills had no part in its commission; nor can original sin in Adam's descendants be called sin in the strict and rigorous cjonse of that word. These terms denote the state to which Adam's sin reduced his children. The act by which sin is committed is one thing; but the state to which man is reduced by the commission of that sin is quite another. The one was transitory in character; the other is permanent, and man is rightly called a sinner as long as he abides in a state which is the consequence of sin. Adam, by his act of disobedience, turned from God and forfeited his supernatural prerogative of sanctifying grace, and his posterity, in conse- quence, is born into the state of deprivation or original sin, which was the penalty of his offense. Excepting that the blessed Virgin, who, by specia' privilege and because of her high office, had the fullness of grace from the first moment of her existence, all the children of Adam at their birth an under the disability of his transgression. He was the head of the humat family, and in him was contained the whole human race. Man having forfeited the supernatural life, it was impossible for him by his own efforts to again enter upon it. It was simply beyond his powers. His condition was one of deprivation, of what was not a part of his nature, to which, as man, he had no right or claim, and which he could not regain by any power of his own. Yet it must not be supposed that man's nature was by such loas corrupted or poisoned in its root. His intellect was still intact in all its natural powers, though less luminous, less pene- trating, and more liable to error because of the absence of the supernatural light that had been put out in the soul. His will was vacillating and vuisteady, yet free and potent to choose between right and wrong, good and evil. He was incapable in his foreign state, of making reparation for his offense or recovering sanctifying grace. God might have left man in this condition of exile with the evidences and tokens upon him of high lineage and noble descent, yet disinherited and stripped of his svifjernatural gifts and with only the hope of such reward as his natural virtues might merit. But in His great mercy, which is beyond bound or measure, God restored to him his forfeited privileges and gave him the means of again living a supernatural life and of entering into the eternal inheritance for which such life is a preparation. "His exceeding charity," says St. Paul, "where- with he loved us when we were dead in sin, hath quickened us together in Christ, by whose grace you are saved." Again: God could have waved His right to a satisfaction involving the death of his divine son, but this He did not see fit to do. In His infinite wisdom He required an atonement adequate to the offense committed, and this could be made only by one equal in dignity to Himself. And this is precisely what was accomplished in the incarnation of the son of God. Heaven and earth touched, "mercy and truth met, justice and peace kissed;" God and man were linked together in the bonds of indissoluble union. The sufferings and blood of Christ, though only His human nature suffered, had a divine value, because the acts take on the character of the person, and the person who suffered was divine. By this mystery of love the right of man to enter again into his forfeited inheritance was purchased. In Christ the heavenly harmony of our nature was restored. Christ, of His own free will and divine condescension, wrought the redemption of the human race, and He is therefore free to convey its fruits to man in any way He in His wisdom sees fit. The primary and sovereign 144 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. rule of bi'Uef and practice in all things pertaining to the economy of God with man is, the Catholic holds, the will of Christ, and not what seems fit tintf or best, or most reasonable to us. The will of Christ, once it is known, mu*st be the supreme rule and guide. Hence, relying on the words of Christ and his apostles, and on the living voice and universal and unbroken tradition of the church from the beginning, the Catholic says that Christ instituted certain specific rites, now called sacraments, as means and instruments to convey the fruits of the redemption to the soul; that the initial sacrament, by which the supernatural life is born in man, is bap- tism, and that this life is nourished, increased, and perfected by the in-d\velling of the Holy Ghost in the soul, by the generosity of our own hearts and wills, and by the graces conveyed through the other six sacra- ments and the aids they supply, according to the dispositions, the needs, and the conditions of men and of society. Through this supernatural gift man takes on a new nature and begins a new life. But this life, so precious and so full of promise, so elevated, ennobling, and refining, giving so luminous an interpretation of man and his surround- ings, and leading on to life eternal, may be enfeebled by neglect of its privileges, and wholly lost by mortal sin. Sin and sanctifying grace are as opposite as darkness and light. The presence of sin is the extinction of the spiritual life. In the moment that mortal sin enters the soul through deliberate consent of will, the in-dwelling spirit of God and sanctifying grace depart, and the soul is spiritually dead. The treasure of great price thus bartered for some bauble of lust or pride, by a merciful and gracious dispensation of Christ may be restored through an act of perfect love of God or through divinely inspired sorrow and the grace of the sacrament of penance. For one guilty of sin committed after baptism, the sacrament of penance does precisely what baptism does for one yet in original sin— in this sense, that it restores and renews the supernatural life in a soul that is spiritually dead. It is clear, then, that the Catholic idea of man is this: That he is instinctively supernatural in his capacities and powers, his attitudes and cravings, his aspirations and aims, and that he was so constituted from the beginning; that no created object can fill the void of his heart or still the cry of his soul; that he can not work out his evident destiny or accomplish the purpose of his creation without being grafted into the Spiritual Vine. which is Christ, and drawing from it the sap and the sustenance of his spiritual existence. To the Catholic the supernatural is the true and only adequate interpretation of man's life; to him every thought, word, and action has a supernatural and momentous significance, the knowledge and will of the agent being the measure of their malice or their merit. To him they have no real value unless they are in conformity witli the lav/ of God, luminous in his intellect, written in his heart, and articulate in his con- science. His whole being is encompassed by the supernatural and by a sense of responsibility to his Creator and God. He believes that the intellect, if not taught of God through the living and magisterial voice of the church, the pillar and ground of the truth, will cease to be a light and a guide to the will, and, being once perverted, will be the cause and source of count- less errors of judgment and practical life. To him divine truth and a divinely appointed teacher are a first principle. To the Catholic, the acceptance of God as a divine teacher, and a belief in His revelation, lie at the basis of religion and are the beginning of all justification. Faith, and the truths it contains as proposed by the church, the custodian of divine truth and its living voice and infallible interpreter, an exact, precise, dogmatic faith, a living, active, energetic and practical faith, pervades his whole being and influences and gives character to his least as well as his most significant action. And next, as a consequence of faith and the body of truth it contains, come the commandments of God, RABBI K. KOHLER, N§w Yarls. HUMAN BROTHERHOOD. 145 or those rules'of conduct which guide and direct him in justice and truth and in his manifold duties and varied relations to God and man. And then, to follo>v the logical order, comes grace, in which every man born into this world lives and moves; which encompasses him as an atmosphere; which God gives in amplest measure to every man who sincerely wishes to be con- verted and live; which is an antecedent condition to the supernatural life, its beginning, its cause, its sustaining principle, and its perfection, and which unites man to God as a child to his Etennal Father by a bond as inti- mate as is possible between the Creator and His creature. By this rule, says the Catholic, shall man live; by this rule shall he be judged. HUMAN BROTHERHOOD AS TAUGHT BY THE RELIGIONS BASED ON THE BIBLE. DE. K. KOHLER OF NEW YORK. Thanks to our common education and our religious and social progress and enlightenment, the idea of the unity of man is so natural and familiar to us that we scarcely stop to consider by what great struggles and trials it has been brought home to us. We can not help discerning beneath all differences of color and custom the fellow-man and brother. We perceive in the savage looks of the Fiji Islander, or hear in the shrill voice of the South African the broken records of our history; but we seldom realize the long and tedious road we had to walk until we arrived at this stage. We speak of the world as a unit — a beautiful order of things, a great cosmos. Open the Bible and you will find creation still divided into a realm of life above and one below — into heaven and earth, and only the unity of God comprising the two otherwise widely separated and disconnected worlds, to lend them unity of purpose, and finally bring them under the sway of one empire of law. Neither does the idea of man, as a unit, dawn upon the mind of the uncivilized. Going back to the inhabitants of ancient Chaldea, you see man divided into groups of blackheads (the race of Ham) and red- heads (Adam); the former destined to serve, the other to rule. And follow man to the very height of ancient civilization, on the beautiful soil of Hellas, where man, with his upward gaze drinks in the light and the sweet- ness of the azure sky to reflect it on surrounding nature, on art and science, you still find him clinging to these old lines of demarcation. Neither Plato nor Aristotle would regard the foreigner as an equal to the Greek, but con- sider him forever, like the brute, fated to do the slave's work for the born master — the ruling race. Let us not forget that prejudice is older than man. We have it as an inheritance from the brute. The cattle that browse together in the field and the dogs that fight with each other in the street will alike unite in keeping out the foreign intruder, either by hitting or by biting, since they can not resort to blackmailing. So did men of different blood or skin in primitive ages face one another only for attack. Constant warfare bars all intercourse with men outside of the clan. How, then, under such con- ditions, is the progress of culture, the interchange of goods and products of the various lands and tribes brought about to arouse people from the stupor and isolation of savagery? The Ethiopians have still no other name for man than that of Sheba- Sabean. Obviously the white race of conquerors from the land of Sheba refused the black-heads they found on entering Ethiopia the very title of man, not to mention the rights and privileges of such. Yet how remarkable to find the oldest fairs on record held in that very land of Sheba, in South 146 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. Arabia, famous from remotest times for its costly spices and its precious metals. Under the protection of the god of light the savage tribes would deposit their gold upon the tables of rock and exchange them for the goods of the traders, being safe from all harm during the festive season of the fair. Under such favorable conditions the stranger took shelter under the canopy of peace spread over a belligerent world by the specter of commerce. What a wide and wonderful vista over the centuries from the first fairs held in the balsam forests of South Arabia to the World's Fair upon the fairy- land created by modern art out of the very prairies of the Western hemi- sphere. And vet the tendency, the object is the same— a peace league among the races, a bond of'covenant among men. It is unwise on the part of the theologian to underrate the influence of commerce upon both culture and religion. Religion is at the outset always exclusive and isolating. Commerce unites and broadens humanity. In widening the basis of our social structure and establishing the unity of mankind, trade had as large a share as religion. The Hebrews were a race of shepherds, who were transformed into farmers on the fertile soil of Canaan. In both capacities they were too much attached to their land, being dependent either upon the grass to i^asture their flocks or upon the crops to feed their households, to extend their views and interests beyond their own territory. When, therefore, Moses gave them the laws of right- eousness and truth upon which humanity was to be built anew, he did not venture to preach at once in clear and unmistakable terms the great fun- damental principle of the unity and brotherhood of man. He simply caught them: •' Hate not thy brother in thine heart. Bear no grudge against the children of thy people, but thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself, I am the lord." He would not tell them: " Love all men on earth as thy brethren," for the reason that there could be no brotherhood so long as both the mate- rial and religious interests collided in every way, and truth and justice themselves demanded warfare and struggle. Monotheism was more than any other religion an isolating power at first. It was in times of prosperity and peace, when Jews were first brought into contact with the great trading nation of Phoenicia, that the idea of man widened with the extension of their knowledge of the earth, and they beheld in the people of the hot and the cold zone, in the black and blende- haired men, in the Caucasian and African races, offsfings of the ^ame human ancestors, branches of the same parent stock — children of Adam. At the great fairs of Babylon and Tyre, where the merchants of the various countries and remote islands came with their worldly goods for their selfish ends, a higher destiny, the great hand of Divine Providence, was weaving the threads to knit the human race together. And in one of those solemn moments of history 'some of the lofty seers of Judah caught the spirit and spelled forth the message of lasting import: "Once all the nations will send their treasures of gold and spices and their products of human skill and wisdom on horseback and dromedaries, on wagons and ships, to the city of Jerusalem, yet not for mere barter and gain, but as tokens of homage to the Man of Israel whose name shall be the sign and banner of the great brotherhood of man." This is the idea pervading the latter part of Isaiah. No sordid trading after the fashion of Canaanites. but truth and knowledge will be freely offered on the sacred heights of Jerusalem. Such was the vision of Zachariah. prompted by the sight of the fairs held in the holy city. (See Movers Phonizion, 11, 3, 145.) It was the idea of the great truce of God amidst the perpetual strife of the nations which they conceived of and forecast when announcing the time when " swords shall be turned into plowshares and war shall be no more."' Cut loose from the rest of the Biblical writings, many a passage con- cerning God and man still has an exclusively national character, betraying narrowness of view. But presented and read in its entirety, the Bible HUMAN BROTHERHOOD 147 begins and ends with man. Do not the prophets weep, pray, and hope for the Gentiles as well as for Israel? Do not the Psalms voice the longing and yearning of man? What is Job but the type of suifering, struggling, and self -asserting man? It is the wisdom, the doubt, and the pure love of man that King Solomon voices in prose and poetry. Neither is true priesthood nor prophecy monopolized by the tribe of Abraham. Behold Melchisedec, Salem's priest, holding his hand to bless the patriarch. Do not Balaam's prophetic words match those of any of Israel's seers? None can read the Bible with sympathetic spirit but feel that the wine garnered therein is stronger than the vessel containing it; that the Jew who speaks and acts, preaches and prophesies, therein represents the interests and principles of humanity. When the Book of Books was handed forth to the world it was offered in the words of God to Abraham to be a blessing to all families of man on earth; it was to give man one God, one hope, and one goal and destiny. Only the monotheistic faith of the Bible established the bonds of human brotherhood. It was the consciousness of God's in-dwelling in man or the Biblical teaching of man's being God's child that rendered hum- anity one. Even though the golden rule has been found in Confucius as well as in Buddha, in Plato as in Socrates, it never engendered true love of man as brother and fellow-worker among their people beyond their own small cir- cles. The Chinese sage, with his sober realism, never felt or fostered the spirit of self-surrender to a great cause beyond his own state and ruler. And if the monk Gautama succeeded by his preaching on the world's vanities, in bridling the passions and softening the temper of millions, planting love and compassion into every soul throughout the East, and dotting the lands with asylums and hospitals for the rescue of man and beast, he also checked the progress of man while loathing life as misery without comfort, as a burden of woe without hope of relief, dissolving it into a purposeless dream, an illusion evanescing into nothing. Neither Pindar nor Plato ever conceived of a divine plan of the doings of man. No Thucydides nor Herodotus ever inquired after the beginnings and ends of human history or traced the various people back to one cradle and one offspring. Not until Alexander, the Macedonian, with his con- quests interlinked the East and the West, did the idea of humanity loom up before the minds of the cultured as it did before Judea's sages and seers. Only when antiquity's pride was lowered to the dust and philosopher and priest found their strength exhausted, man, suffering, sorrowing, weeping, sought refuge from the approaching storm, yearning for fellowship and brotherhood in the common woe and misery of a world shattered within and without. But then, neither stoic, in his over-bearing pride and self- admiration, nor the cynic, with his contemptuous sneer, could make life worth living. It was the Bible offered first by Jew, then by Christian, and, in some- what modified tones, by Moslem, that gave man with the benign ruler of the ages also a common scope and plan, a common prospect and hope. While to the Greek — from whom we have borrowed the very name of ethics — goodness, righteousness, virtue were'objects of admiration like any piece of nature and of art, beautiful and pleasing, and like itself a plaything, the Bible made life with all its efforts solemn and sacred, a divine reality. Here at once men arose to be co-workers of God, the successive ages became stages of the world's great drama, each country, each home, each soul an object of divine care, each man an image of the Divine Father. There is no partiality with God. The weaker member of the human household, therefore, must be treated with greater compassion and love, and every inequality adjusted as far as our powers reach. "If thou seest one in distress, ask not who he is. Even though he be thine enemy, he is still thy brother, appeals to thy sympathy, thou canst not hide thine eyes; 148 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. I, thy God, see thee." Can, alongside of this Mosaic law. the question be yet asked:' Who is my neighbor ? Thou may est not love him because he hateth thee. Yet, as fellow-man, thou must put thyself into his place, and thou darest no longer harm nor hate him. Even if he be a criminal, he is thy brother still, claiming sympathy and leniency. Sinner or stranger, slave or sufferer, skeptic or saint, he is son of the same Father in heaven. The God who hath once redeemed thee will also redeem him. Are these principles and maxims of the New Testament? I read them in the Old. I learned them from the Talmud. I found their faint echo in the Koran. The Merciful One of Mohammed enjoins charity and com- passion no less than does the Holy One of Isaiah and the Heavenly Father of Jesus. We have been too rash, too harsh, too uncharitable in judging other sects and creeds. " We men judge nations and classes too often by the bad examples they produce; God judges them by their best and noblest types," is an exquisite saying of the rabbis. Is there a race or a religion that does not cultivate one great virtue to unlock the gates of bliss for all its followers? Hear the Psalmist exclaim: " This is the gate of the Lord; the righteous enter into it." No priest, nor Levite, nor Israel's people enjoy any privilege there. The kind Samaritan, as Jesus puts it in his parable; the good and just among all men, as the rabbis express it (Sifra Achre Moth. 13) find admission. No monopoly of salvation for any creed. Right- eousness opens the door for all the nations. Is this platform not broad enough to hold every creed? Must not every system of ethics find a place in this great brotherhood with whatever vir- tue or ideal it emphasizes? Is here not scope given for every honest endeavor and each human craving for whatever cheers and inspires, enno- bles and refines man, for every vocation, profession, or skill; for whatever lifts dust-born man to higher standards of goodness, to higher states of blessedness? Too long, indeed, have Chinese walls, reared by nations and sects, kept man from his brother, to rend humanity asunder. Will the principle of toleration suffice? Or shall Lessiug's parable of the three rings plead for equality of church, mosque, and synagogue? What, then, about the rest of the creeds, the great Parliament of Religions? And what a poor plea for the Father, if, from love, he cheats his children, to find at the end be has but cheated himself of their love. No; e.ther all the rings are genuine and have the magic power of love, or the Father is himself a fraud. Trust and love, in order to enrich and uplift, must be firm and immutable, as God himself. If truth, love, and justice be the goal, they must be my fel- low-man's as well as mine And should not every act and every step of man and humanity lead onward to Zion's Hill, which shall stand high above all mounts of vision and aspiration, above every single truth and knowledge, faith and hope, the Mountain of the Lord? MUCH TO ADMIRE IN ALL MEN. DR. W, C. EGBERTS, OF NEW YORK, The honorary chairman of the afternoon session was Rev. Dr. W. C. Roberts of New York, formerly president of the Lake Forest University. He made a brief speech at the opening of the meeting, in which he said: The brotherhood of man is to me a most precious thought. It has been my pleasure to travel over the four quarters of the globe, to mingle CONFUCIANISM. 149 with a large number of nationalities, and I have found, in all of them, something to admire, something to emulate, and among them many to love. And, therefore, it is that I take great interest in this Religious Congress, where I have the pleasure of seeing the representatives of different nation- alities. I have been on their soil in many cases and have been kindly re- ceived; and, therefore, I am delighted to see that they are received kindly on our soil. It has been asked of me more than once how I could recon- cile the idea of a Congress of Religions with the Christian religion. I had no difficulty whatever with this. God has given two relelations, one in naturoi that displays His power and Godhead, and the other in His rational creatures, where we find much concerning His own moral character. And we Mnd that these friends who have come to us from China and India and the islands of the sea have been studying this very revelation of God in our nature, and I am inclined to think that, with their keen interest, they have gone deeper into the study than we have, because we have accepted the verbal revelation that has been given us and have let that suffice for many things. They have not that and, therefore, have gone more thoroughly into the other phase of divine revelation. In so far, therefore, as they give the right interpretation of that revelation of God in human nature, those of us who are called Christians are with them. We can not disagree with them as long as they give the right interpretation of God's writing in our nature. There we are on a common platform together. Those of us who are Chris- tians only differ from them in the interpretation again. We believe we have a clearer revelation from heaven that throws light on that revelation con- fined with them to nature, and if we understand it in that light we feel that we may get in advance of these friends who have been studying through the ages, man's revelation in man. We believe our interpretations are based on the revelation God has given us and, therefore, we have only something above and beyond that other revelation. The two phases are here and they are united on this platform; and so I am delighted to find the whole revelation of God represented by these friends that have come to us from abroad and those that belong to our own land. CONFUCIANISM. PUNG KWANG YU, A SCHOLAR OF CHINA, A DISCIPLE OF CONFUCIUS, SECRETARY OF THE CHINESE LEGATION AT WASHINGTON. All Chinese reformers of ancient and modern times have either exer- cised supreme authority as political heads of the nation or filled high posts as ministers of state. The only notable exception is Confucius. "Man," says Confucius in the Book of Rites, "is the product of heaven and earth, the union of the active and passive principles, the conjunction of the soul and spirit, and the ethereal essence of the five elements." Again he says: "Man is the heart of heaven and earth, and the nucleus of the rive elements, formed by assimilating food, by distinguishing sounds, and by the action of light." Now, the heaven and earth, the active and passive principles, and the soul and spirit are dualisms resulting from unities. The product of heaven and earth, the union of the active and passive principles, the conjunction of the soul and spirit, are unities resulting from dualisms. Man, being the connecting link between unities and dualisms, is therefore called the heart of heaven and earth. By reason of his being the heart of heaven and earth, humanity is his natural faculty and love his controlling emotion. 150 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. "Humanity," says Confucius, "is the characteristic of man." On this account humanity stands at the head of the five faculties, humanity, recti- tude, propriety, understanding, and truthfulness. Humanity must have the social relations for its sphere of action. Love must begin at home. What are the social relations ? They are the sovereign and subject, parent and child, husband and wife, elder and younger brothers and friends. These are called the five relations or natural relations. As the relation of husband and wife must have been recognized before that of sovereign or subject, or that of parent or child, the relation of husband and wife is, therrtfore, the first of the social relations. The relations of husband and wife bear a certain analogy to that of " kieu " and " kium." The word kien may be taken in the sense of heaven, sovereign, parent or husband. As the earth is subservient to heaven, so is the subject subservient to the sovereign, the child to the parent and the wife to the husband. These three main- stays of the social structure have their origin in the law of nature, and do not owe their existence to the invention of men. The emotions are but the manifestations of the soul's faculties when acted upon by external objects. There are seven emotions, namely: Joy, anger, grief, fear, hate, and desire. The faculties of the soul derive their origin from nature and are therefoi-e called natural faculties; the emotions emanate from man and are therefore called human emotions. Humanity sums up the virtues of the five natural faculties. Filial duty lies at the foundation of humanity. The sense of propriety serves to regulate the emotions. The recognition of the relation of husband and wife is the first step in the cultivation and development of humanity. The principles that direct human progress are sincerity and charity, and the principles that carry it forward are devotion and honor. '' Do not unto others," says Confucius, " whatsoever ye would not that others should do unto you." Again he says: A noblemimled man has four rules to regulate his conduct: To serve one's parents in such a manner as is required of a son; to serve one's sovereign in such a manner as is requinid of a subject: to serve one's elder brother in sucli a man- ner as is required of a younger brother; to set an example of dealing with one's friends in sucih a manner as is required of friends. This succinct statement puts in a nutshell all the requirements of sin- cerity, charity, devotion, and honor; in other words of humanity itself. Therefore, all natural virtues and established doctrines that relate to the duties of man in his relations to society must have their origin in humanity. On the other hand the principle that retjulates the actions and conduct of men from beginnmg to end can be no other than propriety. What are the rules of propriety? The Book of Rites treats of such as relate to ceremonies on attaining majority, marriages, funerals, sac- rifices, court receptions, banquets, the worship of heaven, the observance of stated feasts, the sphere of woman, and the education of youth.. The rules of propriety are based on rectitude and should be carried out with understanding, so as to show their truth, to the end that humanity may appear in its full splendor. The aim is to enable the five innate qualities of the soul to have full and free play, and yet to enable each in its action to promote the action of the rest. If we were to go into details on this sub- ject and enlarge on the various lines of thought as they present themselves we should find that myriads of words and thousands of paragraphs would not suffice, for then we should have to deal with such problems as relate to the observation of facts, the systematization of knowledge, the establish- ment of right principles, the rectification of the heart, the disciplining of self, the regulation of the family, the government of the nation, and the pacification of the world. Such are the elements of instruction and self- education which Confucianists consider as essential to make man what he ought to be. CONFUCIANISM. 151 Now, man is only a species of naked animal. He was naturally stricken with fear and went so far as to worship animals against which he was help- less. To this may be traced the origin of religious worship. It was only man, however, that nature had endowed with intelligence. On this account he could take advantage of the natural elements, and his primary object was to increase the comforts and remove the dangers of life. As he passed from a savage to a civilized state he initiated movements for the education of the rising generation by detiuing the relations and duties of society, and by laying special emphasis on the disciplining of self. Therefore, man is called the " nucleus of the five elements and the ethereal essence of the five elements formed by assimilating food, by distinguishing sounds and by the action of Ught." Herein lies the dignity of human nature. Herein we recognize the chief characteristic that distinguishes man from animals. The various tribes of feathered, haired, scaled, or shelled animals, to be sure, are not entirely incapable of emotion. As emotions are only phenomena of the soul's different faculties, animals may be said to possess, to a limited degree, faculties similar to the faculties of man, and are there- fore entirely devoid of the pure essence of nature. Prom the beginning of the creation the intelligence of animals has remained the same, and will doubtless remain the same until the end of time. They are incapable of improvement or progress. This shows that the substance of their organi- zation must be derived from the imperfect and gross elements of the earth, so that when it unites with the ethereal elements to form the faculties, the spiritual qualities can not gain full play, as in the case of man. " In the evolution of the animated creation," says Confucius, in connection with this subject, " nature can only act upon the substance of each organized being, and bring out its innate qualities. She, therefore, furnishes proper nour- ishment to those individuals that stand erect and trample upon those indi- viduals that lie prostrate." The idea is that nature has no fixed purpose. As for man, he also has natural imperfections. This is what Con- fucianists call essential imperfections in the constitution. The reason is that the organizations which different individuals have received from the earth are very diverse in character. It is but natural that the faculties of different individuals should develop abilities and capabilities which are equally diverse in degrees and kinds. It is not that different individuals have received from nature different measures of intelligence. Man only can remove the imperfections inherent in the substance of his organization by directing his mind to intellectual pursuits, by abiding in virtue, by following the dictates of humanity, by subduing anger, and by restraining the appetites. Lovers of mankind, who have the regeneration of the world at heart, would doubtless consider it desirable to have some moral panacea which could completely remove all the imperfections from the organic substance of the human species, so that the whole race might be reformed with ease and expedition. But such a method of procedure does not seem to be the way in which nature works. She only brings out the innate qualities of every substance. Still it is worth while to cherish such a desire on account of its tendency to elevate human nature, though we know it to be impossible of fulfillment, owing to the limitations of the human organization. Man is then endowed with faculties of the highest dignity. Yet there are those who so far degrade their manhood as to give themselves up to the unlimited indulgence of those appetites which they have in common with birds, beasts, and fishes, to the utter loss of their moral sense without being sensible of their degradation, perhaps. In case they have really become insensible then even heaven can not possibly do anything with them. But if they, at any time become sensible of their condition, they must be stricken with a sense of shame, not unmingled, perhaps, with fear and trembling. If, after experiencing a sense of shame, mingled with fear 152 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. and trembling, they repent of their evil doings, then they become men again with their humanity restored. This is a doctrine maintained by all the schools of Confucianists. "Reason," says Confucius in his notes to the Book of Changes, "con- sists in the proper union of the active and passive principles of nature." Again he says: "What is called spirit is the inscrutable state of 'yin' and 'yang,' or the passive and active principles of nature." Now, "yang" is heaven, or ether. Whenever ether, by condensation, assumes a substantive form and remains suspended in the heavens, there is an admixture of the active and passive principles of nature, with the active principal predomi- nating. "Yin," or the passive principle, of nature is earth or substance. Whenever a substance which has the property of absorbing ether is attracted to the earth there is an admixture of the active and passive principles of nature, with the passive principle predominating. As the sunrises in the East and sets in the West, its going and coming makmg one day, so the quantity of ether which the earth holds varies from time to time. Exhaltation follows absorption; systole succeeds diastole. It is these small changes that produce day and night. As the sun travels also from North to South and makes a complete revolution in one year, so the quantity of ether which the earth holds varies from time to time. Exhalation follows absorption ; systole succeeds diastole. It is these great changes that produce heat and cold. The movements of the active and passive principles of the universe bear a certain resemblance to the move- ments of the sun. There are periods of rest, periods of activity, periods of expansion, and periods of contraction. The two principles may sometimes repel each other, but can never go beyond each other's influences. They may also attract each other, but do not by this means spend their force. They seem to permeate all things from beginning to end. They are invisible »nd inaudible, yet it can not be said for this reason they do not exist. This is what is meant by inscrutability, and this is what Confucius calls spirit. Still it is necessary to guard against confounding this conception of spirit with that of nature. Nature is an entirely active element and must needs have a passion element to operate upon in order to bring out its energy. On the other hand, it is also an error to confound spirit with matter. Matter is entirely passive and must needs have some active ele- ment to act upon it in order to concentrate its virtues. It is to the action and reaction, as well as to the mutual sustentation of the essences of the active and passive principles that the sijirit of anything owes its being. In case there is no union of the active and passive principles, the ethereal and substantive elements lie separate, and the influences of the heavens and the earth can not come into conjunction. This being the case, whence can spirits derive their substance? Thus the influences of the heavens and material objects must act and react upon each other, and enter into the composition of each other, in order to enable every material object to incor- porate a due proportion of energy with its virtues. Each object is then able to assume its proper form, whether large or small, and acquire the prop- erties peculiar to its constitution, to the end that it may fulfill its functions in the economy of nature. For example, the spirits of mountains, hills, rivers, and marshes are invisible; we see only the manifestations of their power in winds, clouds, thunders, and rains. The spirits of birds, quadrupeds, insects, and fishes are invisible; we see only the manifestations of their power -in flying, run- ning, burrowing, and swimming. The spirits of terrestrial and aquatic plants are invisible; we see only the manifestations of their power in flow- ers, fruits, and the various tissues. The spirit of man is invisible, yet when we consider that the eyes can see, the ears can hear, the mouth can distin- guish flavors, the nose can smell, and the mind can grasp what is most minute as well as what is most remote, how can we account for all this ? CONFUCIANISM. 153 In the case of man, the spirit is in a more concentrated and better dis- ciplined state than the rest of the created things. On this account the spirit of man after death, though separated from the body, is still able to retain its essential virtues, and does not become easily dissipated. This is the ghost, or disembodied spirit. The followers of Taoism and Buddhism often speak of immortality and everlasting life. Accordingly they subject themselves to a course of dis- cipline, in the hope that they may by this means attain to that happy Buddhistic or Taoistic existence. They aim merely to free the spirit from the limitations of the body. Taoist and Buddhist priests often speak of the rolls of spirits and the records of souls, and make frequent mention of heaven and hell. They seek to inoculate that the good will receive their due reward and the wicked will suffer eternal punishment. They mean to convey the idea of course, that rewards and punishments will be dealt out to the spirits of men after death according to their deserts. Such beliefs doubtless had their origin in attempts to influence the actions of men by appealing to their likes and dislikes. The purpose of inducing men to do good and forsake evil by presenting in striking contrast a hereafter to be striven for and a hereafter to be avoided is laudable enough in some respects. But it is the perpetuation of falsehood by slavishly clinging to errors that deserve condemnation. For this reason Confucianists do not accept such doctrines, though they make no attempt to suppress them. "We can not as yet," says Confucius, "perform our duties to men, bow can we perform our duties to spirits?" Agai;i he says: "We know not, as yet, about life; how can we know about death?" "From this time on," says Tsang-tz, "I know that I am saved." "Let my consistent actions remain," says Chang-tz, " and I shall die in peace." It will be seen that the wise and good men of China have never thought it advisable to give up teaching the duties of life and turn to speculations oa the conditions of souls and spirits after death. But from various passages in the Book of Changes it may be inferred that the souls of men after death are in the same state as they were before birth. Why is it that Confucianists apply the word " ti " to heaven and not to spirits? The reason is that there is but one " ti," the Supreme Ruler, the governor of all subordinate spirits, who can not be said to be propitious or unpropitious, beneficent and maleficent. Inferior spirits, on the other hand, owe their existence to material substances. As substances have noxious or useful properties, so some spirits may be propitious, others unpropitious, and some benevolent, others malevolent. Man is part of the material universe; the spirit of man, a species of spirits. All created things can be distributed into groups, and individuals of the same species are generally found together. A man, therefore, whose heart is good must have a good spirit. By reason of the influence exerted by one spirit upon another, a good spirit naturally tends to attract all other propitious and good spirits. This is happiness. Now, if every indi- vidual has a good heart, then from the action and re-action of spirit upon spirit, only propitious and good influences can flow. The country is blessed with prosperity; the government fulfills its purpose. What happiness can be compared with this? On the other hand, when a man has an evil heart his spirit can not but be likewise evil. On account of the influence exerted by one spirit upon another, the call of this spirit naturally meets with ready responses from all other unpropitious and evil spirits. This is misery. If every individual harbors an evil heart, then a responsive chord is struck in all unpropitious and evil spirits. Evil influences are scattered over the country. Misfortunes and calamities overtake the land. There is an end of good government. What misery can be compared with this? Thus iu the administration of public affairs a wise legislator always 154 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. takes into consideration the spirit of the times in devising means for the advancement and promotion of civilization. He puts his reUance on cere- monies and music to carry on the good vi^ork, and makes use of punishment and the sword as a last resort, in accordance with the good or ba,l tendency of the age. His aim is to restore the human heart to its pristine innocence by establishing a standard of goodness, and by pointing out a way of sal- vation to every creature. The right principles of action can only be dis- covered by studying the waxing and waning of the active and passive elements of nature, as set forth in the Book of Changes, and surely can not be understood by those who believe in what priests call the dispensations of providence. Human affairs are made up of thousands of acts of individuals. What, therefore, constitutes a good action, and what a bad action ? What is done for the sake of others is disinterested ; a disintereste'WO'HTtD l«fr: 15, KINZA RINGE M. HIRAI. Japanese Buddhist. IMMORTALITY. 169 As a method or process of human betterment, religion is the fullness of all outer and inner, visible and invisible aids to bring the mind and heart of man under the immediate influence of the Divine Spirit in the union of love. Organizations and authorities and discipline, sacraments and wor- ship are external channels, helps and incitements to love, instituted by the Son of God, as the extension of his own external divine life. Their end is to convey to the soul his inner divine life, and bring into participation in his immediate union with the Father and the Holy Ghost. His external order of church serves him everywhere and for all time, and his body served him while on earth, continuing and completing by a visible means the spiritual end, man's deification through divine love. The age, we are told, calls for men worthy of that name. Who are those worthy to be called men ? Men assuredly whose intelligences and wills are divinely illuminated and strengthened. This is precisely what is produced by the gifts of the Holy Spirit; they enlarge all the faculties of the soul at once. The age is superficial; it needs the gift of Wisdom. The age is materialistic; it needs the gift of Intelligence. The age is captivated by a false and one-sided science; it needs the gift of Science. The age is in dis- order, and is ignorant of the way to true progress; it needs the gift of Counsel. The age is impious; it needs the gift of Piety. The age is sen- sual and effeminate; it needs the gift of Fortitude. The age has lost and forgotten God; it needs the gift of Fear. Men endowed with these gifts are the men for whom, if it but knew it, the age calls. One such soul does more to advance the kingdom of God than tens of thousands without those gifts. Religion taken, then, at the highest development, which is Christianity, is the elevation of man to union with God, in an order of life transcending the natural. It attains this end by elevating the soul to heavenly wisdom in divine faith, heavenly life in divine love. It will be seen that the ideal religious character is not formed by constant absorption in thoughts of the Deity's attributes of sovereignty, but rather by meditation on all the attributes, loving-kindness being supreme. For the same reason, it is not obedience that holds the place of honor among the virtues; in forming the filial character love is supreme. Love outranks all virtues. The greatest of these is charity. It is not the spirit of conformity, but that of union, which rules the conduct of a son. It never can be said that it is by reason of obedience that men love, but it must always be said of obedience that it is by reason of love that it is made perfect. Obedience generates conformity, but love has a fecundity which generates every virtue, for it alone ^s wholly unitive. The highest boast of obedience is that it is the first-born of love. As the Humanity said of the Divinity, "'I go to the Father, because the Father is greater than I," so obedience says of love, " I go to my parent virtue, for love is greater than I." Hence not the least fault we find with the religious separation of the last 300 years is, that it has unduly accentuated the sovereignty of God. IMMORTALITY. Rev. Phillip Moxon was introduced, and among other things said: It is impossible, of course, within the limits of this brief paper even to state the entire argument for the immortality of man. The most that I can hope to do is to indicate those main lines of reasoning which appeal to the average intelligent mind as confirmatory of a belief in immortality already existent. Three or four considerations should be noticed at the outset: 170 THE PARLIAMENT OF BELtOlONS. First it is doubtful whether any reasoning on this subject should be intelligible to man if he did not have precedent by at least a capacity for immortality. However we may define it, there is that in man's nature which makes him susceptible to the tremendous idea of everlasting exist- ence. It would seem as if only a deathless being, in the midst of a world in which all forms of life perceptible by his senses are born and die in end- less succession, could think of himself as capable of surviving this universal order. The capacity to raise and discuss the question of immortality has therefore implications that radically make man differ from all the creatures about him. Just as he could not think of virtue without a capacity for virtue, so he could not think of immortality without at least a capacity for that which he thinks. A second preliminary consideration is that immortality is inseparably bound up with theism. Theism makes immortality rational. Atheism makes it incredible, if not unthinkable. The highest form of the belief in immortality inevitably roots itself in and is part of the soul's belief in God. A third consideration is that a scientific proof of immortality is at pres- ent impossible in the ordinary sense of the phrase, " scientific proof." A fourth consideration is that immortality is inseparable from person- ality. The whole significance of man's existence lies ultimately in its dis- creetness — in the evolution and persistence of self-conscious ego. THE SOUL AND ITS FUTURE LIFE. REV. SAMUEL N. WARREN (rEAD BY DR. MERCER OF CHICAGO). It is a doctrine of the New Church that the soul is substantial — though not of earthly substance — and is the very man; that the body is merely the earthly form and instrument of the soul, and that every part of the body is produced from the soul, according to its likeness, in order that the soul may be fitted to perform its functions in the world during the brief but important time that this is the place of man's conscious abode. If, as all Christians believe, man is an immortal being, created to live on through the endless ages of eternity, then the longest life in this world is, comparatively, but as a point, an infinitesimal part of his existence. In this view it is not rational to believe that that part of man which is for his brief use in this world only, and is left behind when he passes out of this world, is the most real and substantial part of him. That is more substan- tial which is more enduring, and that is the more real part of a man in which his characteristics and his qualities are. All the facts and phe- nomena of life confirm the doctrine that the soul is the real man. What makes the quality of a man? What gives him character as good or bad small or great, lovable or detestable? Do these qualities pertain to the body? Every one knows they do not. But they are the qualities of the inan. Then the real man is not the body, but is " the living soul." If there is immortal life he has not vanished, except from mortal and material sight. As between the soul and the body, then, there can be no rational question as to which is the substantial and which the evanescent thing. Again, if the immortal soul is the real man, and is substantial, what must be its form? It can not be a formless, vaporous thing and be a man. Can it have other than the human form? Reason clearly sees that if form- less, or in any other form, he would not be a man. The soul of man, or the real man, is a marvelous assemblage of powers and faculties of will and understanding, and the human form is such as it is because it is perfectly adapted to the exercise of these various powers and faculties. In other THE SOUL AND ITS FUTURE LIFE. 171 words, the soul forms itself, under the Divine Maker's hand, into an organ- ism by which it can adequately and perfectly put forth its wondrous and wonderfully varied powers, and bring its purposes into acts. The human form is thus an assemblage of organs that exactly corre- sponds to and embody and are the express image of the various faculties of the soul. And there is no organ of the human form the absence of which would not hinder and impede the free and efficient action and putting forth of the soul's powers. And by the human form is not meant merely, nor primarily, the organic forms of the material body. The faculties are of the soul, and if the soul is the man, and endures when the body decays and vanishes, it must itself be in a form which is an assemblage of organs per- fectly adapted and adequate to the exercise of its powers, that is, in the human form. The human form is, then, primarily and especially, the form of the soul — which is the perfection of all forms, as man, at his highest, is the consummation and fullness of all loving and intelligent attributes. But when does the soul itself take on its human form? Is it not until the death of the body? Manifestly, if it is the very form of the soul, the soul can not exist without it, and it is put on in and by the fact of its creation and the gradual development of its powers. It could have no other form and be a human soul. Its organs are the necessary organs of its faculties and powers, and these are clothed with their similitudes in dead material forms animated by the soul for temporary use in the material world. The soul is omnipresent in the material body, not by diffusion, formlessly, but each organ of the soul is within and is the soul of the corresponding organ of the body. That the immortal soul is the very man involves the eternal preservation of his identity. For in the soul are the distinguishing qualities that con- stitute the individuality of a -man — all those certain characteristics, affec- tional and intellectual, which make him such or such a man, and distinguish and differentiate him from all other men. He remains, therefore, the same man to all eternity. He may become more and more, to endless ages, an angel of light — even as here a man may advance greatly in wisdom and intelligence, and yet is always the same man. This doctrine of the soul involves also the permanency of established character. The life in this world is the period of character building. It has been very truthfully said that a man is a bundle of habits. What manner of man he is depends on what his manner of life has been. If evil and vicious habits are continued through life they are fixed and confirmed and become of the very life, so that the man loves and desires no other life, and does not wish to — will not be led out of them — because he loves the practice of them. On the other hand, if from childhood a man has been inured to virtuous habits, these habits become fixed and established and of his very soul and life. In either case the habits thus fixed and con- firmed are of the immortal soul and constitute its permanent character. The body, as to its part, has been but the pliant instrument of the soul. With respect to the soul's future life the first important consideration is what sort of a world it will inhabit. If we have shown good reasons for believing the doctrine that a soul is not a something formless, vague, and shadowy, but is itself an organic human form, substantial, and the very man, then it must inhabit a substantial and very real world. It is a gross fallacy of the senses, but there is no substance but matter, and nothing substantial but what is material. Is not God, the Divine, Omnipotent Creator of all things, substantial? Can omnipotence be an attribute of that which has no substance and no form? Is such an existence conceiv- able? But He is not material and not visible or cognizable by any mortal sense. Yet we know that he is substantial; for it is manifest in His wond- rous and mighty works. There is, then, spiritual substance. And of such substance must be the world wherein the soul is eternally to dwell- It is 172 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. the reality of the spiritual world that makes this world real— just as it is the reality of the soul that makes the human body a reality and a possi- bility. As there could be no body without the soul, there could be no natural world without the spiritual. Not only is that world substantial, but it must be a world of surpassing loveliness and beauty. It has justly been considered one of the most benefi- cent manifestations of the divine love and wisdom that this beautiful world that we briefly inhabit is so wondrously adapted to all men's wants and to call into exercise and gratify his every faculty and good desire. And when he leaves this temporary abode, a man with all his faculties exalted and refined by freedom from the incumbrance of theflenh — an incumbrance which we are often very conscious of — will he not enti r a world of beauty exceeding the loveliest aspects of this? The soul is human, and the world in which it is to dwell is adapted to human life; and it would not be adapted to human life if we did not adequately meet and answer to the soul's desires. It is reasonable this material world should be so full of life and loveliness and beauty, when "Nature spreads for every sense a feast," to gratify every exalted faculty of the soul. And not the spiritual world wherein the soul is to abide forever. And the life of that world is human life. The same laws of life and hap- piness obtain there that govern here, because they are grounded in human nature. Man is a social being, and everywhere, in that world as in this, desires and seeks the companionship of those that are congenial to him — that is, who are of similar quality to himself. Men are thus mutually drawn together by spiritual affinity. This is the law of association here, but it is less perfectly operative in this world, because there is much dissimula- tion among men, so that they often do not appear to be what they really are, and thus by false and deceptive appearances the good and the evil are often associated together. And so it is for a time and in a measure in the first state and region into which men come when they enter the spiritual world. They go into that world as they are, and are at first in a mixed state, as in this wot Id. This continues until the real character is clearly manifest, and good and evil are separated, and they are thus prepared for their final and per- manent association and abode. They who, in the world, have made some real effort, and beginning, to live a good life, but have evil habits not yet overcome, remain there until they are entirely purified of evil, and are fitted for some society of heaven; and those who inwardly are evil and have outwardly assumed a virtuous garb, remain until their dissembled goodness is cast off and their inward character becomes outwardly mani- fest. When this state of separation is complete there can be no successful dissimulation — the good and the evil are seen and known as such, and the law of spiritual affinity becomes perfectly operative by their own free volition and choice. Then the evil and the good become entirely separated into their congenial societies. 1 he various societies and communities of the good thus associated constitute heaven and those of the evil constitute hell-— not by any arbitrary judgment of an angry God, but of voluntary choice, by the perfect and unhindered operation of the law of human nature that leads men to prefer and seek the companionship of those most congenial to themselves. As regards the permanency of the state of those who by established evil are fixed and determined in their love of evil life, it is not of the Lord's will, but of their own. We are taught in His Holy Word that He is ever "gracious and full of compassion." He would that they should turn from their evil ways and live, but they will not. There is no moment, in this or in the future life, when the infinite mercj of the Lord would not that an evil man should turn from his evil course and live a virtuous and upright and happy life; but they will not in that RELIGIOUS SYSTEM Ob' THE PARSEES. 173 world for the same reason that they would not in this, because when evil habits are once lixed and confirmed, they love them and will not turn from them. "Can the Ethiopian change his skin, or the leopard his spots? Then may they also do good that are accustomed to do evil." Heaven is a heaven of man, and the life of heaven is human life. The conditions of life in that exalted state are greatly different from the conditions here, but it is human life adapted to such transcendent conditions, and the laws of life in that world, as we have seen, are the same as in this. Man was created to be a free and willing agent of the Lord to bless his kind. His true happi- ness comes, not in seeking happiness for himself, but in seeking to promote the happiness of others. Where all are animated by this desire, all are mutually and reciprocally blest. Such a state is heaven, whether measurably in this world or fully and perfectly in the next. Then must there be useful ways in heaven by which they can contribute to each other's happiness. And of such kind will be the employments of heaven, for there must be useful employments. There could be no happiness to beings who are designed and formed for useful- ness to others. What the employments are in that exalted position we can not well know, except as some of them are revealed to us, and of them we have faint and feeble conception. But undoubtedly one of them is attend- ance upon men in this world. Such in general, according to the revealed doctrines of the New Church is the future life of the immortal souls of men. RELIGIOUS SYSTEM OF THE PARSEES. JINANJI JAMSHODJI MODI. The greatest good that a Parliament of Religions, like the present, can do is to establish what Professor Max Muller calls " that great golden dawn of truth ' that there is a religion behind all religions.' " The learned prof essor very rightly says that "Happy is the man who knows that truth, in these days of Qiaterialism and atheism." If this Parliament of Religions does nothing else but spread the knowledge of this golder truth and thus make a large number of men happy, it will immortal- ize its name. The object of my paper is to take a little part in the noble efPorts of this great gathering, to spread the knowl- edge of that golden truth from a Parsee point of view. The Parsees of India are the followers of Zoroastrianism, of the religion of Zoroaster, a religion which was for centuries both the state religion and the national religion of ancient Persia. As Professor Max Muller says: There were periods in the history of the world when the worship of Ormuzd threatened to rise triumphant on the ruins of the temples of all other gods. If the battles of Marathon and Salamis had been lost and Greece had succumbed to Persia, the state religion of the empire of Cyrus, 174 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. which was the worship of Ormuzd, might have become the religion of the whole civilized world. Persia had absorbed the Assyrian and Babylonian Empires- Jews were either in Persian captivity or under Persian sway at home-' the sacred monuments of Egypt had been mutilated by the hands of Persian soldiers. The edicts of the king— the king of kings— were sent to India, to Greece, to Scythia, and to Egypt, and if "by the grace of Ahura- Mazda" Darius had crushed the liberty of Greece, the purer faith of Zoro- aster might easily have superseded the Olympian fables. With the overthrow of the Persian monarchy under its last Sassanian king, Yazdagard, at the battle of Nehavand in A. D. 642, the religion received a check at the hands of the Arabs, who, with sw^ord in one hand and Koran in the other, made the religion of Islam both the state religion and national religion of the country. But many of those who adhered to the faith of their fathers quitted their' ancient fatherland for the hospitable shores of India. The modern Parsees of India are the descendants of those early settlers. As a former governor of Bombay said: " Their position is unique — a handful of persons among the teeming millions of India, and yet who not only have preserved their ancient race with the utmost purity, but also their religion absolvitely unimpaired by contact with others." In the words of Rt. Rev. Dr. Meurin, the learned Bishop (Vicar Apos- tolic) of Bombay, in 1885, the Parsees are " a people who have chosen to relinquish their venerable ancestors' homesteads rather than abandon their ancient religion, the founder of v?hich lived no less than 3,000 years ago — a people who, for a thousand years, have formed in the midst of the great Hindu people, not unlike an island in the sea, a quiet, separate, and dis- tinct nation, peculiar and remarkable, as for its race, so for its religious and social life and customs." Professor Max MuUer says of the religion of the Parsees : Though every religion is of real and vital interest in its earliest state only, yet its later development, too, with all its misunderstandings, faults, and corruptions, offers many an instructive lesson to the thoughtful student of history. Here is a religion, one of the most ancient of the world, once tlie state relijrion of the most powerful empire, driven away from its native soil and deprived of political influ- ence, without even the prestige of a powerful or enlightened priesthood, and yet professed by a handful of exiles— men of wealth, Intelligence, and moral worth in western India- with unhesitating fervor such as is seldom to be found in larger religious communities. Ii'is well worth the earnest endeavour of the philosopher and the divine to discover, if possible, the spell by which this apparently effete n^ligion continues to,oommand the attachment of the enlightened Parsees of India, and makes them turn a deaf ear to the allurements of the Brahmanic worship and the earnest appeals of Christian missionaries. Zoroastrianism or Parseeism — by whatever name the system may be called — is a monotheistic form of religion. It believes in the existence of one God, whom it knows under the names of Mazda, Ahura, and Ahura- Mazda, the last form being one that is most commonly met with in the latter writings of the Avesta. The first and the greatest truth that dawns vjpon the' mind of a Zoroastrian is that the great and the iniinite universe, of which he is an infinitesimally small part, is the work of a powerful hand — the result of a master mind. The first and the greatest conception of that master mind, Ahura-Mazda, is that, as the name implies, he is the Omniscient Lord, and as such he is the ruler of both the material and immaterial world, the corporeal and the incorporeal world, the visible and the invisible world. The regular movements of the sun and the stars, the peri- odical waxing and waning of the moon, the regular way in which the sun and the clouds are sustained, the regular flow of waters and the gradual growth of vegetation, the rapid movements of the winds and the regular succession of light and darkness, of day and night, with their accompani- ments of sleep and wakefulness, all these grand and striking phenomena of nature point to and bear ample evidence of the existence of an almighty power who is not only the creator, but the preserver of this great universe, who has not only launched that universe into existence with a premeditated RELIGIOUS SYSTEM OF THE PARSEES. 175 plan of completeness, but who, with the controlling hand of a father, pre- serves by certain tixed laws harmony and order here, there, and everywhere. As Ahura-Mazda is the ruler of the physical world, so He is the ruler of the spiritual world. His distinguished attributes are good mind, right- eousness, desirable control, piety, jjerfection, and immortality. He is the Beneficent Spirit from whom emanate all good and all piety. He looks into the hearts of men and sees how much of the good and of the piety that have emanated from Him has made its home there, and thus rewards the virtuous and punishes the vicious. Of course, one sees at times, in the plane of this world, moral disorders and want of harmony, but then the present state is only a part, and that a very small part, of His scheme of moral government. As the ruler of the world, Ahura-Mazda hears the prayers of the ruled. He grants the prayers of those who are pious in thoughts, pious in words, and pious in deeds. "He not only rewards the good, but punishes the wicked. All that is created, good or evil, fortune or misfortune, is His work." We have seen that Ahura-Mazda, or God, is, according to Parsee script- ures, the causer of all causes. He is the creator as well as the destroyer, the increaser as well as the decreaser. He gives birth to different creatures, and it is He who brings about their end. How is it, then, that He brings about these two contrary results? In the words of Dr. Haug: Having arrived at the grand idea of the unityandindivisibility of the Supreme Being, he (Zoroaster) undertook to solve the great problem which has engaged tlie attention of so many wise men of antiquity and even of modern times, viz., Jlow are the imperfections discoverable in the world, the various kinds of evils, wickedness and baseness, compatible with the goodness, holiness, and justice of God? This great thinker of remote antiquity solved this difHcult question philo- sophically by the supposition of two primeval causes, which, though different, were united and produced the world of material things, as well as that of the spirit. These two primeval causes or principles are called in the Avesta the two " Mainyus." This word comes from the ancient Aryan root "man," to " think." It may be properly rendered into English by the word " spirit," meaning " that which can only be conceived by the mind but not felt by the senses. " Of these two spirits or primeval causes or principles one is creative and the other destructive. These two spirits work under the Almighty day and night. They create and destroy, and this they have done ever since the world was created. According to Zoroaster's philosophy our world is the work of these two hostile principles, Spenta-mainyush, the good principle, and Angro-mainyush, the evil principle, both serving under one God. In the words of thatlearned Orientalist, Professor Darmestetter, " all that is good in the world comes from the'former; all that is bad in it comes from the latter. The history of the world is the history of their conflict; how Angro-mainyu invaded the world of Ahura-Mazda and marred it, and how he shall be expelled from it at last. Man is active in the conflict, his duty in it being laid before him in the law revealed by Ahura-Mazda to Zarathushtra. When the appointed time is come * * * Angro-mainyu and hell will be destroyed, men will rise from the dead and everlasting happiness will reign over the world." These philosophical notions have led some learned men to misunderstand Zoroastrian theology. Some authors entertain an opinion that Zoroaster preached Dualism. But this is a serious misconception. In the Parsee scriptures the names of God are Mazda, Ahura, and Ahura-Mazda, the last two words being a compound of the first two. The first two w^ords are common in the earliest writings of the Gatha, and the third in the later scriptures. In the later times the word Ahura-Mazda, instead of being restricted like Mazda, the name of God, began to be used in a wider sense and was applied to Spentamainyush, the Creative or the Good principle. This being the case, wherever the word Ahura-Mazda was used in opposition to that of Angro-mainyush, later authors took it as the name of God, 176 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. and noi a« the name of the Creative principle, which it really was. Thus the very fact of Ahura-Mazda's name being employed in opposition to. that of Angro-mainyush or Ahi-iman led to the not in that Zoroastrian scriptures preached dualism. - , , -, ■ ^ r^ ^ ■ ■ Not only is the charge of dualism as leveled against Zoroastrianism, and as ordinarily understood, groundless, but there is a close resemblance )'etween the ideas of the devil among the Christians and those of the Ahriman among the Zoroastrians. Dr. Haug says the same thing in the following words: The Zoroastrii-n idea of the devil and the infernal kingdom coincides entirely with ti.e Christian doctrine. The devil is a murderer and father of lies according to both the Bible and the Zend Avesta. Thus we see that, according to Zoroaster's philosophy, there are two primeval principles that produce our material world. Consequently, though the Almighty is creator of all, a part of the creation is said to be created by the good principle and a part by the evil principle. Thus, for example, the heavenly bodies, the earth, water, fire, horses, dogs and such other objects are the creation of the Good Principle, and serpents, ants, locusts, etc., are the creation of the Evil Principle. In short, those things that conduce to the greatest good of the greatest number of mankind fall under the category of the creations of the Good Principle, and those that lead to the contrary result, under that of the creations of the Evil Princi- ple. This being the case, it is incumbent upon men to do actions that would support the cause of the Good Principle and destroy that of the Evil one. Therefore, the cultivation of the soil, the rearing of domestic animals, etc., on the one hand and the destruction of wild animals and other noxious creatures on the other are considered meritorious actions by the Parsees. As there are two primeval principles under Ahura-Mazda that produce our material world, so there are two principles inherent in the nature of man which encourage him to do good or tempt him to do evil. One asks him to svipport the cause of the Good Principle, the other to support that of the Evil Principle. The first is known by the name of Vonumana or Behemana, i. e., " good mind." The prefix " vohu " or " beh " is the same word as that of which our English " better " is the comparative. Mana is the same as the word " maniyu " and means mind or spirit. The second is known by the name of Akamana, i. e., bad mind. The prefix " aka " means bad and is the same as our English word "ache" in " headache." Now the fifth chapter of the Vendidad gives, as it were, a short defini- tion of what is morality or piety. There, first of all, the writer says: "Purity is the best thing for man after birth." This you may say is the motto of the Zoroastrian religion. Therefore M. Harlez very properly says that, according to Zoroastrian scriptures, the "notion of the word virtue sums itself up in that of the 'Asha.'" This word is the same as the San- skrit "rita," which word corresponds to our English "right." It means therefore righteousness, piety, or purity. Then the writer proceeds to give a short definition of piety. It says that "the preservation of good thoughts, good Avords, and good deeds is piety." In these pithy words is summed up, so to say, the whole of the moral philosophy of the Zoroastrian scriptures. It says that if you want to lead a pious and moral life and thus to show a cleai- bill of spiritual health to the angel, Meher Daver, who watches the gates of heaven at the Chinvat bridge, practice these three: Think of nothing but the truth, speak nothing but the truth, and do nothing but what is proper. In short, what Zoroastrian moral philosophy teaches is this, that your good thoughts, good deeds, and good words alone will be your intercessors. Nothing more will be wanted. They alone will serve you as a safe pilot to the harbor of heaven, as a safe guide to the gates of paradise. The late Dr. Haug rightly observed that "the moral philosophy of Zoroaster was moving in the triad of 'thought, word, and deed.' " These RELIGIOUS SYSTEM OF THE PARSEES. 177 three words form, as it were, the pivot upon which the moral structure of Zorodstrianism turns. It is the ground-worls upon which the whole edifice of Zoroastrian morality rests. The following dialogue in the Pehelvi Padnameh of Buzurge-Meher shows in a succinct form what weight is attached to these three pithy words in the moral code of the Zoroastrians: Question— Who is the most fortunate man in the world? Answer— He who is the most innocent. Question -Who is the most innocent man in the world? Answer -He who walks in the path of God and shuns that of the devil. Question— Which is the path of God. and which that of the devil? Answer— Virtue is the path of God, and vice that of the devil. Question— What constitutes virtue, and what vice ? Answer— (Humata. hukhta, and hvarshta) Good thoughts, good words, and good deeds constitute virtue, and (dushmata, duzukhta, and duzvarshta) evil thoughts, evil words, and evil deeds constitute vice. Question— What constitute (humata, hukhta, and hvarshta) good thoughts, good words, and good deeds, and (dushmata, duzukhta, and duzvarshta) evil thoughts, evil words, and evil deeds? Answer— Honesty, charity, and truthfulness constitute the former, and dishon- esty, want of charity, and falsehood constitute the latter. From this dialogue it will be seen that a man who acquires (humata, hukhta, and hvarshta) good thoughts, good words, and good deeds, and thereby practices honesty, charity, and truthfulness, is considered to walk in the path of God, and therefore to be the most innocent and fortunate man. Herodotus also refers to the third cardinal virtue of truthfulness men- tioned above. He says that to speak the truth was one of the "three things taught to a Zoroastrian of his time from his very childhood. Zoroastrianism believes in the immortality of the soul. The Avesta writings of Hadokht Nushk, and the nineteenth chapter of the Vendidad, and of the Pehelvi books of Minokherad and Viraf-nameh treat of the fate of the soul after death. Its notions about heaven and hell correspond, to some extent, to the Christian notions about them A plant called the Hotua-i-saphid, or white Homa, a name corresponding to the Indian Soma of the Hindus, is held to be the emblem of the immortality of the soul. According to Dr. Windischmann and Professor Max MuUer, this plant reminds us of the "Tree of Life" in Ihe Garden of Eden. As in the Christian scriptures, the way to the tree of life is strictly guarded by the Cherubim, so in the Zoroastrian scriptures the Homa-i-Saphid, or the plant which is the emblem of immortality, is guarded by innumerable Fravashis — that is, guardian spirits. The number of these guardian spirits, as given in various books, is 99,999. Again, Zoroastrianism believes in heaven and hell. Heaven is called Vahishta-ahu in the Avesta books. It literally means the " best life." This word is afterward contracted, with a slight change, into the Persian word, "Behesht," which is the superlative form of "Veh," meaning good, and corresponds exactly with our Enghsh word, best. Hell is Known by the name of ''Achista-ahu." Heaven is represented as a place of radiance, splendor, and glory, and hell as that of gloom, darkness, and stench, Between heaven and this world there is supposed to be a bridge named "Chinvat." This word, from the Aryan root, " chi," meaning to pick up, to collect — means the place where a man's soul has to present a collective account of the actions done in the past life. According to the Parsee scriptures, for three days after a man's death his soul remains within the limits of the world under the guidance of the angel Srosh. If the deceased be a pious man or a man who led a virtuous life his soul utters the words " Ushta-ahmai yahmai ushta-kahmai-chit," i. e., " Well is he by whom that which is his benefit becomes the benefit of any one else." If he be a wicked man or one who led an evil life, his soul utters these plaintive words: " Kam nemoi zam? Kuthra nemo ayeni? i.e., " To which land shall I turn? Whither shall I go? " 178 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. On the dawn of the third night the departed souls appear at the " Chin- vat Bridge." This bridge is guarded by the angel Meher Daver, i. e., Meher the judge. He presides there as a judge, assisted by the angels Rashne and Astad,'the former representing justice and the latter truth. At this bridge and before this angel Meher, the soul of every man has to give an account of its doings in the past life. Meher Daver, the judge, weighs a man's actions by a scale-pan. If a man's good actions outweigh his evil ones, even by a small particle, he is allowed to pass from the bridge to the other end, to heaven. If his evil actions outweigh his good ones, even by a small weight, he is not allowed to pass over the bridge, but is hurled down into the deep abyss of hell. If his meritorious and evil deeds counterbalance each other he is sent to a place known as " hamast-gehan," corresponding to the Christian " purgatory " and the Mahommedan " aeraf." His merit- orious deeds done in the past life would prevent him from going to hell, and his evil actions would not let him go to heaven. Again Zoroastrian books say that the meritoriousness of good deeds and the sin of evil ones increase with the growth of time. As capital increases with interest, so good and bad actions done by a man in his life increase, as it were, with interest in their effects. Thus a meritorious deed done in young age is more effective than that very deed done in advanced age. A man must begin practicing virtue from his very young age. As in the case of good deeds and their meritoriousness, so in the case of evil actions and their sins. The burden of the sin of an evil action increases, as it were, with interest. A young man has a long time to repent of his evil deeds, and to do good deeds that could counteract the effect of his evil deeds. If he does not take advantage of these opportunities the burden of those evil deeds increases with time. The Parsee places of worship are known as fire temples. The very name, fire temple, would strike a non-Zoroastrian as an unusual form of worship. The Parsees do not worship fire as God. They merely regard fire as an emblem of refulgence, glory, and light, as the most 'perfect symbol of God, and as the best and noblest representative of His divinity. "In the eyes of a Parsee his (fire's) brightness, activity, purity, and incorruptibility bear the most perfect resemblance to the nature and perfection of the Deity." A Parsee looks upon fire " as the most perfect symbol of the Deity on account of its purity, brightness, activity, subtilty, purity and incorruptibility." Again, one must remember that it is the several symbolic ceremonies that add to the reverence entertained by a Parsee for the fire burning in his fire temples. A new element of purity is added to the fire burning in the fire temples of the Parsees by the religious ceremonies, accompanied with prayers that are performed over it, before it is installed in its place on a vase on an exalted stand in the chamber set apart. The sacred fire burn- ing there is not the ordinary fire burning on our hearths. It has undergone several ceremonies, and it is these ceremonies, full of meaning, that renders the fire more sacred in the eyes of a Parsee. We will briefly recount the process here. In establishing a fire temple fires from various places of manufacture are brought and kept in different vases. Great efforts are also made to obtain fire caused by lightning. Over one of these fires a perforated metallic flat tray with a handle attached is held. On this tray are placed small chips and dust of fragrant sandalwood. These chips and dust are ignited by the heat of the fire below, care being taken that the perforated tray does not touch the fire. Thus a new fire is created out of the first fire. Then from this new fire another is again produced, and so on, until the proc- ess is repeated nine times. The fire thus prepared after the ninth process is considered pure. The fires brought from other places of manufacture are treated in a similar manner. These purified fires are all collected together upon a large vase, which is then put in its proper place in a sepa- rate chamber. RELIGIOUS SYSTEM OF THE PARSE ES. 179 Now what does a fire so prepared signify to a Parsee? He thinks to himself: "When this fire in this vase before me, though pure in itself, though the noblest of the creations of God, and though the best symbol of the Divinity, had to undergo certain processes of puritication, had to draw out, as it were, its essence — nay; its quintessence — of purity to enable itself t J be worthy of occupying this exalted position, how much more necessary, more essential, and more important it Is for me — a poor mortal who is liable to commit sins and crimes, and who comes into contact with hundreds of evils, both physical and mental — to undergo the process of purity and piety by making my thoughts, words, and actions pass, as it were, through a sieve of piety and purity, virtue and morality, and to separate by that means my good thoughts, good words, and good actions from bad thoughts, bad words, and bad actions, so that I may, in my turn, be enabled to acquire an exalted position in the next world. Again, the fii-es put together as above are collected from the houses of men of different grades in society. This reminds a Parsee that, as all these fires from the houses of men of different grades have all, by the process of purification, equally acquired the exalted place in the vase, so before God all men — no matter to what'grades of society they belong — are equal, pro- vided they pass through the process of purification, i. e., provided they pre- serve purity of thoughts, purity of words and purity of deeds. Again, when a Parsee goes before the sacred fire, which is kept all day and night burning in the fire temple, the officiating priest presents before him the ashes of a part of the consumed fire. The Parsee applies it to his forenead, just as a Christian applies the consecrated water in his church, and thinks to himself: '"Dust to dust. The fire, all brilliant, shining, and resplendent, has spread the fragrance of the sweet-smelling sandal and frankincense round about, but is at last reduced to dust. So it is destined for me. After all I am to be reduced to dust and have to depart from this transient life. Let me do my best to spread, like this fire, before my death, the fragrance of charity and good deeds and lead the light of righteousness and knowledge before others." In short, the sacred fire burning in a fire temple serves as a perpetual monitor to a Parsee standing before it to preserve piety, purity, humility, and brotherhood. As we said above, evidence from nature is the surest evidence that leads a Parsee to the belief in the existence of the Deity. From nature he is led to nature's God. From this point of view, then, he is not restricted to any particular place for the recital of his prayers. For a visitor to Bombay, which is the headquarters of the Parsees, it is therefore not unusual to see a number of Parsees saying their prayers, morning and evening, in the open space, turning their faces to the rising or the setting sun, before the glow- ing moon or the foaming sea. Turning to these grand objects — the best and sublimest of His creations — they address their prayers to the Almighty. All Parsee prayers begin with an assurance to do acts that would please the Almighty God. The assurance is followed by an expression of regret for past evil thoughts, words, or deeds, if any. Man is liable to err, and so, if during the interval any errors of commission or omission are committed, a Parsee in the beginning of his prayers repents for those errors. He says: O, Omniscient Lord! I repent of all my sins. I repent of all evil thoughts that I might have entertained in my mind, of all evil words I might have spoken, of all the evil actions that I might have committed. O, Omniscient Lord ! I repent of all the faults that might have originated with me, whether they refer to thoughts, words, or deeds; whether they appertain to my body or soul; whether they be in connection with the material world or spiritual. To educate their children is a spiritual duty of Zoroastrian parents. Education is necessary, not only for the material good of the children and parents, but also for their spiritual good. According to the Parsee books, the parents participate in the meritoriousness of the good acts performed 180 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. by their children as the result of the good education imparted to them. On the other hand, if the ijarents neglect the education of their children, and if as the result of this neglect, they do wrongful acts or evil deeds, the parents have a spiritual responsibility for such acts. In proportion to the malignity or evilness of these acts the parents are responsible to God for their neglect of the education of their children. It is, as it were, a spirit- ual self-interest that must prompt a Parsee to look to the good education of his children at an early age. Thus, from a religious point of view, educa- tion is a great question with the Parsees. The proper age recommended by religious Parsee books for ordinary education is seven. Before that age children should have home education with their parents, especially with the mother. At the age of seven, after a little religious education, a Parsee child is invested with Sudreh and Kusti, i. e., the sacred shirt and thread. This ceremony of investiture cor- responds to the confirmation ceremony of the Christians. A Parsee may put on the dress of any nationality he likes, but under that dress he must always wear the sacred shirt and thread. These are the symbols of his being a Zoroastrian. These symbols are full of meaning and act as per- petual monitors, advising the wearer to lead a life of purity — of physical and spiritual purity. A Parsee is enjoined to remove, and put on again immediately, the sacred thread several times during the day, saying a very short prayer during the process. He has to do so early in the morning, on rising from bed, before meals and after ablutions. The putting on of the symbolic thread, and the accompanying short prayer, remind him to be in a state of repentance for misdeeds, if any, and to preserve good thoughts, good words, and good deeds, the triad in which the moral philosophy of Zoroaster moved. It is after this investiture with the sacred shirt and thread that the general education of a child generally begins. The Parsee books speak of the necessity of educating all children, whether male or female. Thus female education claims as much attention among the Parsees as male education. Physical education is as much spoken of in the Zoroastrian books as mental and moral education. The health of the body is con- sidered as the first requisite for the health of the soul. That the physical education of the ancient Persians, the ancestors of the modern Parsees, was a subject of admiration among the ancient Greeks and Romans is too well known. In all the blessings invoked upon one in the religious prayers, the strength of body occupies the first and most prominent place. Analyz- ing the Bombay Census of 1881, Dr. Weir, the Health Officer, said: Examining education according to faith or class, we find that education is most extended among the Parsee people; female education is more diffused among the Parsee population than any other class. * * » Contrasting these results with education at an early asre among Parsees, we find 12.2 per cent Parsee male and 8.84 per cent female children, under 6 years of age, under instruction; between 6 and 15 the number of Parsee male and female children under instruction is much larger than in any other class. Over 15 years of age, the smallest proportion of illiterate, either male or female, is found in the Par- see population. The religious books of the Parsees say that the education of Zoroastrian youths should teach them perfect discipline, obedience to their teachers, obedience to their parents, obedience to their elders in society, and obedi- ence to the constitutional forms of government should be one of the practical results of their education. So a Zoroastrian child is asked to be affectionate toward and submissive to his teachers. A Parsee mother prays for a son that could take an intelligent part in the deliberations of the councils of his community an-d government; so a regard for the regular forms of government was necessary. Of all the practical questions the one most affected by the religious precepts of Zoroastrianism is that of the observation of sanitary rules and principles. Several chapters of the Vendidad form, as it were, the sanitary 1 I RELIGIOUS SYSTEM OF THE PARSEES. 181 code of the Parsees. Most of the injunctions will stand the test of sanitary science for ages together. Of the different Asiatic communities inhabiting Bombay, the Parsees have the lowest death-fate. One can safely say that that is, to a great extent, due to the Zoroastrian ideas of sanitation, segregation, purification, and cleanliness. A Parsee is enjoined not to drink from the same cup or glass from which another man has drunk, lest he catch by contagion the disease from which the other may be suffer- ing. He is, under no circumstances, to touch the body of a person a short time after death, lest he spread the disease, if contagious, of the deceased. If he accidentally or unavoidably does, he has to purify himself by a cer- tain process of washing before he mixes with others in society. A passing fly, or even a blowing wind, is supposed to spread disease by contagion. So he is enjoined to perform ablutions several times during the day, as before saying his prayers, before meals, and after answering the calls of nature. If his hand comes into contact with the saliva of his own mouth, or with that of somebody else, he has to wash it. He has to keep himself aloof from corpse-bearers, lest he spread any disease through them. If acci- dentally he comes into contact with these people, he has to bathe himself before mixing in society. A breach of these and various other sanitary rules is, as it were, helping the cause of the Evil Principle. Again, Zoroastrianism asks its disciples to keep the earth pure, to keep the air pure and to keep the water pure. It considers the sun as the great- est purifier. In places where the rays of the sun do not enter, fire over which fragrant wood is burnt is the next purifier. It is a great sin to pol- lute water by decomposing matter. Not only is the commission of a fault of this kind of sin, but also the omission, when one sees such a pollution, of taking proper means to remove it. A Zoroastrian, when he happens to see, while passing in his way, a running steam of drinking water polluted by some decomposing matter, such as a corpse, is enjoined to wait and try his best to go into the stream and to remove the putrifying matter, lest its continuation may spoil the water and affect the health of the people using ■t. An omission to do this act is a sin from a Zoroastrian point of view. At the bottom of a Parsee's custom of disposing of the dead, and at the bottom of all the strict religious ceremonies enjoined therewith, lies the one main principle, viz., that, preserving all possible respect for the dead, the body, after its separation from the immortal soul, should be disposed of in a way the least harmful and the least injurious to the living. The homely proverb " cleanliness is godliness " is nowhere more recommended than in the Par- see religious books, which teach that the cleanliness of body will lead to and help the cleanliness of mind. We now come to the question of wealth, poverty, and labor. As Hero- dotus said, a Parsee, before praying for himself, prays for his sovereign and for his community, for he is himself included in the community. His religious precepts teach him to drown his individuality in the common interests of his community. He is to consider himself as a part and parcel of the whole community. The good of the whole will be the good — and that a solid good — of the parts. In the twelfth chapter of the Yasna, which contains, as it were, Zoroastrian articles of faith, a Zoroastrian promises to preserve a perfect brotherhood. He promises, even at the risk of his life, to protect the life and the property of all members of his community, and to help in the cause that would bring about their prosperity and wel- fare. It is with these good feelings of brotherhood and charity that the Parsee community has endowed large funds for benevolent and charitable purposes. If the rich Parsees of the future generations were to follow in the footsteps of their ancestors of the past and present generations in the matter of giving liberal donations for the good of the deserving poor of their community, one can say that there would be very little cause for the BocialiBts to complain from a poor man's point of view. It is these notions 182 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. of charity and brotherhood that have urged them to start public funds for the L'eneral good of the whole community. Men of all grades in society contribute to these funds on various occasions. The rich contribute on occasions both of joy and grief. On grand occasions like those of weddings in their families they contribute large sums in chanty to commemorate those events. Again, on the death of their dear ones, the rich and the poor all pay various sums, according to their means, in charity. These sums are announced on the occasion of the Oothumna, or the ceremony on the third day after death. The rich pay large sums on these occasions to commemo- rate the names of their dear ones. In the Vendidad three kinds of chari- table deeds are especially mentioned as meritorious: To help the poor; to help a man to marry and thus enable him to lead a virtuous and honorable life, and to give education to those who are in search of it. If one were to look to the long list of Parsee charities, headed by that of that prince of Parsee charity the first Parsee baronet, he will find these three kinds of charity especially attended to. The religious training of a Parsee does not restrict his ideas of brotherhood and charity to his own community alone. He extends his charity to non-Zoroastrians as well. The qualifications of a good husband, from a Zo roastrian point of view are that he must be (1) young and handsome; (2) strong, brave, and healthy; (3) diligent and industrious, so as to maintain his wife and children; (4) truthful, as would prove true to herself, and true to all others with whom he would come in contact, and is wise and educated. A wise, intelligent, and educated husband is compared to a fertile piece of land which gives a plen- tiful crop, whatever kind of seeds are sown in it. The qualifications of a good wife are that she be wise and educated, modest and courteous, obedient and chaste. Obedience to her husband is the first duty of a Zoroastrian wife. It is a great virtue, deserving all praise and reward. Disobedience is a great sin, punishable after death. According to the Sad-dar, a wife that expressed a desire to her husband three times a day — in the morning, afternoon, and evening — to be one with him in thoughts, words, and deeds, i. e., to sympathize with him in all bis noble aspirations, pursuits, and desires, performed as meritorious an act as that of saying her prayers three times a day. She must wish to be of the same view with him in all his noble pursuits, and ask him every day, " What are your thoughts, so that I may be one with you in those thoughts? What are your words, so that I may be one with you in your speech? What are your deeds, so that I may be one with you in deeds? " A Zoroastrian wife so affectionate and obedient to her husband was held in great respect, not only by the husband and household, but in society as well. As Dr. West says, though a Zoroastrian wife was asked to be very obedient to her hus- band she held a more respectable position in society than that enjoyed by any other Oriental religion. As Sir John Malcolm says, the ordinance of Zoroaster secured for Zoroastrian women an equal rank with the male cre- ation. The progress of the ancient Persians in civilization was partly due to this cause. " The great respect in which the female sex was held was, no doubt, the principal cause of the progress they had made in civilization. These were at once the cause of generous enterprise and its reward." The advance of the modern Parsee, the descendants of the ancient Persians, in the path of civilization, is greatly due to this cause. As Dr. Haug says, the religious books of the Parsee hold women on a level with men. " They are always mentioned as a necessary part of the religious community. They have the same religious rites as the men; the spirits of deceased women are invoked as well as those of men." Parsee books attach as much importance to female education as to male education. Marriage is an institution which is greatly encouraged by the spirit of the Parsee religion. It is especially recommended in the Parsee scriptures on the ground that a married life is more likely to be happy than an RELIGIOUS SYSTEM OF THE PARSEES. 183 unmarried one; that a married person is more likely to be able to withstand physical and mental afflictions than an unmarried person, and that a married man is more likely to lead a religious and virtuous life than an unmarried one. The following verse in the Gatha conveys this meaning: I say (these) words to you marrying brides and to you bridegrooms. Imrre-s them in your mind. May you two enjoy the life of good mind by following the laws of religion. Let each one of you clothe the other with righteousness, because, then, assuredly there will bo a happy life for you. An unmarried person is represented to feel as unhappy as a fertile piece of ground that is carelessly allowed to lie uncultivated by its owner (Vend, iii., 24:). The fertile piece, when cultivated, not only adds to the beauty of the spot, but lends nourishment and food to many others round about. So a married couple not only add to their own beauty, grace, and happiness, but by their righteousness and good conduct are in a position to spread the blessings of help and happiness among their neighbors. Marriage being thus considered a good institution, and, being recommended by the religious scriptures, it is considered a very meritorious act for a Parsee to help his coreligionists to lead a married life (Vend., iv., 44.) Several rich Parsees have, with this charitable view, founded endowment funds from which young, deserving brides are given small sums on the occasion of their marriage, for the preliminary expenses of starting in married life. Fifteen is the minimum marriageable age spoken of by the Parsee books. The parents have a voice of sanction or approval in the selection of wives and husbands. Mutual friends of parents or marrying parties may bring about a good selection. Marriages with non-Zoroastrians are not recom- mended, as they are likely to bring about quarrels and dissensions owing to a difference of manners, customs, and habits. We said above that the Parsee religion has made its disciples tolerant about the faiths and beliefs of others. It has as well made them sociable with the other sister communities of the country. They mix freely with members of other faiths, and take a part in the rejoicings of their holidays. They also sympathize with them in their griefs and afflictions, and in case of sudden calamities such as fire, floods, etc., they subscribe liberally to alleviate their misery. From a consideration of all kinds of moral and charitable notions inculcated in the Zoroastrian scriptures, Francis Power Cobbe, in his " Studies, New and Old, of Ethical and Social Subjects," says of the founder of the religion: Should we in a future world be permitted to hold high converse with the great departed, it may chanee that in the Bactrian sage, who lived and taught almost before the dawn of history, we may find the spiritual patriarch, to whose lessons we have owed such a portion of our intellectual inheritance that we might hardly conceive what human belief would be now had Zoroaster never existed. CHAPTER IV. FOURTH DAY, SEPTEMBER 14th. NECESSITY OF RELIGION. So many people attended the Parliament of Religions on the fourth day that overflow meetings, both morning and after- noon, were held in the Hall of Washington. As soon as the speakers finished their addresses in the Hall of Columbus they went into the other hall and read them again to another large and interested audience. On both platforms were gathered representatives of nearly every religion in the world. The papers presented covered a range of topics so wide that they can not well be classed under one general theme. Jenkin Lloyd Jones presided in Washington Hall in the morning and Dr. H. N. Thomas in the afternoon. At one of the most interesting periods during the morning session a photographer secured a view in the Hall of Columbus, to preserve for future genera- tions, a picture of the great event of such momentous interest to all mankind. Views similar to this were subsequently taken. In addition to the hall set apart for the elucidation of the Catholic faith, some of the Buddhist delegates were accorded a room in which to explain religion to all who might inquire. In place of an evening season at the Art Palace, the dis- tinguished delegates to the Parliament of Religions were tend- ered a reception by the Board of Lady Managers, in the Assembly Hall of the Woman's Building, in Jackson Park, The reverend gentlemen were welcomed by Mrs. Potter Palmer, seated by whom was President Palmer, who welcomed the 184 CARDINAL GIBBONS. BTSHOP KKAXtrs INTRODUCTION. 185 foreign quests in tlio name of the National Commission. Rev. Dyonisius Latas, tlu' Archbishop of Greece, being introduced by Mrs. Pahner, said: I have asconded the pulpits of my church perhaps more than one thousand times, but in ascendinj? this i)hitform at the World's C(jkunbian Exposition I feel myself especially honored. I feel very glad because every- where I go I meet the spirit of the greatness of my ancestors of the old Greece. I have been in the City of Washington and having before me the buildings of the city, I thought I was in old Athens. Here in Chicago, when I come within the precincts of the Columbian Exposition I think I am in 01ymi)ia. When I have before me these buildings and all these exhibi- tions'of art. I think I am in the Acropolis before the Parthenon. Pung Qiiang Yu and P. C. Mozoomdar also made interesting addresses. In the Hall of Columbus, the exercises at the morning ses- sion were inaugurated by silent prayer, Dr. G. H. Barrows being chairman. The silence was suspended as Professor Richie, of New York, led in the universal prayer. BISHOP KEANE'S INTRODUCTION. On being introduced to read part of the paper prepared by Cardinal Gibbons, Bishop Keane said: Cardinal Gibbons has requested me to express his sincere regret that he is not able to be present this morning. He showed his sympathy in the Parliament of Religions by lieing here at the opening: he would gladly show his sympathy V)y being hero every day during its continuance. He is here with you in spirit and affection, and his prayer is offered up to .Almighty God that the parliament may lead to God's own results. Now as it is the desire of the parliament, and as I trust it will be recognized all through, his eminence desires to adhere strictly to the programme, to treat only the theme suggested by the parliament to-day — that is to say, the relation between God and man, religion, the link between the Creator and the created. Whoever has watched the career of Cardinal (iibbons must have remarked that he is j)re-eminently a practical man. He always takes a practical view of things; even in regard to the supernatural lie always asks, "Willit work?"' Profoundly blessed as he is in what I may call the divine jjhilosophy of religion, he prefers always to regard it with practical eyes. Knowing that religion is the gift of the Creator to His creatures, he knows that religion was given by the Creator in order to benetit and bless His creatures. So Cardinal (iibbons looks and asks: How does religion bless mankind? That is the way he is going to view the great subject this morning. How does the Christian religion, how does the Catholic Church as the divinely appointed exponent of Christian religion, bless mankind, enlightening man, purifying man, comforting man. im])roving man's condition here below and leading him to happiness hereafter? It is in this practii^al light, there- fore, the cardinal will now answer the question, "The Needs of Humanity Supplied by the Catholic Religion." 186 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. CARDINAL GIBBONS' MESSAGE. The bishop then read Cardinal Gibbons' paper as follows: We live and move and have our being in the midst of a civilization which is the legitimate offspring of the Catholic religion. The blessings resulting from our Christian civilization are poured out so regularly and so abundantly on the intellectual, moral, and social world, like the sunlight and the air of heaven and the fruits of the earth, that they have ceased to excite any surprise except to those who visit lands where the religion of Christ is little known. In order to realize adequately our favored situation we should transport ourselves in spirit to anti-Christian times and contrast the condition of the pagan world with our own. Before the advent of Christ the whole world, with the exception of the secluded Roman province of Palestine, was buried in idolatry. Every strik- ing object in nature had its tutelary divinities. Men worshiped the sun and moon and stars of heaven. They worshiped their very passions. They worshiped everything except God, to whom alone divine homage is due. In the words of the Apostle of the Gentiles: " They changed the glory of the incorruptible God into the likeness of the corruptible man, and of birds and beasts and creeping things. They worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator, who is blessed forever." But at last the great light for which the prophets of Israel had sighed and prayed, and toward which even the pagan sages had stretched forth their hands with eager longing, arose and shone unto them " that sat in darkness and the shadow of death." The truth concerning our Creator, which had hitherto been hidden in Judea, that there it might be sheltered from the world-wide idolatry, was now proclaimed, and in far greater clear- ness and fullness, unto the whole world. Jesus Christ taught all mankind to know the one true God — a God existing from eternity to eternity, a God who created all things by His power, who governs all things by His wis- dom, and whose superintending Providence watches over the affairs of nations as well as of men, " without whom not even a bird falls to the ground." He proclaimed a God infinitely holy, just, and merciful. This idea of the Deity so consonant to our rational conceptions was in striking contrast with the low and sensual notions which the pagan world had formed of its divinities. The religion of Christ imparts to us not only a sublime conception of God, bu-t also a rational idea of man and his relations to his Creator. Before the coming of Christ man was a riddle and a mystery to himself. He knew not whence he came nor whither he was going. He was groping in the dark. All he knew for certain was that he was passing through a brief phase of existence. The past and the future were enveloped in a mist, which the light of philosophy was unable to penetrate. Our Redeemer has dispelled the cloud and enlightened us regarding our origin -and destiny, and the means of attaining it. He has rescued man from the frightful laby- rinth of error in which paganism had involved him. The gospel of Christ as propounded by the Catholic Church has brought not only light to the intellect, but comfort also to the heart. It has given us "that peace of God which surpasseth all ur.derstanding " — the peace which springs from the conscious possession of truth. It has taught us how to enjoy that triple peace which constitutes true happiness, as far as it is attainable in this life — peace with God by the observance of His com- mandments; peace with our neighbor by the exercise of charity and justice toward him and peace with ourselves by repressing our inordinate appetites and keeping our passions subject to the law of reason and our reason illumined and controlled by the law of God. All other religious systems prior to the advent of Christ were national. CARDINAL GIBBONS' MESSAGE. 187 like Judaism, or etato religions like Paganism. The Catholic religion alone is world-witle and cosmopolitan, embracing all races and nations, and peoples and tongues. Christ alone, ot all religious founders, had the courage to say to his disciples, " Go, teach all nations." '-Preach the gospel to every creature." " You shall be witness to Me in Judea and Samaria, and even to the utter- most bounds of the earth." Be not restrained in your mission by national or state lines. Let my gospel be as free and universal as the air of heaven. " The earth is the Lord's and the fullness thereof." All mankind are the children of my Father and my brethren. I have died for all, and embrace all in my charity. Let the whole human race be your audience and the world be the theater of your labors. It is this recognition of the fatherhood of God and the brotherhood of Christ that has inspired the Catholic Church in her mission of love and benevolence. This is the secret of her all-pervading charity. This idea has been her impelling motive in her work of the social regeneration of man- kind. I behold, she says, in evei*y human creature a child of God and a brother and sister of Christ, and therefore I will protect helpless infancy and decrepit old age. I will feed the orphan and nurse the sick. I will strike the shackles from the f(^et of the slave and will rescue degraded women from the moral bondage and degradation to which her own frailty and the jjussions of the stronger sex had consigned her. Montesijuieu has well said that the religion of Christ, which was insti- tuted to lead men to eternal life, has contributed more than any other institution to promote the temporal and social happiness of mankind. The object of this Parliament of Religions is to present to thoughtful, earnest, and inquiring minds the respective claims of the various religions, with the view that they would "prove all things and hold that which is good," by eml)racing that religion which above all others commends itself to their judgment and conscience. I am not engaged in this search for the truth, for. by the grace of God, I am conscious that I have found it, and instead of hiding this treasure in my own breast I long to share it with others, espe- cially as I am none the xjoorer in making others the richer. But, for my part, were I occupied in this investigation, much as I would be drawn toward the Catholic Church by her admirable unity of faith which binds together 250,000,000 of souls; much as I would be attracted toward her oy her sublime moral code, by her world-wide catholicity and by that unbroken chain of apostolic succession which connects her Indis- solubly with apostolic times, I would be drawn still more forcibly toward her by that wonderful system of organized benevolence which she has established for the alleviation and comfort of suffering humanity. Let us briefly review what the Catholic Church has done for the eleva- tion and betterment of society. 1. The Catholic Church has purified society in its very fountain, which is the marriage bond. She has invariably proclaimed the unity and sanc- tity and indissolubility of the marriage tie by saying with her founder that "What God hath joined together let no man put asunder." Wives and mothers, never forget that the inviolability of the marriage contract is the palladium of your womanly dignity and of your Christian liberty. And if you are no longer the slaves of man and the toy of his caprice, like the wives of Asiatic countries, but the peers and partners of your husbands; if you are no longer tenants at will like the wives of pagan Greece and Rome, but the mistresses of your household; if you are no longer confronted by usurping rivals like Mohammedan and Mormon wives, but the queens of the domestic kingdom, yiju are indebted for this priceless i oon to the ancient church, and [jarticularly to the Roman pontiffs who inflexibly upheld the sacredness of the nuptial bond against the arbitrary power of kings, the lust of nobles, and the lax and pernicious legislation of civil governments. 188 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. 2. The Catholic religion has proclaimed the sanctity of human life as soon as the body is animated by the vital spark. Infanticide was a dark stain on i)agan civilization. It was universal in Greece, with the possible c.Kception of Thebes. It was sanctioned and even sometimes enjoined by such eminent Greeks as Plato and Aristotle, Solon and Lycurgus. The destruction of infants was also very common among the Romans. Nor was there any legal check to this inhuman crime, except at rare intervals. The father had the power of life and death over his child. And as an evidence that human nature does not improve with time and is everywhere the same unless permeated with the leaven of Christianity, the wanton sacri- tice of infant life is probably as general to-day in China and other heathen countries as it was in ancient Greece and Rome. The Catholic Church has sternly set her face against this exposure and murder of innocent babes. •She has denounced it is a crime more revolting than that of Herod, because committed against one's own flesh and blood. She has condemned with equal energy the atrocious doctrine of Malthus, who suggested unnatural methods for diminishing the population of the human family. Were I not restrained by the fear of offending modesty and of imparting knowledge where " ignorance is bliss," I would dwell more at length on the social plague of ante-natal infanticide, which is insidiously and systematically spreading among us in defiance of civil penalties and of the divine law which says, "Thou shalt not kill." 3. There is no place of iiuman misery for which the church does not provide some remedy or alleviation. She has established infant asylums for the shelter of helpless babes who have been cruelly abandoned by their own parents or bereft of them in the mysterious dispensations of Provi- dence before they could know or feel a mother's love. These little waifs, like the infant Moses drifting in the turbid Nile, are rescued from an untimely death and are tenderly raised by the daughters of the Great King, those consecrated virgins who become nursing mothers to them. And I have known more than one such motherless babe who, like Israel's law- giver, in after years became a leader among his people. 4. As the church provides homes for those yet on the threshold of life so, too, does she secure retreats for those on the threshold of death. She has asylums in which the aged, men and women, find at one and the same time a refuge in their old age from the storms of life and a novitiate to prepare 'them for eternity. Thus from the cradle to the grave she is a nursing mother. She rocks her children in the cradle of infancy and she soothes them to rest on the couch of death. Louis XIV. erected in Paris the famous Hotel des Invalides for the veteran soldiers of Prance who had fought in the service of their country. And so has the Catholic religion provided for those who have been disabled in the battle of a life a home in which they are tenderly nursed in their declining years by devoted sisterf . The Little Sisters of the Poor, whose congregation was founded in 1840, he.ve now charge of 250 establishments in different parts of the globe, the aged inmates of those houses numbering 30,000, upward of 70,000 having died under their care up to 1889. To the asylums are welcomed not only the members of the Catholic religion but those also of every form of Christian faith, and even those without any faith at all. The sisters make no distinction of persons or nationality or color or creed, for true Christian- ity embraces all. The only question proposed by the sisters to the appli- cant for shelter is this: Are you oppressed by age and penury? If so, come to us and we will provide for you. 5. She has orphan asylums where children of both sexes are reared and taught to become useful and worthy members of society. 6. Hospitals were unknown to the pagan world before the coming of Christ. The copious vocabularies of Greece and Rome had no word ^v^o to express that term. CARDINAL GIBBONS' MESSAGE. 189 jThe Catholic Church has hospitals for the treatment and cure of every .^rni of disease, She sends her dauj^hters of charity and of mercy to the battlefield and to the plague-stricken city. Dviring the Crimean War I remember to have read of a sister who was struck dead by a ball while she was in the act of stooping down and bandaging the wound of a fallen soldier. Much praise was then deservedly bestowed on Florence Nightingale for her devotion to the sick and wounded soldiers. Her name resounded in both hemispheres. But in every sister you have a Florence Nightingale, with this difference — that, like ministering angels, they move without noise along the path of duty; and, like the angel Rajjhael, who concealed his name from Tobias, the sister hides her name from the world. Several years ago I accompanied to New Orleans eight Sisters of Charity, who were sent from Baltimore to reinforce the ranks of their heroic com- panions or to supply the places of their devoted associates who had fallen at the post of duty in the fever-stricken cities of the South. Their depart- ure for the scene of their labors was neither announced by the press nor heralded by public applause. They rushed calmly into the jaws of death not bent on deeds of destruction like the famous 600, but on deeds of mercy. They had no Tennyson to sound their praises. Their only ambi- tion was — and how lofty is that ambition! — that the Recording Angel might be their biographer; that their names might be inscribed in the Book of Life, and that they might receive their recompense from Him who has said: " I was sick and ye visited Me, for as often as ye did it to one of the least of My brethren ye did it to Me." Within a few months after their arrival six of the eight sisters died, victims of the epidemic. These are a few of the many instances of heroic charity that have fallen under my own observation. Here are examples of sublime heroism not culled from the musty pages of ancient martyrologies or books of chivalry, but happening in our own day and under our own eyes. Here is a heroism not aroused by the emulation of brave comrades on the battlefield, or by the clash of arms or the strains of martial hymns, or by the love for earthly fame, but inspired only by a sense of Chi-istian duty and by the love of God and her fellow-beings. 7. The Catholic religion labors not only to assuage the physical distem- pers of humanity but «ilso to reclaim the victims of moral disease. The redemption of fallen women from a life of infamy was never included in the scope of heathen philanthi-opy; and man's regenerate nature is the same now as before the birth of Christ. He worships woman as long as she has charms to fascinate, but she is spurned and trampled upon as soon as she has ceased to please. It was reserved for Him who knew no sin to throw the mantle of protection over sinning woman. There is no page in the gospel more touching than that which records our Savior's merciful judgment on the adulterous woman. The Scribes and Pharisees, who had perhaps participated in her guilt, asked our Lord to pronounce sentence of death upon her in accord- ance with the Mosaic law. "Hath no one condemned thee?" asked our Savior. "No one. Lord," she answered. "Then,"' said He, "neither will I condemn thee. Go, sin no more." Inspired by the divine example, the Catholic Church shelters erring females in homes not inappropriately called Magdalena Asylums and Houses of the Good Shepherd, not to speak of other institutions estab- lished for the[moral reformation of women. The congregation of the Good Shepherd at Angers, founded in 1836, has charge to-day of 150 houses, in which upward of 4,000 sisters devote themselves to the care of over 20,0(X) females who had yielded to temptation or were rescued from impending danger. 8. The Christian religion has been the unvarying friend and advocate of the bondman, Before the dawn of Christianity slavery was universal in 190 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. civilized as well as in barbarous nations. The apostles were everywhere confronted by the children of oppression. Their first task was to mitigate the horrors and alleviate the miseries of human bondage. They cheered the slave by holding up to him the example of Christ, who voluntarily became a slave that we might enjoy the glorious liberty of children of God. The bondman had an equal participation with his master in the sacraments of the church and in the priceless»consolation which religion affords. Slave-owners were admonished to be kind and humane to their slaves by being reminded, with apostolic freedom, that they and their servants had the same Master in heaven, who had no respect of persons. The minis- ters of the Catholic religion down the ages sought to lighten the burden and improve the condition of the slave as far as social prejudice would per- mit, till at length the chains fell from their feet. Hvuuan slavery has, at last, thank God! melted away before the noonday sun of the gospel. No Christian country contains to-day a solitary slave. To ]jaraphrase the words of a distinguished Irish jurist, as soon as the bondman puts his foot in a Christian land he stands redeemed, regenerated, and disenthralled on the sacred soil of Christendom. 9. The Savior of mankind never conferred a greater temporal boon on mankind than by ennobling and sanctifying manual labor and by rescuing it from the stigma of degradation which had been branded upon it. Before Chi-ist appeared among men manual and even mechanical work was regarded as servile and degrading to the freemen of pagan Rome, and was conse- quently relegated to slaves. Christ is ushered into the world, not amid the pomp and splendor of imperial majesty, but amid the environments of an humble child of toil. He is the reputed son of an artisan, and His oarly manhood is spent in a mechanic's shop. " Is not this the carpenter, the son of Mary? " The primeval curse attached to labor is obliterated by the toilsome life of Jesus Christ. Ever since He pursued His trade as a carpen- ter He has lightened the mechanic's tools and has shed a halo around the workshop. If the profession of a general, a jurist, and a statesman is adorned by the example of a Washington, a Taney, and a Burke, how much more is the calling of a workman ennobled by the example of Christ. What De Toc- queville said sixty years ago of the United States is true to-day — that with us every honest labor is laudable, thanks to the example and teaching of Jesus Christ. To sum up: The Catholic Church has taught man the knowledge of God and of himself, she has brought comfort to his heart by instructing him to bear the ills of life with Christian philosophy, she has sanctified the marriage bond, she has proclaimed the sanctity and inviolability of human life from the moment that the body is animated by the spark or life till it is extinguished, she has founded asylums for the training of children of both sexes and for the support of the aged poor, she has established hospitals for the sick and homes for the redemption of fallen women, she has exerted her influence toward mitigation and abolition of human slavery, she has been the unwavering friend of the sons of toil. These are some of the blessings which the Catholic Church has conferred on society. I will not deny, on the contrary, I am happy to avow, that the various Christian bodies outside the Catholic Church have been, and are to-day, zealous promoters of most of these works of Christian benevolence which I have enumerated. Not to speak of the innumerable humanitarian houses established by our non-Catholic brethren throughout the land, I bear cheerful testimony to the philanthropic institutions founded by Wilson and Shepherd, by John Hopkins, Enoch Pratt, and George Peabody in the City of Baltimore. But will not our separated brethren have the candor to acknowledge that we had first possession of the field, that these benefi- cent movements have been inaugurated by us, and that the other Christian RELIGION CHARACTERISTIC OF HUMANITY. 191 communities in their noble efforts for the moral and social regenera ion of mankind have, in no small measure, been stimulated by the example and emulation of the ancient church. Let us do all we can, in our day and generation, in the cause of human- ity. Every man has a mission from God to help his fellow-being. Though we differ in faith, thank God, there is one platform on which we stand united, and that is the platform of charity and benevolence. We can not indeed, like our Divine Master, give sight to the blind and hearing to the deaf, and speech to the dumb, and strength to the paralyzed limb, but we can work miracles of grace and mercy by relieving the distress of our suffering brethren. And never do we approach nearer to our Heavenly Father than when we alleviate the sorrows of others. Never do we perform an act more godlike than when we bring sunshine to hearts that are dark and desolate. Never are we more like to God than when we cause the flowers of joy and gladness to bloom in souls that were dry and barren before. "Religion," says the apostle, "pure and undetiled before God and the father, is this: to visit the fatherless and the widow in their tribulation and to keep oneself unspotted from this world." Or to borrow the words of the pagan Cicero: "Homines ad Deos nulla re propius accedunt quam salutem hominibus dando." "There is no way by which man can approach nearer to the gods than by contributing to the welfare of their fellow creatures." When tbe applause which followed the close of Cardinal Gibbons' paper died away, Bishop Keane said: And thus it is that Cardinal Gibbons has stated the question of to-day's parliament; thus it is that he has tried to ascertain by applying the test which the Son of God taught us to apply, " by their fruit ye shall know them," whether the religion of Jesus Christ and of his own church' is, indeed, divine, because it fills humanity, fits into the whole of human life, and blesses, ennobles, purifies, and elevates it all. Therefore he says: " To the eye not only of speculative philosophy but of practical common sense the religion of Jesus Christ and of his own church is the religion of humanity." RELIGION ESSENTIALLY CHARACTERISTIC OF HUMANITY. EEV. LYMAN ABBOTT, D.D., SUCCESSOR TO HENEY WARD BEECHER. « To adequately elucidate the meaning of this phrase, which has been given me as my title, and to attempt to demonstrate the truth which it expresses, would require a wealth of scholarship which I do not possess and a length of time which it is impossible shall be accorded to any one topic on such an occasion as this. I shall not occupy your' time in any words of introduction or peroration, nor shall I attempt the truth of the proposition' which I have been asked to speak to. I shall simply endeavor, in a series of statements, to elucidate and interpret, and, in some small measure, apply it. Religion, then — and you will pardon me if I speak in dogmatic phrase- ology; I am giving you my convictions, and it will be egotistic, as well as needless, for me to interpolate continually "this is what I think"— religion is essential to humanity. It is not a something or a somewhat external to Ojaij. It is an essential life of man. It is not a something apart from hinj 192 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. vvhioh has been imposed upon him by priests or hierarchies here or any- where. It is not a fungus growth that does not belong to his nature. The power, the baneful power of superstition lies in the very fact that man is religious and that his religious nature, inherent in him, has been too often played upon by evil or ignorant men for base Vjr selfish purposes. But this does not counterpart the truth that religion itself is an essential integral part of his own inherent nature. Religion is not a something or a some- what which has been conferred upon him by any cultus, by any hierarchy, by any set of religious teachers. It has not been handed down from the past to him. Religion is the mother of all religions, not the child. The White City at yonder end of Chicago is not the parent of architecture; architecture is the parent of the White City. And the temples and the priests and the rituals that cover this round globe of ours have not made religion, they have been born of the religion that is inherent in the soul. Religion is not the exceptional gift of exceptional geniuses. It is not what men have sometimes thought poetry or art or music to be, a thing that belongs to a favored few great men. It is the universal characteristic of humanity. It belongs to man as man. Religion is not a somewhat that has been conferred upon him by any supernatural act of irresistible grace either upon an elect few or an elect many. Still less ia it a somewhat that has been conferred upon a few, so that the many, strive never so hard to conform their lives to the light of nature, unless aided by some supernatural or extraordinary acts of grace, can never attain to it. Religion belongs to man and is inherent in man. If I may be allowed to use the terminology of our own theology, it is not conferred upon man in redemption, it is conferred upon man in creation. It was not first brought into existence at Mount Sinai, it was not first brought into existence at Bethlehem. Christ came not to create religion, but to develop the religion that was already in the human soul. In the beginning God breathed the breath of life into man, and into every man, and all men have something of that divine breath in them. They may stifie it, they may refvise to obey that to which it calls them, but still it is in them. They are children of God whether they know it or know it not. And to their God they are drawn by a power like that which draws the earth to the sun. Religion, that is, the power of perceiving the infinite and the eternal, is a characteristic of man, as man. Man is a wonderful machine. This body of his is, I suppose, the most marvelous mechanism in the world. Man is an animal, linked to the animal race by his instincts, his appetites, his passions, his social nature. He has all that the animal possesses, only in a higher and larger degree; but he is more than a machine, he is more than an animal. He is linked to more than the earth from which he was formed; he is more than the animal from which he was produced; he is linked to the divine and the eternal. He has in him a faith, a hope, and love — a faith which, if it does not always see the infinite, at all events always tries to see the infinite, groping after Him if happily he may find Him — a hope which if it be sometimes elusive, nevertheless beckons him on to higher and higher achievements in character and in condition — a love which, beginning in the cradle, binding him to his mother, widens in ever broadening circles as life enlarges, including the children of the home, the villagers, the tribe, the nation, at last reaching out and taking in the whole human race, and in all of this learning that there is a still larger life in which we live and move and have our being, toward which we tend and by which we are fed and are inspired. Max Mueller has defined religion — I quote from memory, but I believe I quote with substantial accuracy — as a perception of such a manifesta- tion of the infinite as produces an effect upon the moral character and RELIGION CHARACTERISTIC OF HUMANITY. 193 conduct of mau. It is not merely the moral character and conduct: That is ethics. It is not merely a perception of the iutinitc: That is theolo^fy. 1 1 is such a perception of the infinite as produces an influence on the moral character and conduct of man: That is religion. My pi'oposition then is this: That in every man there is an inherent capacity so to perceive the iuttnite, and to every man on this round globe of ours God has so manifested himself in nature and in inward experience, as that, taking that manifestation on the one hand and a x^ower of p(^r- ception on the other, the moral character and the conduct of man, if he follows the light that he receives, will be steadily improved and enlarged and enriched in his upward iirogress to the infinite and the eternal. Man is conscious of himself and he is conscious of the world within himself. He is conscious of a perception that brings him in touch with the outer world. He is conscious of reason by which he sees the relation of things. He is conscious of emotions, feelings of hope, of fear, of love. He is conscious of will, of resolve, of purpose. Sometimes painfully conscious of resolves that have been broken. Sometimes gladly conscious of resolves that have been kept. And in all of this life he is conscious of these things: That he is a perceiving, thinking, feeling, willing creature. He is also conscious of the world outside of himself. A world of form, of color, of material, of phenomena. Ihey are borne in upon him by liis perceiving faculties. And he is also conscious of a relation between him- self, this thinking, willing creature that he is, and this outward world that impinges upon him. He is conscious that the fragrance of the rose give.s him pleasure and the fragrance of the bone-boiling establishment does not give him pleasure. He is conscious that tire warms him, and he is conscious that lire burns and stings him. He is conscious of hunger; he is conscious of I he satisfaction that comes through the feeding of himself when hungry. He is brought into perpetual contact with this outward world, so he becomes conscious of three things. First, himself; second, the not-self; third, the relation between himself and this not-self. And this relationship is forced upon him by every move- ment of his life. It begins with the cradle and does not end until the grave. Life is perpetually an impinging upon him, He himself is coerced whether he will or whether he will not, to ascertain what is the relationship, the true, the right, the just, the accurate relationship between this thinking, feeling creature that he calls self and this outward and material and phe- nomenal world in the midst of which he lives. In the pursuit of this inqviiry he begins by attributing to all the phe- nomena that impinges upon him the continuous life that is within him. He thinks that all things are themselves persons. He very soon learns from his grouping together of this outward phenomena differently. He groups them in classes, he produces them in provinces, he liecomes poly- theistic. He goes but a very little way through life before he learns there is a larger unity of life than at first he thovight. He learns that all phe- nomena of life are bound together in sonie one common bond. He learns that behind all the phenomena of nature there is a cause, that behind the apparent there is the real, behind the shadow there is the substance, behind the transitory there is the eternal. The old teachers of the old religion, the old teachers of the Japanese religion, they, as well as the old teachers of the Hebrew religion, did see that truth which Herbert Spencer has put in axiomatic form in these later days: "Midst all iBysteries by which we are surrounded, nothing is more certain than that we are in the presence of an infinite and eternal energy from which all things proceed." Now he begins to study this energy, for the success of his life, the well- being of his life here, even if there were no hereafter, depends on his understanding what are his relations, not only to the related phenomena of life, but to the infinite and eternal energy from which all these phenomena 194 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. spring. And in the study of this energy he very soon discovers that it is an intellectual energy. All the phenomena of life have behind them thought relations. The world has not hajjpened; life is not a chapter of accidents; the universe is not a heap of disjected membria; there is a unity which makes life what it is. It is summed up in the very word by which we endeavor to describe all things, "Uni Verse"— all forces combined in The relation of these phenomena one to the other he seeks to learn. He talks of laws and forces. Science is not merely the gathering of phenom- ena here and there, science is the discovery of the relations which exist between phenomena and which have existed through eternity. The scientist does not create those relations, he discovers them. He does not make the laws, he linds them. Science is a thought of man trying to find the divine reality that is behind all this transitoriness. Science is the thinking of the thoughts of God after him. He perceives art, the relations of beauty in form, in color, in music. He endeavors *to diseover what are those relations of beauty in form, in art, in color. He does not create them; he discovers them. They existed before he came upon the stage, and they will continue to exist if by some cataclasm all humanity should be swept off the stage. And in this search for beauty he finds there, too, that he has perceived the infinite. Bach knocks at one door and out there issues one form of music, Mozart another, Mendelssohn another, Beethoven another, Wagner another; each one interprets something of the beauty that lies wrapt up in the pos- sibility of sound, and still the march goes on, still the doors swing open, still the notes come tripping out, still the music grows and grows and grows, and will grow while eternity goes on, for in music we are searching for the infinite and eternal whether we know it or know it not. He perceives, however, not only the outward world of things. He per- ceives an outward world of sentient beings like himself. He sees about him his fellowmen, that they also perceive, that they also reason, that they also hope and fear, and love and hate, that they alsoi,resolve and break their resolves and keep their resolutions. He sees that he is but one of the great company marching along the same highway out of the great unknown in the past toward the same great unknown goal in the future ; and he finds, he discerns, that there is a unit in this humanity. First, he sees it in the family, then in the tribes, then in the nations, and, last of all, in the whole race. If there were no unit in the human race, there could be no history. History is not the mere narration of things that have happened ; history is the evolution of the progress of a united race, coming from the egg into the fulfilled bird of the future. There could be no political economy if there were no unit in the human race, no science, no religion, no nothing. We are not a mere set of disintegrated, separate pieces of sand in one great heap which we are building up to be blown asunder. All humanity is united together by unmistakable ties — united with a power that far tran- scends the local temple, the temple of tribes, or nations, or creeds, or cir- cumstances. And we thus discern that, as there is back of all the material phenomena an ethical culture, so there is back of all moral phenomena moral culture. History, political economy, sociology, the whole course of the develop- ment of the human race is a witness that there is not only an infinite, but an eternal energy from which things proceed, but an infinite and eternal moral energy from which all human life in its last analysis has its uni- fying element. Vital man is compelled to study what this bond of union is. He must know what are the right relationships between himself and his fellowmen. If he fails, all sorts of distress and calamities come upon him. He must find out what are the right relationships between employer and employed, what are the right relationships between governor and governed, I RELIGION CHARACTERISTIC OF HUMANITY. 195 what .ire the right relationships between parent and children. Again, he does not make them, but tinds out what they are. Let Congress, with a power of thirty millions of people behind it, enact slavery in the American constitution; let the thirty millions say," we will make a law that the blacks shall be the hewers of wood and the drawers of water, and the white men shall be served by them," and the law that Congress makes, with thirty millionsof people behind it, infringes against the divine, eternal and infin- ite law of human liberty, and it goes down with one great clash and is buried forever. So man is compelled by the very nature of his social and civil organiza- tion to seek for an infinite and eternal behind humanity, an infinite and eternal behind the material and behind the lesthetic. Unconsciously he has been seeking for the divine, but he awaits the consciousness. He knows that there is a divine somewhat, an eternal somewhat, an infinite somewhat; an ideal somewhat, if you like, behind all material and behind all spiritual phenomena, and his emotions are stirred towai'd that some- what, stirred to awe, stirred to fear, stirred to reverence, stirred to curiosity, but stirred. So with temple and with worshij), and with ritual and with priest, he endeavors consciously to learn who and what this somewhat is who draws him in his moral resolutions to his fellow-man, who speaks the inward voice of righteousness in the conscience of the individual. Thus we get out of religioii religions — religions that vary with one another, according as curiosity or fear or hope or the ethical element or the personal reverence predominates. Religious curiosity wants to know about the infinite and eternal, and it gives us creedsand theologies; the religion of fear gives us the sacrificial system with its atonement sand propitiations; the religion of hope expects some reward or recompense from the great Infinite, and expresses itself in services and gifts, with the expectation of rewards here or in some elysium hereafter. Then there is the religion which, although it can never learn the nature of the lawgiver, still goes on trying to under- stand the nature of his laws; and, finally, the religion which more or less clearly sees behind all this that there is one who is the ideal of humanity, the Infinite and Eternal Ruler of Humanity, and therefore reveres and wor- ships, and last of all learns to love. If, in this very brief summary, I have carried you with me, you will see that the object of man's search is not merely religion. He is seeking to know the infinite and eternal, not merely the priests and the hierarchies, not merely the men and women, with their services, and their rituals, and their prayer-books, but the who'e current and tendency of human life is a search for the infinite and the divine. All science, all art, all sociology, all business, all government, as well as all worship, is in the last analysis an endeavor to comprehend the meaning of the great words: Honesty, justice, truth, pity, mercy, love. In vain does the atheist or agnostic try to stop our search to know the infinite and eternal; in vain does he tell us it is a useless quest. Still we press on and must j)ress on. The incentive is in ourselves, and nothing can blot it out of us and still leave us men and women. God made us out of Himself, and God calls us back to Himself. It would be easier to kill the appetite of man and let us feed by merely shoveling in carbon as into a furnace; it would be easier to blot ambition out of man and to consign him to endless and nerveless content; easier to blot love out of man and banish him to live the life of a eunuch in the wilderness, than to blot out of the soul of man those desires and aspirations which knit him to the infinite and eternal — give him love for his fellowmen and reverence for God. In vain does the philosopher of the barnyard say to the egg: "You are made of egg; you always were an egg; you always will be an egg; don't try to be anything but an egg." The chicken pecks and pecks until he breaks the shell and comes out to the sunlight of the world. 19(5 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. We welcome here to-day, in this most cosmopolitan city of the most cos- mopolitan race on the globe, the representatives of all the various forms of religious life from East to West and North to South. We are glad to wel- come them. We are glad to believe that they, as we, have been seeking to know something more and better of the Divine from which we issue, of the Divine to which we are returning. We are glad to hear the message they have to bring to us. We are glad to know what they have to tell us, but what we are gladdest of all about is that we can tell them what we have found in our search, and that we have found the Christ. I do not stand here as the exponent, the apologist, or the defender of Christianity. In it there have been the blemishes and spots of human handiwork. It has been too intellectual, too much a religion of creeds. It has been too fearful, too much a religion of sacrifices. It has been too self- ishly hopeful; there has been too much a desire of reward here or hereafter. It has been too little a religion of unselfish service and unselfish reverence. No! It is not Christianity that we want to tell our brethren across the sea about; it is the Christ. What is it that this universal hunger of the human race seeks? Is it not these things — a better understanding of our moral relations, one to another, a better understanding of what we are and what we mean to be, that we may fashion ourselves according to the idea of the ideal being in our nature, a better appreciation of the Infinite One who is behind all phenomena, material and spiritual? Is it not more health and added strength and clearer light in our upward tendency to our everlasting Father's arms and home? Are not these the things that most we need in the world? We have found the Christ and loved him and revered him and accepted him, for nowhere else, in no other prophet, have we found the moral relations of men better represented than in the golden rule, "Do unto others that which you would have others do unto you." We do not think that he furnishes the only ideal the world has ever had. We recognize the voice of God in all prophets and in all time. But we do think that we have found in this Christ, in his patience, in his courage, in his heroism, in his self-sacrifice, in his unbounded mercy and love an idea that transcends all other ideals written by the pen of poet, painted by the brush of artists; or graved into the life of human history. We do not think that God has spoken only in Palestine and to the few in that narrow province. We do not think he has been vocal in Christen- dom and dumb everywhere else. No! We believe that He is a speaking God in all times and in all ages. But we believe no other revelation tran- scends and none other equals that which he has made to man in the one transcendental human life that was lived eighteen centuries ago in Pales- tine. And we think we find in Christ one thing that we have not been able to find in any other of the manifestations of the religious life of the world. All religions are the result of man's seeking after God. If what I have portrayed to you this morning so imperfectly has any truth in it the whole human race seeks to know its eternal and divine Father. The mes- sage of the incarnation — that is the glad tidings we have to give to Africa, to Asia, to China, to the isles of the sea. The everlasting Father is also seeking the children who are seeking Him. He is not an unknown, hiding himself behind a veil impenetrable. He is not a being dwelling in the eternal silence; he is a speaking, reveal- ing, incarnate God. He is not an absolute justice, sitting on the throne of the universe and bringing before him imperfect, sinful man and judging him with the scales of unerring justice. He is a father coming into human life and coming into one transcendental human life, coming into all human life for all time. Perhaps we have sometimes misrepresented our own faith respecting this Christ. Perhaps in our metaphysical definitions, we have sometimes been too anxious to be accurate and too little anxious to be true. CO-OPERATION OF MEN AND WOMEN. 197 He himself has said it— He is a door. We do not stand merely to look at the dcK)r for the beauty of the earvinj? upon it. We push the door open and go in. Through that door CJod enters into human life; through that door humanity enters into the Divine life; man seeking after God, the incarnate God' seeking after man; the end in that great future after life's troubled dream shall be o'er, and we shall awake satisfied because we awake in His likeness. DIVINE BASIS OF THE CO-OPERATION OF MEN AND WOMEN. MRS. LYDIA H. DICKINSON. What 18 the divine basis of the co-operation of men and women? In attempting briefly to answer this question, we must consider first the nature of the original bond between man and woman. And here secular history gives us no help. We find them separated when history begins. The woman is sul)ject to the man, and custcnn, law, and the parties them- selves are acquiescent in the subjection- woman quite equally with man. Yet, on the other hand, history bears ample witness to an intuition at variance with all these, an intuition that has recognized in woman a commanding factor in the worlds progress and given to her thrones of judgment and dominion. True, these concessions have been made to the exceptional woman or in the interest of hereditary kingship — have been made to the Helens, the Deborahs, the Catherines, and Elizabeths. But the concession proves the intuition, the more as the women themselves have accepted the position and filled them credital)ly. For the rest, there has never been a people, except, perhaps, admitted l)arbarians, among whom, before marriage, the woman has not only been equal but superior in love. Universal man in all the historic past has been her subject here. Again, the law in holding women the same as men amenable to pun- ishment as offenders takes a position also at variance with the idea of sub- jection. It recognizes the individuality of woman, her personal responsibil- ity, and so far contradicts itself whenever it denies, not her right, but her duty to act as an individual in all her relations with him and society. In truth, the position of woman in the past has been so paradoxical that to a superficial judgment the development in her of a consistent self -conscious- ness would seem almost miraculous. She has been at once citizen and alien, subject and queen. She has by common consent been responsil^Ie for all the evil and the inspiration to all the good that men do. Sentimentally man's superior, practically his inferior, she has been anything rather than what she alone is — his equal. The name'vvoman has been the synonym for all that is contradictory in human character and experience. But let us inquire into the original bond between man and woman — the bond that determines their relations to each other. To those who accept it, sacred history satisfactorily answers the question. From this source we learn that He who made them in the beginning made them male and female; that the creative bond between them is the bond of marriage admitting of no divorce, because they are no longer two, but one, being joined together by God himself — that is, creatively. In a relation of essen- tial oneness, such as is contemplated here, there can of course be no subjection of one to the other — no separation between them. They are comj)lemen- tary of each other. They are each for the other quite equally. It is clear, however, that this prospective relation of essential oneness between the individual man and woman presupposes two things — first, a basic marriage in the universal, a marriage of man as man with woman as woman, a marriage 198 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. in other words of the essentially masculine with the essentially feminind, such a marriage or oneness of interest and work in all their relations with one another as would lay the proper foundation for a marriage or oneness of interest and work in their more important, because command- ing relation with each other— commanding because individual marriage though last in front is first in end. It gives the law. As is this relation ideally or actually, such is society, mutually peace-giving and helpful, or the reverse. This prospective relation of essential oneness between the individual man and woman, presupposes a marriage in each individual, an at-one-ment with one's self that would make at-one-ment with onefother possible. Christ's, words unquestionably refer to a time when, by implica- tion, harmony prevailed on all the planes of our individual and associated life. "In the beginning," he said, "it was not so." Divorce was impossi- ble, because they are made male and female, the perfect complements of each other. It may be said that harmony on all the planes of our being would pre- clude the idea of government as we know it, the need of contending parties and of the ballot,- to decide which one shall rule. This, in a sense, is true. Our idea of government, under these conditions, would change undoubtedly. As we know it, government means not the love of service, but the love of dominion, and this, if my premise is correct, came about, first, through defection in the individual from a state of at-one-ment in himself, and then, as a consequence, by the departure of the individual man and woman from the idea of mutual'service in their relations with each other. The proof that the premise is correct will, I think, appear when we con- clude what society of necessity would be were the idea of service the only ruling in the marriage relation of to-day. Of course, our individual and social experiences keep pace with each other. We realize simultaneously on both planes. And the social acts upon as well as reacts toward the indi- vidual. But the individual gives the law. According to sacred history, then, marriage, a relation of perfect oneness or equality, a complementary relation, precluding the idea of separation or subjection, is the original bond between individual men and women, because it is the bond between masculine and feminine principles in the individual mind. But marriage, as we have seen, means harmony, and we have discord in ourselves and in our relations with each other. How, then, came the departure from the true idea? The separation, we are told, dates from Eden and the sin of Eve, and one of the conseqviences of the sin is recorded, not, however, as the vindicating judgment of the Almighty, but as the fact, merely, in the so-called curse upon the woman for listening to the voice of the serpent. "He — thy husband — shall rule over thee." Let us for a moment consider this fact in its relation to the individual mind. For all truth is true for us primarily as individuals. What we are to others depends on what we are to ourselves. We have, then, in this declaration a case not of marriage, but of divorce. The mind is at variance with itself. One part rules, the other must obey. For the mind, like man and woman, is dual, and is one only in marriage. It is a discordant, too, when we love what the truth forbids, and a harmonious, complementary one when we love what the tiuth enjoins. By common perception love is the feminine and truth the masculine principle. Love, when it is the love of self, leads us astray. It led us astray as a race. It blinded us to the real good. Truth brings Ub back to our moorings But it can only do so by its temporary supremacy over love. This is all we know. Our desires must be subject to our knowledge. History repeats the story of our indi- vidual experience in larger character in the relation between man and woman. Each is an individual, Ihat is, each is both masculine and femi- nine in himself and herself, but in their relations to each other man stands for and expresses truth in his form and activities, while woman stands for CO-OPERATION OF MEN AND WOMEN. 199 and expresses love. Here also, as in the indivitlual, the original bond is marriage, implying no subjection on the part of either wife or husband, implying on the contrary perfect oneness, mutual and equal helpfulness. But except in the symbolic story of Edenic peace and happiness, none the less true, however, because merely symbolic, we have no historic record of that infantile experience of the race. Love, when it is good, unites the truth in herself. But when it is the love of evil or self, she divorces truth and unites herself with the false. This, briefly, is the meaning of the separation between man and woman in the past; namely, first, the degradation of love into self-love, and the con- sequent separation between love and truth in the individual mind, a separation that, binding us to the highest good, makes it no longer safe for us to ft)llow our desires; second, the separation between man and woman in the marriage relation, and as a farther consequence, between man and man socially. If what I have already said be true, the prominence which the question of woman suffrage has assumed in the present may be easily understood. Woman suffrage more or less intelligently for the universal intuition of the truth I have tried to present, namely, the truth of the creative oneness of man and woman. Human history, it is true, is the record of a seeming divorce between them. But what God hath joined together man can not jjut asunder. Creatively one, man and woman can not be permanently separated. Indeed, their temporary separation is providentially in the interest of their higher ultimate union. We ar ^ on our way back to rela- tions between them of which those of our racial infancy were the sure promise and held the potency. Truth divinely implanted in the soul is our leader because truth, being essentially separative or critical, can, when necessary, lead against desire. We have emerged from infancy and must prove our manhood by overcoming the obstacles to harmony we have our- selves created. First, nature without us, always responsive to nature within, is in rebellion and must be subdued. Here, again, "in the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread," is not a curse, bvit the provision of infinite love for our development, physically and mentally. Nature no longer responds spontaneously to the needs of man, but brings forth thorns and thistles and yields bread only under compvilsion, the compulsion of the clay-cold, masculine intellect, which alone is able to master nature's secrets and nature herself. She understands the law of must, and submits to the might of masculine muscle. Woman has apparently no place in this needful preliminary work save to sustain the worker. True, in her representative capacity of love, the highest in both, she is under subjection, yet she sees, not rationally, of course, in the beginning, but intuitively, the reason why; acquiesces, and hidden from view still leads while she follows — still rules in obeying. For love, or its opposite, self-love, is always the very life of man, as love is the life of God who created him. It is always the woman within us that gives first birth, and then responding to the voice of truth and falsity without, leads us on and out of the wilderness or sends us back to wander another forty years before we enter our Canaan. Woman — yes, and women — are, primarily, even, although sometimes ignorantly responsible from first to last. It has not always seemed so. The past has been so predominately masculine as seemingly to obliterate the feminine by absorption — to make the man and the woman one, and that one the man. Yet only in seeming. In reality woman has been the inspiration of all that has been done, both good and evil. Tennyson does not see clearly when he says: "As the husband, so the wife." It is always the other way. It is always the clown within and not without herself that drags a woman down and the man with her. But let us take another step. Our way back involves not only the over- 200 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. coming of obstacles to harmony of nature without us, the subjugation of nature, and the consequent estabhshment of a scientific consciousness in accord 'with spiritual truth, that harmony for man presupposes his rightful lordship over all below him, it also involves the overcoming of nature within, an at-one-ment of man with himself. And here the work is alike for both, in that both are alike subject to truth. In addition, however, she has been externally subject to him. And her temptation has been to identify the voice of truth within herself with his voice, his idea of the truth for her. This, when both are led by love, is the true idea for both, since then his voice is the voice of truth. But, led by self-love, she too must listen to the voice within. And more. She must listen for him as well as for herself. Because, so listening, she is the very form or embodiment of that love of the truth which alone can lead them back to harmony in themselves, with each other, and with all others. In other words, so listening she is the revela- tion of the truth to man. The legal disfranchisement of woman in the past has been in accord- ance with the truth for the past. It has been a strict necessity of the sit- uation, a necessity for women as well as for men, and with it in the past we can have no conceivable quarrel. Masculine supremacy, the supremacy of truth, has been needed to lay'the foundation of Christian character and a Christian society in the subjection of nature and self-love. But the foun- dations broadly and deeply laid in natural and social science, we can at least see that the corresponding superstructure can be after no petty or personal, partial or class pattern, but must be divinely perfect— that is, perfect "according to the measure of a man," of man physical, intellectual and spiritual, of man individual and social, and finally of man feminine as well as masculine. We can at last see that love is the fulfillment of law. This truth hviman law must sometimes embody in order to its universal acceptance. Beliefs crystallized into creeds and statutes hold the human mind. It is certain that belief in the creative equality of man and woman will not prevail so long as the statute book proclaims the contrary. Neither this nor a practical belief in the creative quality of man and man. This waits upon that, that upon individual enlightenment sufficiently focalized to lead the general mind. A relation of marriage, or, in other words, of mutual co-operation all the way through in all the work of both, is the cre- ative relation between man and woman. It follows that, as this truth is seen and realized by individual men and women, society will see the same truth as its own law of life, to be expressed, ultimate in all human relations and in the work of the world. This truth alone will lead us back to har- mony in all the planes of our associated life, and the dawning recognition of this truth explains, as I believe, the growing interest in the modern question of woman suffrage. One objection to the further extension of the right of suffrage has weight. It should have been considered when the negro was admitted to citizenship. Ignorance is a menace to the state. All women are not intel- ligent. Certainly there is no reason in advocating educated suffrage. But I know of no other discrimination, except, of course, against criminals and idiots, that can consistently be made against a citizen under a government that professes to derive its just powers from the consent of the governed. Opinions vary as to the actual effect of the introduction of the woman element into practical politics. It is my own belief, of course, that the prophets of evil will find themselves greatly at fault in their specific prog- nostications. Woman suffrage does not mean to women the pursuit of pol- itics after the fashion of men. But questions are even now before us, and more will arise, that she should help to decide — questions relating to the saloon, to education, to the little waifs of society, worse" than orphaned, to prison reforms, to all that side of life that most vitally touches woman as the mother of the race. Women hold, or could hold, intelligent opinions on all such questions, and the state should have the benefit of them. CO-OPERATION OF MEN AND WOMEN. 201 Woman suffrage does not mean, as has been charged, a desire on the part of women to be like men or to assume essentially masculine duties or prerogatives. God takes care of that. The inmost desire of the acorn is to become an oak and nothing else. Equally true is it that the soul of women irresistibly aspires to the fultillmeut of its own womanly destiny as wife and mother, and, as a rule, to nothing that definitely postpones such destiny. Most emphatically woman suffrage iloes not mean any persistent blindness on the part of women to their high calling as theoutward embod- iment and repr> sentative of what is highest and best in human nature. Blind she has been and is, but God is her teacher. He has kept the soul of woman through all the ages of her acquiescent subjection to man. He has led her, and, all unconsciously to himself, has led man through her up and out upon the high table-land of to-day, whence both can see the large meaning of subjection in the past, and the larger realizations that await their accordant union in the future. Imperfectly as she now apprehends it, woman suffrage does neverthe- less mean for woman a consistent, rational sense of personal responsibility, and it means this so pre-eminently that I could almost say that it means nothing else. Because upon this new and higher senseof personal respon- sibility is to be built all the new and higher relations of woman in the future with hersf If, with men and with society. This is a theme in itself. I will only say in passing that we are ready for new and higher relations between men and women, that women must inaugurate these relations, that an intu- ition of the truth is the secret of the so-called woman movement, of the intellectual awakening of women, of their desire for personal and pecu- niary freedom, their laudable efforts to secure such freedom, the sympathy and co-operation of the best men in these efforts, and that the bearing of all these aspects of the movement upon the future of society gives us the vision of the poet, true poet and true prophet in one: Then comes the statelier Eden buck to men. Then reiffn the world's ureat brid Isclia.ste and calm. Then springs the crowning race of liumankind. I wish to emphasize the point that without the consent of woman her subjection could never have been a fact of history. Nothing is clearer to my mind than that man and woman (and because of her let me insist) have all along been one in their completeness, as they originally were, and one day again will be one in their completeness. In any relation between man and woman, the most perfect as well as the most imperfect man stands for the external or masculine principle of our common human nature. Thus, of course, women always have, do now, and always will delight in his external leadership. Now, however, we are confronting another aspect of the relation between man and woman. Under a new impulse derived from woman herself, man is abdicating his external leadership, his external control, over her. She is becoming self-supporting, self-sustaining, self-reliant. She is learning to think and to express her thought, to form opinions and to hold to them. In doing this she is apparently separating herself from man as in the past he has separated himself from hor. Really separating herself, some say, but we need not fear. She is simply doing her part, making herself ready for the new and higher relation with man to which both are divinely sum- moned. The end to be attained, a perfect relation between man and woman, symbolized by, but as yet imperfectly realized in, the divine institution of marriage, involves for its realization equal freedom for both. Not inde- pendence on the part of either. No such thing is possible. Inequality of natural opportunity operates hardly against woman. It is against this inequality that she is now struggling on the material and intel- lectual plane — that they are struggling, let me say, for no reflecting person can for au instant suppose that the woman movement does not include men 202 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. equally with women. They are one, man and woman, let us continue to repeat, until we have effectually unlearned the contrary ^supposition The woman movement means, in the divine providence, "the hard-earned release of the feminine in human nature from bondage to the masculine." It means the leadership henceforth in human affairs of truth, no longer divorced from but one with love. It is the last battle-ground of freedom and slavery. We are in the dawn of a new and final dispensation. This is why I welcome the struggle of personal freedom on the part of woman, including her strug- gle for personal freedom on the part of woman, including her struggle for the right of citizenship. It is altogether a new recognition by what is highest in man of the sacredness of the individual, and it insures the tri- umph of the new impulse. The personal freedom of woman when achi&ved on all planes — material, mental, and spiritual— will not separate her from man. It will not harm the woman nature in woman. It will, on the contrary, tend to develop that nature as a fitting complement of the nature of man. It will give her the same opportunity that he has to exercise all her faculties free from out- ward constraint. It is distinctive character that we want in both men and women to base true relations between them, and freedom is the only soil in which character will grow. We are still measurably ignorant of the nature of woman in women, of her real capacities, inclinations, and powers, nor shall we know these until women are free to express them in accordance with their own ideas, and not, as hitherto, in accordance with man's ideas of them. In conclusion, there could, of course, be no legal act disenfranchising AToman, since she was never legally enfranchised. But as it is her divinely conferred privilege to be one with man the law as it has come to be under- stood simply stands for something that could not be, and is therefore mis- leading and vicious. It stands not only for the subjection of woman, which it has had a right to stand for, but it has also come to mean a real and not apparent separation between man and woman. We must bear in mind that this apparent separation is always of the man from the woman, the mas- culine from the feminine, truth from love. THE RELIGIOUS INTENT. REV. E. T. REXFORD, D. D., OF BOSTON. A Universalist clergyman and formerly president of a church college at Akron, Ohio, and later located in Detroit. Venerable Brothers: By the leading of that beneficial providence which has always attended the fortunes of men we are brought to this most significant hour in the history of religious fellowship, if, indeed, it be not the most significant hour in the history of the religious development of the world. What event in the earlier or the later centuries has ever tran- scended or even closely approached in its import the meeting of this assembly? What day in all the fragmentary annals of good will ever wit- ness a fraternity so manifold or a congress whose constituency was so essentially cosmopolitan? This is a larger Pentecost, in which a greater variety of people than of old are telling in their various language, custom, and achievement of the wonderful works and ways of God. The Emperor Akbar,_ in overreaching the special limits of his chosen sect that he might pay a fitting tribute to the spirit of religion in its several forms, displayed a noble catholicity of spirit, but, unsupported by the popular sympathies of his age, his generosity was largely personal and resulted in no represent- ative movement. i THE RELIGIOUS INTENT 20.1 We have had our national and international evanfijelical alliances among Christians, and likewise our national and international Young Men's Chris- tian Associations, with assemblies tilling the largest halls of Europe and America, but these fellowships have embraced only a slight diversity of opinions and i)ractices in one division of the religious world, while larger numbers of even fellow-Christians have been excluded. The portals of the divine kingdom have been held but slightly ajar by such untrained Chris- tian hands, while it has been left to the mightier spirit of this day to throw those gates wide open, and to bid every sincere worshiper in all the world, of whatever name or form, " Welcome in the great and all-inclusive name of God, the common Father of all souls." This is a day and an occasion sacred to the sincere spirit in man, and it is devoutly to be hoped that, out of its generosity and its justice, a new and self-vindicating definition of true and false religion, of true and false wor- ship, may appear. I would that we might all confess that a sincere worship anywhere and everywhere in the world is a true worship, while an insincere worship anywhere and everywhere is a false worship before God and man. The unwritten but dominant creed of this hour I assume to be, that what- ever worshiper in all the world bends before the best he knows, and walks true to the purest light that shines for him, has access to the highest bless- ings of heaven, while the false-hearted and insincere man, whatever his creed or form may be, has equal access, if not to the tlames, then at least the dust and ashes and darkness of hell. I doubt if, at any period very long anterior to this, such an assembly could have been convened. Those great aggregations of the world's inter- est at Paris and London and Philadelphia had no such feature. Men sought to have the world's activity as completely represented in those expositions as possible, but no man had the courage or the inclination to suggest a scheme so daring as that of a Congress of Religions. This achievement was left to the closing years of a wonderful century wherein a mightier spirit seems swaying the lives of men to higher issues, at a time when the very gods seem crowning all the doctrines of the past with the imperial dogma of the solidarity of the race. The time-spirit has largely conquered, though we can not close our ears entirely to the sullen cry of a baffled and retreating anger, charged with the accusation that the whole import of this congress is that of infidelity to the only divine and infallible religion. Every man is the true believer, himself being the judge, while nobody is the true believer if somebody else is permitted to decide. I am not willing to stand within the limits of my sect or party and from thence judge of the world. I prefer rather to stand in the world as a part of it, and from thence judge of my party or sect, and even of that great religious division of the world's faith and life in which my lot has fallen. There is no separableness in the providence of that Infinite Being who is over all and through and in us all. The primary fact or condition which justifies this congress in the minds of all reverent and rational men is that, among all sincere worshipers of all ages and lands, the religious intent has always been the same. Briefly, but broadly stated, that intent has been to establish more advantageous relations between the worshiper and the being or beings worshiped. The reverse of this is practically unthinkable. To substitute any other motive would be impossible. This one fact lies at the foundation of every religious structure in the world. Here is the basis of our fellowship. Claude Lor- raine once said that the most important thing for a landscape painter to know is where to sit down in order to command a full and fair view of every determining feature in the landscape. Such a rule must be essential in art, but it is no less imperative in the treatment of that spectacle whicli religion presents to us in its wide fields, and this observation point of the identity of the religious intent of all the world commands the permanent features of every religion in the history of mankind. 204 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS Some men stand aloof and scorn and scoff the thought that there is any possible relation between their religion and that of widely diverse types, but this anchor will hold amid all the tempests of religious wrath that may rage. And after these storms of vituperation shall have spent their fury, and editors shall have written leading articles and archbishops and sultans shall have predicted dire calamities, it will be found that the religious world, as well as the scientific and the commercial, is in the relentless grasp of a divine purpose that will not let the people separate in the deep places of their lives. Men in the lesser stages of development have been alienated in their religion and by their religion, as if they have been thrust upon this earth from worlds created by hostile gods for ever at war with each other, and whose children should legitimately tight in the names of their parent deities. If the history of religion in this world could have commenced with the monotheistic conception, the bitter chapters of alienation would have been omitted. But history could not begin on that high level in a world where humanity was destined to work out its own salvation, not only with fear and with trembling, but with strife and sorrow and vast misapprehension, from an almost helpless ignorance, to the freedom and grace of self -poised and masterful souls. The Infinite Wisdom of this universe seems to have decreed that man shall have a great part in the noble task of making himself. A human being, fashioned and completed by a foreign power, could never be what man has already become by his failures, and his successes in the struggle to win the best results of character. A diadem made of the celestial jewels by the combined skill of all the angels in heaven could not compare with that crown which the human being himself shall create by his own heroic and persistent determination to wrest victory from defeat, success from failure — the determination to pluck the truth out of its mysterious dis- guises, and at last to " think God's thoughts after Him." It has been a difficult problem for the interpreters of man to solve — this fact of frailty and imperfection in the hands of a perfect deity. Man was created perfect by the perfect God, but he fell from that high, original estate and thus became the poor creature he is. The distance between the first blind and helpless groping after God with its characteristic griefs, failures and fallings and the intelligent com- prehension of God and man and religion and duty and the fellowship of to-day is almost amazing and yet, in all the tragic though ever brightening way, there is no point where the line of succession breaks off. God's working is by development and we have only to look into the magic White City to see that man's work follows the same law and method. Not a single excellence is there that has not had its imperfection that it might be even as perfect as it is. Not a science exists to-day in all its beautiful adaptations that was not an offensive vulgarism at an earlier day. And religion — shall we say of it that here is a fact in human life that reverses in its movement and method all the human and divine ways with everything else? If there be one pre-eminent fact in the history of religion, that fact is the growth of religion.' There is no religion in the world, if it be a living religion, that is to-day what it was one, two or ten centuries ago. The Christian religion is not to-day what it was five centuries ago in the thought of the people, and what the religion or anything else is in the actual thought of the people that the thing practically is. And if this great exposition is wanting in one of the most significant exhibits conceivable it is a hall that should contain a historic illustration of religion. Max Muller would be one of the few men who could arrange the order of such a hall. And who could visit it without feeling a great uplift of faith and love and joy that we have been what we have and have become what we are? I expect that this suggestion of an evolutionary J THE RELIGIOUS INTENT. 205 unity of religion may disturb some classes of men, but you shall see no man in all the retreating centuries performing his devotions with whatever tragic or forbidden accompaniment without saying and being compelled to say: "'That man might have been myself, or I might have been as he and should have been had I lived in his country and been educated as he was." It is quite too superficial for us to suppose that this Great Spirit bestowed his blessings on the score of the geography and the centuries. Personal infallibility is not yet attained by anyone, inasmuch as personal fortunes are related to the intinite, and that sense of a lingering weakness, which must be felt by all men, must ally them with the world-wide neces- sity of a rugged and persistent sympathy. The world has been wounded by fragments of truth, whereas no man can ever be wounded by an entire truth. A detached truth fallen even from heaven would be voiceless, but relate it to the economy of God's purposes, and immediately it becomes vocal. It bears in its joyous or its tremulous tones the varying fortunes of every soul that God has made, and it tells the story of the divine Spirit working in and for all. And if the various and multiplied systems of the- ology had been written while the theologians were looking in the faces of their human brothers, many a judgment and confusion would have been greatly modified. If one hand had written while the other clasped a human hand, the verdict would have been changed. The Word made flesh, or the divine Spirit set forth in human form and fashion, gleaming out from human faces, becomes very tender and very considerate, while the mere theories of men lay no check upon those severities of judgment which have shattered this human world and rent it asunder in the name of religion. Back to the primal unity where man appears as a child of God before he is a Christian or Jew, Brahman or Buddhist, Mohammedan or Parsee, Confucian, Taoist, or aught beside — back to this must we go if we will be loyal to our kind and loyal to that imperishable religion that is borp of human souls in contact with the spirit. Back to this and thence we must follow the struggle of the Infinite Child upward along his perilous ascent through the societies' weary centuries to the ineffable light and glory that await him, led by the patient hand of God. I am perfectly well aware that this idea of religious unity, and at the base religious identity, must fight its way through the great fields of relig- ious traditions if it will gain recognition — fields preoccupied and bristling with inveterate hostility. It must meet the warlike array of " special pro- vidences,"' and " divine elections," and " sacred books," and " revelations," and " inspirations," and "the chosen people," and "sacraments," and "infal- libilities," and institutionalisms of nameless and numberless kinds, but it is not timid and it has resources of great endurance. Who will say that any man ever sincerely chose any religion for any other than a good pur- pose ? It is incredible. And before the spectacle of an immortal soul seeking for and communing with its God, all hostilities must pause. No missile must be discharged. All the angers and furies must await on that mood and fact of worship, for an immortal soul talking with God is greater than a king. And while we wait in this divine silence let us read the pro- found and befitting word which heaven has vouchsafed to the people of the Orient, and which has been preserved to us through the ages in one of the " Sacred books of the East." The great deity said to the inquiring Arduna concerning the many forms of worship: "Whichever form of deity any worshiper desires to worship with faith, to that form I render his faith steady. Possessed of that faith he seeks to propitiate the deity in that form, and he obtains from it those beneficial things which he desires, though they are readily given by meJ'—Bhagavad Oita, chapter vii. If we could duly regard the charitable philosophy of such a word the hostilities would never be resumed. No ruthless hand shall justly destroy 206 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. any form of deity, while yet it arrests the reverent mind and the heart of man. There is only one being in the world who may legitimately destroy an iciol, .and that being is the one who has worshiped it. He alone can tell when it has ceased to be of service. And assuredly the Great Spirit who works through all forms and who makes all things his ministers, can make the rudest image a medium through which he will approach his child. There is no plea of " revelation " or " providence " or " the Sacred Book " that may not be interpreted in perfect accord with this greater plea of the religious unity of mankind. Nothing is a revelation till its meaning is dis- covered. God's revelations are made to the world by man's discovery of God's meaning to the world. Revelation by discovery is the eternal law. The " Sacred Books" of the world, instead of being a revelation from God are the records of a revelation or the record of the human understanding of what God has done. Not a truth of life in any or all the holy books was ever written till it had been experienced. Not all the meaning of any great soul in life has ever been set down in the words. The divine "Word " was made flesh ; it was not made a book. And all the holy books of the world must fall short of that holiest experience of the soul in communion with God. Max Muller says that what the world needs is a " bookless religion." It is precisely this bookless religion that the world aire dy has, but does not realize it as it should. There is, I repeat, an experience in human souls that lies deeper than the conviction of any book — a religious sense, a holy ecstasy that no book can create or describe. The book does not create the religion — the religion creates the book. We should have religion left if all the books should perish. The eternal emphasis must be placed upon that living spirit that lies back of all bibles, back of all institutions, and is the eternal reality forever discoverable, but never completely discovered. 1 here is not a piece of mechanism in all this Columbian Exposition that does not owe its defectiveness to a nearer approach to the idea which God con- cealed in the mechanical laws of the universe. The revelation came through somebody's discovery of it, and the same law holds good from the dust beneath our feet to the star dust of all the heavens, from the trembling of a forest leaf to the trembling ecstasies of the immortal soul. The "special providence" that, pleaded by those who are unwilling to take their places in the common ranks of men, are wholly admissible if it be meant that the specialties are created from the human side. The " divine election " is on the human side, and to-day it largely means the right of any man to elect himself to the highest offices in the kingdom of God. This is a noble doctrine of election; but, to place the electing mind on the divine side and to say that the common Father elects some and rejects others, forgets some and remember 5 others in the sense of flnality, is to proclaim a Fatherhood little needed on this earth. Because I am a Chris- tian and my brother is a Buddhist is not construed by me as a proof that God loves me better than He does him. I am not willing to be so victim- ized by love. He is no more cursed by such divine forgetfulness than I am by such capricious remembrance. Let the specialties and let love be one and our faith remains in their eternal benignity. And the great religious teachers and founders of the world—have they not secured their immortal places in the love and generation of mankind by teaching the people how to find and use this large beneficence of heaven? They have not created; they have discovered what existed before Some have revealed more, others less, but all have revealed some truth of God by helping the world to s^e. They have asked nothing for themselves as finalities. They have lived, and taught, and suffered, and died, and risen again. That they might bring us to themselves? No, but that they might bring earth to God. " God's consciousness," to borrow a noole word from Calcutta, has been the goal of them all. It is Ktill before all nations. There SPIRITUAL FORCES IN HUMAN PROGRESS. 207 in the distance — is it so great? — is the mountain of the Lord, rising before us into the serene and the cloudless heavens. Let all the kingdoms and nations and religions of the world vie with each other in the rapidity of the divine ascent Let them cast off the bur- dens and break the chains which retard tlieir progress. Our fellowship will be closer as we approach the radiant summits, and there, on the heights, we shall be one in love and one in light, for God, the intinite life, is there, of whom and through whom and to whom are all things, and to whom be the glory forever. SPIRITUAL FORCES IN HUMAN PROGRESS. DR. EDWAED EVERETT HALE. Dr. Barrows, in introducing Rev. Dr. Edward Everett Hale, spoke of him as " one whose heart is as large as humanity, one who has a country and loves it, and yet loves all mankind." We speak and think in this matter of the celebration of the discovery of our country as if everybody else had always spoken and thought as we do. Now, this is by no means so. Only a century ago, when Columbus' discovery was 300 years old, the whole world of science, the whole world of literature, the whole world of history, was very doubtful whether we had done any good to the world at all. In fact the general weight of opinion was that America was a nuisance and had done more harm than good to civilized men. And, if you think of it, they had some reason for this impression. America had launched the European nations in all their wars. England was just then disgraced by the loss of her colonies. France was in debt and disgraced by the loss of Canada. The discovery of gold and silver in America had, strange to say, impover- ished Spain and Portugal — the gentlemen at Washington can tell you why and how — and the whole commercial arrangements of the world were thrown out of joint, because this untoward discovery of America had been made. There were diseases v/hich it was universally said, had been intro- duced from America, and there had been no additions to the arts or the sciences; no additions to those things which seem to make life worth living which they were willing to deem as received from America. The Literary Society at Lyons offered a great prize to be awarded in 1792, for an essay on " The Advantages and Disadvantages of the Discovery of America," When the time came for the prize to be awarded the society was so impecu- nious, and P^rance was so much engaged in other matters of more import- ance to France and her poor king, that the prize was never given. But the papers exist which were written for that prize. Among them is the very curious paper of the Abbe de Janty. The abbe, after going from the north pole to the south, from Patagonia to Greenland, comes out with the view that America has never been of any use to the world so far; and, if it is to be of any use. it will be because of the moral virtues of 3.000,000 people in the United States. It has proved that the abbe was perfectly right. All that the world owes to America it owes to the spiritual forces which have been at work in the United States in the last 100 years. I do not think you will expect me. in the brief time at my disposal, to state exhaustively what these spiritual forces are. I had rather allude in more detail to one alone and let the others speak for themselves at the lips of other speakers here. I do not believe that Americans of to-day sufficiently appreciate the strength which was given to this country when every man in it went about his own business and was told that he must " paddle his own i>08 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONii. canoe," that he must " play the game alone," that he must get the best and that he must not trust to anybody about him to work out these miracles and mysteries. And the statement of these duties, these necessities to each man and to every man in the Declaration of Indeijendence, gave an amount of power to the United States of America which the United States of America does not enough realize to-day. It is power given to America that the European writers never could conceive of, and, with one or two excep- tions, do not conceive of to this hour. When you send a man off into the desert and tell him he is to build his own cottage and break up his own farm, make his own road, and that he is not to depend for these things on any priest or bishop or on any prefect or mayor or council, that he is not to write home to any central board for an order for proceeding, but that he is to work out his own salvation and that he himself, by the great law of promotion, is to ascend to the summit to add incalculably to your national power, it is a thing which the earlier travelers in this country never could understand. It drove them frantic with rage. They would come over here, this French gentleman, that English adventurer, that Scotchman working out his fortune — they would come over here, with that habit of condescension which I must observe is remark- able in all Europeans to this day when they travel in America; and, with that habit of condescension, they were invariably disgusted with the lan- guage in which the American pioneer spoke of the future of his country. One of these travelers traveled along on his horse through the mud for thirty miles over a wretched road, which was not a road; over a corduroy which was not corduroy, and at length he received a welcome in a dirty little log cabin by a man who was hospitable but he would not stand non- sense. And this pioneer told him that in that dirty home of his were growing up children who were going to live in a palace on that very spot. He told him that that roadway which he had been following was going to be the finest roadway in the world. He told him that this country around him, with just a few redskins in the neighborhood, and occasionally the howl of a wolf in the fields at night, was going to be the most magnificent city ever read of in history. And the traveler never could bear this; he could never stand it. What did it mean? It meant that the pioneer had been sent by the nation, as one of the children of the nation, and that he knew he had the nation behind him; he knew he had a country which would stand by him. This country had said to him: " Do what you will, so you do not interfere with the rights of others." This country said to him in the great words of the Declaration of Independence that every man is born free, and every man is born with equal rights. It is true that the country, as it sent out the pioneer did not give him a ticket, did not give him a pin with which to scratch his way in the wilderness. The country said to him in that magnifi- cent proverbial jjhrase, " Root, hog, or die," you are to live out your own life, but you shall be free to live out your own life; you are to work out your own salvation, but working out your salvation you are to will and do accord- ing to God's good pleasure. The country thus gave to him the inestimable privilege of freedom, What does a country gain which gives to its citizens this inestimable privi- lege? Why, if that country needs a million pioneers it sounds its whistle, and a million pioneers rise at its order. If, in the course of history, that country needs that every son of hers shall rise in her defense, every son of her rises in her defense. A government of the people, for the people, by the peojjle, gives the country strength such as no nation ever had before. The pioneer looks forward to such strength as this in that magnificent expression of patriotism which seemed so brutal to the Scotch or English or French adventurer. It is true that all the time there were vulnerable points in this armor of American citizenship. It was all very fine to say, " All men SPIRITUAL FORCES IN HUMAN PROGRESS. 20d are born free and equal," if, when you said so, none of them happened to be born slaves. It was all very fine to sing The star-spnngled banner, long may it wave O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave, if you did not remember that the rhyme sounded just as well when you sang O'er the land of the free and the home of the slave, and was just as true. There is something really pathetic in the tract book of historical speeches of, say, the first thirty years of the century. There is a sort of wish and attempt to keep this matter of slavery out of sight, you know. Why, it is as if we had a fine boy come up here to make his exhibi- tion speech and he should forget his words and you should all pretend to observe that he had not forgotten his words. So, in the first thirty years of this century, we would say our country was the land uf the free and the home of the brave, and we would not remember that there were some black people there; we would keep them out of sight if we could. But this country is ruled by ideas; it is not ruled by frivolities or excuses. And in the middle of all that keeping out of the way the things we did not wish to have seen, there was this man and that woman who steadily said, without much rhetoric or eloquence, perhaps, " Human slavery is wrong." And they kept saying it; would not be silenced. " Human slavery is wrong" — that is the only answer they would give to arguments on the other side to conventional statements of historical deduc- tion. You know what came from that answer. You know that the great idealism of the beginning worked its way along till, in the blood of your own sons, in the sacrifices of your own home, it should be proved that all .aen are born free, that all men have equal rights, and to prove these great spiritual truths, smoke and dust and pleasure, gold and silver — these are all forgotten and all as nothing, and the things that are remembered and prized are the spiritual truths which have given this country its strength and its power. It is this something which, on the other side of the water, is not under- stood. They are forever telling that, when the wealth of our prairies is exhausted, we shall have to begin where they began; and now they begin to tell us that it is the accident of gold and silver, of lead and copper, that makes our country what it is. No, all these things were here before. The virgin prairies were here, plenty of nuggets of gold were here. It was not till you created men and women who deserved the name of children of God, it was not until you sent every one of them out, sure that he was a child of God and working under God's law, that your gold and silver were worth anything more than dust in the balance. One is tempted to say in passing, that it was the people, not the theo- logians, so-called — that it was the people who proved to be the great theo- logians in this affair. The fall of Avigustianism, the utter ruin of the theory of the middle ages, that men are children of the devil, born of sin — all this dates from the decision of the people of America that they would live by universal suffrage. Universal suffrage came in, one hardly knows how, there was so little said about it. It worked its way in. The voice of the people is che voice of God, the people said, and of course you could not strip the Connecticut Valley of its farmers and tell every man from fifty to sixty years of age that he had got to shoulder his musket and go out against Burgoyne, and then tell him when he came back home: "You cannot vote, you are too wicked to vote; you are the son of the devil and should not be allowed to vote." You had to give them universal suffrage. If this Con- necticut Valley farmer is good enough to die for you, he is good enough to vote for you. This custom of universal suffrage was in advance of all the theologians and, although they kept bits of paper with statements of Augustianism on them to the effect that the people were the children of the devil, they gave them a suffrage as sons of God, 210 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. Augustianism died with the fact of universal suffrage -it had died long before. I speak with perfect confidence in this matter, because I know there was not a pulpit in the country that brought forth on that Sunday this old doctrine, which is a doctrine to be preserved in a museum, but is not to be paraded at the present day. The doctrine for us was the great truth that was announced in the beginning, that was written in the gos- pels, that we are all kings and priests and sons of God, and that all of us are able in our political constitution to write down the laws of our eternal life. And I am tempted in passing to speak of that old-fashioned sneer about the " almighty dollar "—how every book of travel used to say that we had no idealism in America, that we were all given so to making money, to mines and timber and crops, that we would never know what ideas were, and that for spiritual truths we must go back to Germany and England. "Nobody ever reads American books," they said; "nobody ever looks at an American statue," and thus they really thought that the writing of a great book was the greatest of things, or the carving of a great statue was the greatest of triumphs; not seeing that to create a nation of happy homes is greater than any such triumph, not seeing that to make good men and good women, whose history may be worth recording by the pen or by the chisel, is an achievement vastly beyond what any artist ever wrought with a chisel or any man of letters ever wrote with his pen. It is in the midst of such sneers about our lack of idealism that one observes with a certain interest the American origin of the man whom everybody would admit was the first great idealist of the English-speaking tongue to-day. The man who speaks the word which some miner in his humble cabin read last night when he took down from his book-shelf Emerson's Essays; the man who wrote the poem which some poor artist read in Paris last night to his comfort; the man whose works were read last Sunday as the script- ures are read in some rude log house in the mountain, is Ralph Waldo Emerson — he of the country which is said to know nothing of ideals. His philosophy was not German in its origin. He did not study the English masters in style. He is not troubled by the traditions of the classics of the Greeks and Romans. Our friends in Oxford, as they put back the Plato which they have been reading for a little refreshment in their idealism, resort to the Yankee Plato of this clime, Ralph Waldo Emerson. I have chosen in the few minutes in which I have this greatest privilege in my life, to speak thus briefly of what has passed since the year 1800 rather than to attempt a great speech on the great subject assigned to me by your committee, "The Spiritual Forces of the World." That, it seems to me, is the greatest subject possible. I thought I would not like to have you think me wholly a fool, so I selected one or two of these little illustrations instead of attempting a subject of such great magnitude. The lessons which America has learned, if she will only learn them well and remember them, are lessons which may well carry her through this 20th century which is before us. We have built up all our strength, all our success, on the tri- umph of ideas, and those ideas for the 20th century are very simple. God is nearer to man than he ever was before, and man knows that and knows that because men are God's children they are nearer to each other than they ever were before. And so life is on a higher plane than it was. Men do not bother so much about the smoke and dust of earth. They live in higher altitudes because they are children of God, living for their brothers and sisters in the world, a life with God for man in heaven. That is the whole of it. At the end of the 19th century we can state all our creeds as briefly as this. It is the statement of the pope's encyclical, as he writes another of his noble letters. It is the statement on which is based the action of some poor come-outer, who is so afraid of images that he wont use words in his prayers. ORTHODOX OR HISTORICAL JUDAISM. 211 Life with God for man in heaven — that is the religion on which the light of the 20th century is to be formed. The 20th century, for instance, is going to establish peace among all the nations of the world. Instead of these permanent arbitration boards such as we have now occasionally, we are going to have a permanent tribunal, always in session, to discuss and settle the grievances of the nations of the world. The establishment of this permanent tribunal is one of the illustrations of life with God, with men in a present heaven. Education is to be universal. That does not mean that every boy and girl in the United States is to be taught how to read very badly and how to write very badly. We are not going to be sat- isfied with any such thing as that. It means that every man and woman in the United States shall be able to study wisely and well all the works of God, and shall work side by side with those who go the farthest and study the deepest. Universal education will be best for everyone — that is what is coming. That is life with God for man in heaven. And the 20th century is going to care for everybody's health; going to see that the conditions of health are such that the child born in the midst of the most crowded parts of the most crowded cities has the same exquisite delicacy of care as the babe born to some President of the United States in the White House. We shall take that care of the health of every man, as our religion is founded on life with God for man in heaven. As for social rights, the statement is very simple. It has been made already. The 20th century will give to every man according to his neces- sities. It will receive from every man according to his opportunity. And that will come from the religious life of that century, a life with God for man in heaven. As for purity, the 20th century will keep the body pure — men as chaste as women. Nobody drunk, nobody stifled with this or that poison, given with this or that pretense, with everybody free to be the engine of the almighty soul. All this is to say that the 20th century is to build up its civiliza- tion on ideas, not on things that perish; build them on spiritual truths which endure and are the same forever; build them on faith, on hope, on love, which are the only elements of eternal life. The 20th century is to build a civilization which is to last forever, because it is a civilization of an idea. ORTHODOX OR HISTORICAL JUDAISM. RABBI H. PEIRIRA MENDES, OF THE SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE SYNAGOGUE, NEW YORK CITY. Our history may be divided into three eras — ^the biblical; the era from the close of the Bible record to the present day; the future. The lirst is the era of the announcement of those ideals which are essential for man- kind's happiness and progress. The Bible contains for us and for humanity all ideals worthy of human effort to attain. I make no exception. The attitude of historical Judaism is to hold up these ideals for mankind's inspiration and for all men to pattern life accordingly. The first divine message to Abraham contains the ideal of righteous altruism — "Be a source of blessing." And in the message announcing the covenant is the ideal of righteous egotism. "Walk before Me and be per- fect." "Recognize me, God, be a blessing to thy fellowman, be perfect thyself." Could religion ever be more strikingly summed up? The life of Abraham, as we have it recorded, is a logical response, despite any human feeling. Thus he refused booty he had captured. It was an 212 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. ideal of warfare not yet realized — that to the victor the spoils did not necessarily belong. Childless and old, he believed God's promise that his descendants should be numerous as the stars. It was an ideal faith; that, also, and more, was his readiness to sacrifice Isaac — a sacrifice ordered, to make more public his God's condemnation of Canaanite child-sacrifice. It revealed an ideal God, who would not allow religion to cloak outrage upon holy sentiments of humanity. To Moses next were high ideals imparted for mankind to aim at. On the very threshold of his mission the ideal of "the P'atherhood of God" was announced— "Israel is my son, my first-born," implying that other nations are also his children. Then at Sinai were given him those ten ideals of human conduct, which, called the "ten commandments," receive the alle- giance of the great nations of to-day. Magnificent ideals! Yes, but not as magnificent as the three ideals of God revealed to him — God is mercy, God is love, God is holiness. " The Lord thy God loveth thee." The echoes of this are the commands to the Hebrews and to the world, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, with all thy soul, and with all thy might." "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself." "Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thy heart; ye shall love the stranger." God is holiness! "Be holy! for I am holy;" "it is God calling to man to participate in His divine nature." To the essayist on Moses belongs the setting forth of other ideals asso- ciated with him. The historian may dwell upon his "proclaim freedom throughout the land to its inhabitants." It is written on Boston's Liberty Bell, which announced "Free America." The politician may ponder upon his land tenure system; his declaration that the poor have rights; his limi- tation of priestly wealth; his separation of church and state. The preacher may dilate upon that Mosaic ideal so bright with hope and faith — wings of the human soul as it flies forth to find God — that God is the God of the spirits of all flesh; it is a flashlight of immortality upon the storm-tossed waters of human life. The physician may elaborate his dietary and health laws, designed to prolong life and render man more able to do his duty to society. The moralist may point to the ideal of personal responsibility; not even a Moses can offer himself to die to save sinners. The exponent of natural law in the spiritual world is anticipated by his " Not by bread alone does man five, but by obedience to divine law." The lecturer on ethics may enlarge upon moral impulses, their co-relation, free will, and such like ideas, it is Moses who teaches the quickening cause of all is God's revelation; "Our wisdom and our understanding," and who sets before us " Life and death, blessing and blighting," to choose either, though he advises " choose the life." Tenderness to brute creation, equality of aliens, kindness to serv- ants, justice to the employed; what code of ethics has brighter gems of the ideal than those which make glorious the law of Moses? As for our other prophets, we can only glance at their ideals of purity in social life, in business life, in personal life, in political life, and in religious life. We need no Bryce to tell us how much or how little they obtain in our commonwealth to-day. So, also, if we only mention the ideal relation which they hold up for ruler and the people, and the former " should be servants to the latter," it is only in view of the tremendous results in history. For these very words license the English RevolutioQ. From that very chapter of the Bible the cry, " To your tents, O Israel," was taken by the Puritans, who fought with the Bible in one hand. Child of that English revolt, which soon consummated English history, America was born — her- self the parent of the French Revolution, which has made so many kings the Fervants of their peoples. English liberty, America's birth, JPrench Revolution! Three tremendous results truly! Let us, however, set these aside, great as they are, and mark those grand ideals which our prophets were the first to preach, ORTHODOX OR HISTORICAL JUDAISM. 213 1. CJniversal peace, or settlement of national disputes by arbitration. When Micah and Isaiah announced this ideal of universal peace it was the age of war, of despotism. They may have been re MOHAMMEDANISM. GEOKGE WASHBUEN, D. D., PRESIDENT OF JIOBERT COLLEGE, CONSTANTINOPLE. It is not my purpose to enter upon any defence or criticism of Moham- medanism, but simply to state, as impartially as possible, its points of con- tact and contrast with Christianity. The chief difficulty in such a statement arises from the fact that there are as many different opinions on theological questions among Moslems as among Christians, and that it is impossible to present any summary of Mohammedan doctrine which will be accepted by all. The faith of Islam is based primarily upon the Koran, which is believed to have been delivered to the prophet at sundry times by the angel Gabriel, and upon the traditions reporting the life and words of the prophet; and secondarily, upon the opinions of certain distinguished theologians of the 2d century of the hegira, especially, for the Sunnis, of the four Imams, Hanife, Shaft, Malik, and Hannbel. The Shiites, or followers of Aali, reject these last with many of the received traditions, and hold opinions which the great body of Moslems regard as heretical. In addition to the twofold divisions of Sunnis and Shiites, and of the sects of the four Imams, there are said to be several hundred minor sects. It is in fact, very difficult for an honest inquirer to determine what is really essential to the faith. A distinguished Moslem statesman and scholar once assured me that nothing was essential beyond a belief in the existence and unity of God. And several years ago the Sheik-ul-Islam, the highest authority in Constantinople, in a letter to a German inquirer, stated that whoever confesses that there is but one God, and that Mohammed is His prophet, is a true Moslem, although to be a good one it is necessary to observe the five points of confession — prayer, fasting, almsgiving and pil- grimage; but the difficulty about this apparently simple definition in that belief in Mohammed as the Prophet of God involves a belief in all his teach- ing, and we come back at once to the question what that teaching was. The great majority of Mohammedans believe in the Koran, the traditions and the teaching of the school of Hanife, and we can not do better than to take these doctrines and compare them with what are generally regarded as the essential principles of Christianity. With this explanation we may discuss the relations of Christianity and Mohammedanism as historical, dogmatic, and practical. It would hardly be necessary to speak in this connection of the historical relations of Christianity and Islam, if they had not seemed, to some distinguished writers, so important as to justify the statement that Mohammedanism is a form and outgrowth of Christianity — in fact, essen- tially a Christian sect. Carlyle, for example, says: " Islam is definable as a confused form of Christianity." And Draper calls it " The Southern Reformation, akin to 236 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. that in the North-under Luther." Dean Stanley and Dr. Doellinger make similar statements. While there is a certain semblance of truth in their view, it seems to me not only misleading but essentially false. Neither Mohammed nor any of his earlier followers had ever been Christians and there is no satisfactory evidence that up to the time of hie announcing his prophetic mission he had interested himself at all in Christianity. No such theory is necessary to account for his monotheism. The citizens of Mecca were mostly idolaters, but a few, known as Hanifs were pure deists, and the doctrine of the unity of God was not unknown theoretically even by those who, in their idolatry, had practically aban- doned it. The temple at Mecca was known as Beit uUah, the house of God. The name of the Prophet's father was Abdallah, the servant of God; and " by Allah " was a common oath among the people. The one God was nominally recognized, but in fact forgotten in the worship of the stars of Lat and Ozza and Manah, and of the 360 idols in the temple of Mecca. It was against this prevalent idolatry that Moham- med revolted, and he claimed that in so doing he had returned to the pure religion of Abraham. Still, Mohammedanism is no more a reformed Judaism than it is a form of Christianity. It was essentially a new religion. The Koran claimed to be a new and perfect revelation of the will of God, and from the time of the Prophet's death to this day no Moslem has appealed to the ancient traditions of Arabia or to the Jewish or Christian Scriptures as the ground of his faith. The Koran and the traditions are sufficient and finial. I believe that every orthodox Moslem regards Islam as a separate, distinct, and absolutely exclusive religion; and there is nothing to be gained by calling it a form of Chi-istianity. But after having set aside this unfounded statement, and fvilly acknowledged the inde- pendent origin of Islam, there is still a historical relationship between it and Christianity which demands our attention. The Prophet recognized the Christian and Jewish Scriptures as the word of God, although it can not be proved that he had ever read them. They are mentioned 131 times in the Koran, bvit' there is only one quotation from the Old Testament, and one from the New. The historical parts of the Koran correspond with the Talmud, and the writings current among the heretical Christian sects, such as the Protevangeliiuii of James, the pseudo Matthew, and the Gospel of the nativity of Mary, rather than with the Bible. His information was probably obtained verbally from his Jewish and Christian friends, who seem, in some cases, to have deceived him inten- tionally. He seems to have believed their statemei;^s. that his coming was foretold in the Scriptures, and to have hoped for some years that they would accept him as their promised leader. His confidence in the Christians was proved by his sending his perse- cuted followers to take refuge with the Christian King of Abyssinia. He had visited Christian Syria, and, if tradition can be trusted, he had some intimate Christian friends. With the Jews he was on still more intimate terms during the last years at Mecca and the tirst at Medina. But in the end he attacked and destroyed the Jews and declared war against the Christians, making a distinction, however, in his treatment of idolaters and " the people of the Book," allowing the latter, if they quietly submitted to his authority, to retain their religion on the condition of an annual payment of a tribute or ransom for their lives. If, however, they resisted, the men were to be killed and the women and children sold as slaves (Koran, sura ix). In the next world Jews, Christians, and idolaters are alike consigned to eternal punishment in hell. Some have supposed that a verse in the second sura of the Koran was intended to teach a more charitable doctrine. It reads: "Surely those who I CHRISTIANITY AND MOHAMMEDANISM. 237 [believe, whether Jews, Christians, orSabians, whoever believeth in God and |the last day, and doeth that which is right, they shall have their reward with the Lord. No fear shall come upon them, neither shall they be grieved." 'But Moslem commentators rightly understand this as only teaching that it Jews, Christians, or Sabians become Moslems they will be saved, the phrase used being the common one to express faith in Islam. In the third sura it is stated in so many words: " Whoever followeth any other religion than Islam it shall not be accei? ted of him, and at the last day he shall be of those that perish." This is the orthodox doctrine; but it should be said that one uieets with Moslems who take a more hopeful view of the ultimate fate of those who are sincere and honest followers of Christ. The question whether Mohammedanism has been in any way modified since the time of the Prophet by its contact with Christianity I think every Moslem would answer in the negative. There is much to be said on the other side, as, for example, it must seem to a Christian student that the offices and qualities assigned to the Prophet by the traditions, which are not claimed for him in the Koran, must have been borrowed from the Christian teaching in regard to Christ; but we have not time to enter upon the discussion of this question. In comparing the dogmatic statements of Islam and Christianity we must confine ourselves as strictly as possible to what is generally acknowl- edged to be essential to each faith. To go beyond this would be to enter upon a sea of speculation almost without limits from which we could hope to bring back but little ot any value to our present discussion. It has been formally decided by various fetvas that the Koran requires belief in seven principal doctrines, and the confession of faith is this: "I believe on God, on the Angels, on the Books, on the Prophets, on the Judgment Day, on the eternal Decrees of God Almighty concerning both good and evil, and on the Resurrection after Death." There are many other things which a good Moslem is expected to believe, but these points are fundamental. Taking these essential dogmas one by one, we shall find that they agree with Christian doctrine in their general statement, although in their development there is a wide divergence of faith between the Christian and Moslem. 1. The Doctrine of God — This is stated by Omer Nessefi (A. D. 1M2) as follows: God is one and eterDal. He lives, and is almierhty. He knows all things, hears all thiners, sees all things. He is endowed witli will and aotiou. He has n.-ither form nor feature, neither bounds, limits, nor numbers, neither parts, multiplieaiions nor divisions, because he is neither body nor matter. He has neither besinnins nor end. He is self-existent, without generation, dwelling, or habitation. He is outside the empire of time, unequaled in his nature as in his attributes, wliieh, without being foreign to his essence, do not constitute it. The Westminster Catechism says: God is a spiiit, infinite, eternal, unchangeable, in his being wisdom, power holiness, justice, goodness, and truth, i here is but one only, the living and true God. It will be seen that these statements differ chiefly in that the Christian gives special prominence to the moral attributes of God, and it has often been said that the God of Islam is simply a God of almighty power, while the God of Christianity is a God of infinite love and perfect holiness; but this is not a fair statement of truth. The ninety-nine names of God which the good Moslem constantly repeats assign these attributes to Him. The fourth name is "The Most Holy;" the twenty-ninth "The Just;" the forty-sixth "The All Loving;" the first and most common is "The Merciful," and the moral attributes are often referred to in the Koran. In truth there is no conceivable perfection which the Moslem would neg- lect to attribute to God. Their conception of Him is that of an absolute Oriental monarch; and 238 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. His unlimited power to do what He pleases makes entire submission to His will the first, most prominent duty. The name which they gave to their religion implies this. It is Islam, which means'^submission or resignation; but a king may be good or bad, wise or foolish, and the Moslem takes as much pain's as the Christian to attribute to God all wisdom and all goodness. The essential difference in the Christian and Mohammedan conception of God lies in the fact that the Moslem does not think of this great King as having anything in common with his subjects, from whom he is infinitely removed. The idea of the incarnation of God in Christ is to them not only blasphemous, but absurd and incomprehensible ; and the idea of fellowship with God, which is expressed in calling Him our Father, is altogether foreign to Mohammedan thought. God is not immanent in the world in the Christian sense, but apart from the world, and infinitely removed from man. 2. The Doctrine of Degrees, or of the Sovereignty of God, is a funda- mental principle of both Christianity and Islam. The Koran says : God ha8 from all eternity foreordained by an immutable decree all things whatsoever come to pass, whether good or evil. The Westminster Catechism says: The decrees of God are his eternal purpose according to the counsel of His will, whereby for His own glory He hath foreordained whatever comes to pass. It is plain that these two statements do not essentially differ, and the same controversies have arisen over this doctrine among Mohammedans as among Christians, with the same differences of opinion. Omer Nessefi says: Predestination refers not to the temporal but to the spiritual state. Election and reprobation decide the final fate of the soul, ut bin temporal affairs man is free. A Turkish confession of faith says: Unbelief and wicked acts happen with the foreknowledge and will of God, but the effect of his predestination, written from eternity on the preserved tables, by His operation but not with His satisfaction. God foresees, wills, produces, loves all that is good, and does not love unbelief and sin, though He wills and effects it. I f it be asked why God wills and effects what is evil and gives the devil power to tempt man, the answer is. He has His views of wisdom which it is not granted to »is to know. Many Christian theologians would accept this statement without criti- cism, but in general they have been careful to guard against the idea that God is in any way the efficient cause of sin, and they generally give to men a wider area of freedom than the orthodox Mohammedans. It can not be denied that this doctrine of the decrees of God has degen- erated into fatalism more generally among Moslems than among Christians. I have never known a Mohammedan of any sect who was not more or less a fatalist, notwithstanding the fact that there have been Moslem theolo- gians who have repudiated fatalism as vigorously as any Christian. In Christianity this doctrine has been offset by a different conception of God, by a higher estimate of man, and by the whole scheme of redemp- tion through faith in Christ. In Islam there is no such counteracting influence. 3. The other five doctrines we pass over with a single remark in regard to each. Both Moslems and Christians believe in the existence of good and evil angels, and that God has revealed His will to man in certain inspired books, and both agree that the Hebrew and Christian scriptures are such books. The Moslem, however, believes that they have been superseded by the Koran, which was brought down from God by the angel Gabriel. They believe that this is His eternal and uncreated word; that its divine char- acter is proved by its poetic beauty; that it has a miraculous power over men apart from what it teaches, so that the mere hearing of it, without understanding it, may heal the sick or convert the infidel. Both Christians CHRISTIANITY AND MOHAMMEDANISM. 239 and Moslems believe that God has sent prophets and apostles into the world to teach men His will; both believe in the judgment-day, and the res- urrection of the dead, the immortality of the soul, and rewards and punishments in the future life. It will be seen that in simple statement the seven positive doctrines of Islam are in harmony with Christian dogma; but in their exposition and development the New Testament and the Koran part company, and Christian and Moslem speculation evolve totally different conceptions, especially in regard to everything concerning the other world. It is in these expositions based upon the Koran (e g., suras, Ivi. and Ixxviii.), and still more upon the traditions, that we find the most striking contrasts between Christianity and Mohammedanism; but it is not easy for a Chris- tian to state them in a way to satisfy Moslems, and as we have no time to quote authorities we may pass them over. 4. The essential dogmatic difference between Christianity and Islam is in regard to the person, office, and work of Jesus Christ. The Koran expressly denies the Trinity, the Divinity of Christ, His death, and the whole doctrine of the Incarnation and the Atonement, and rejects the sacraments which He ordained. It accepts His miraculous birth, His miracles. His moral perfection, and His mission as an inspired prophet or teacher. It declares that He did not die on the cross, but was taken up to heaven without death, while the Jews crucified one like Him in His place. It consequently denies His resurrec- tion from the dead, but claims that He will come again to rule the world before the day of judgment. • It says that He will Himself testify before God that He never claimed to be divine; this heresy originated with Paul. And at the same time the faith exalts Mohammed to very nearly the same position which Christ occupies in the Christian scheme: He is not divine, and consequently not an object of worship, but He was the first cre- ated being; God's first and best beloved, the noblest of all creatures, the mediator between God and man, the greatest intercessor, the first to enter paradise, and the highest there. Although the Koran in many places speaks of him as the sinner in need of pardon (Ex., suras xxiii., xlvii., and xlviii.,). His absolute sinlessness is also an article of faith. The Holy Spirit, the third person in the Trinity, is not mentioned in the Koran, and the Christian doctrine of His work of regeneration and sanctifi- cation seems to have been unknown to the prophet, who represents the Christian doctrine of the Trinity as teaching that it consists of God the Father, Mary the Mother, and Christ the Son. The promise of Christ in the Gospel of John to send the Paraclete, the prophet applies to Himself, reading Parakletos as Periklytos, which might be rendered in Arabic as Ahmed, another form of the name Mohammed. We have, then, in Islam, a specific and final rejection and repudiation of the Christian dogma of the incarnation and the Trinity, and the substitu- tion of Mohammed for Christ inmost of his offices; but it should be noted in passing, that while this rejection grows out of a different conception of God, it has nothing in common with the scientific rationalistic unbelief of the present day. If it can not conceive of Gou as incarnate in Jesus Christ, it is not from any doubt as to His personality or His miraculous interfer- ence in the affairs of this world, or the reality of the supernatural. These ideas are fundamental to the faith of every orthodox Mohammedan, and are taught everywhere in the Koran. There are nominal Mohammedans who are atheists, and others who are pantheists of the Spinoza type. There are also some small sects who are rationalists, but after the fashion of old English deism, rather than of the modern rationalism. The deistic rationalism is represented in that most interesting work of Justice Ameer Aali, "The Spirit of Islam." He speaks 240 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. of Mohammed as Xenophon did of Socrates, and he reveres Christ also, but he denies that there was anything supernatural in the inspiration or lives of eithei, and claims that Hanife and the other Imams corrupted Islam as he thinks Paul, the apostle, did Christianity; but this book does not repre- sent Mohammedanism any more than Renau's"Life of Jesus" represents Christianity. These small rationalistic sects are looked upon by all ortho- dox Moslems as heretics of the worst description. The practical and ethical relations of Islam to Christianity are even more interesting than the historical and dogmatic. The Moslem code of morals is much nearer the Christian than is generally supposed on either side, although it is really more Jewish than Christian. The truth is that we judgeeach other harshly and unfairly by those who do not live up to the demands of their religion, instead of comparing the pious Moslem with the consistent Christian. We can not enter here into a technical statement of the philosophical development of the principles of law and morality as they are given by the Imam Hanife and others. It would be incomprehensible without hours of explanationj'and is really understood by but few Mohammedans, although the practical application of it is the substance of Mohammedan law. It is enough to say that the moral law is based upon the Koran, and the tra- ditions of the life and sayings of the Propliet enlarged by deductions and analogies. Whatever comes from these sources has the force and author- ity of a revealed law of God. The first practical duties inculcated in the religious code are: Confession of God and Mohammed his Prophet; prayer at least five times a day; fast- ing during the month of Raraazan from dawn to sunset; alms to the annual amount of 2% V^^ cent on/^property; pilgrimage to Mecca at least once in a lifetime. A sixth duty of equal importance, is taking part in sacred war, or war for religion, but some orthodox Moslems hold that this is not a per- petual obligation, and this seems to have been the bpinion of Hanife. In addition to these primary duties of religion, the moral code, as given by Omer Nessefi, demands: Honesty in business; modesty or decency in behavior; fraternity between all Moslems; benevolence and kindness toward all creatures. It forbids gambling, music, the making or possessing of images, the drinking of intoxicating liquors, the taking of God's name in vain, and all false oaths. And. in general, Omer Nessefi adds: "It is an indispensable obligation for every Moslem to practice virtue and avoid vice, i. e., all that is contrary to religion, law, humanity, good manners, and 'the duties of society. He ought especially to guard against deception, lying, slander, and abuse of his neighbor." We may also add some specimen passages from the Koran: God commands justice, benevolence, and liberality. He forbids crime, injus- tice, and calumny. Avoid sin in secret and in public. The wicked will receive the rewards of his deeds. God promises His mercy and a brilliant recompense to those who add good works to their faith. He who commits iniquity will lose his soul. It is notrighteousnes.s that you turn your faces in prayer toward the East or the West, but righteousness is of him who believeth in God and the last day, and the angels and prophets, who givetli money, for God's sake, to his kindred and to orphans, and to the needy and the stranger, and to those who ask, and for the redemption of captives; who is constant in prayer, and giveth alms; and cf those who perform their covenant, and who behave themselves patiently in the adversity and hardships, and in time of violence. These are they who are true, and these are they who fear God. So far, with one or two exceptions, these conceptions of the moral life are essentially the same as the Christian, although some distinctively Christian virtues, such as meekness and humility, are not emphasized. Beyond this we have a moral code equally binding in theory, and equally important in practice, which is not at all Christian, but is essentially the CHRISTIANITY AND MOHAMMEDANISM. 241 morality of the Talmud in the extreme value which it attaches to outward observances, such as fasting, pilgrimages, and ceremonial rights. All the concerns of life and death are hedged about witli prescribed cere- monies, which are not simple matters of propriety, but of morality and religion; and it is impossible for one who has not lived among Moslems to realize the extent and importance of this ceremonial law. In regard to jjolygamy, divorce, and slavery the morality of Islam is in direct contrast with that of Christianity, and as the principles of the faith, so far as determined by the Koran and the Traditions, are fixed and unchangeable— no change in regard to the legality of these can be expected. They may be silently abandoned, but they can never be forbidden by law in any Mohammedan state It should be said here, however, that, while the position of woman, as determined by the Koran, is one of inferiority and subjection, there is no truth whatever in the current idea that, according to the Koran, they have no souls, no hope of immortality and no rights. This is an absolutely unfounded slander. Another contrast between the morality of the Koran and the New Testa- ment is found in the spirit with which the faith is to be propagated. The Prophet led his armies to battle, and founded a temporal kingdom by force of arms. The Koran is full of exhortation to light for the faith. Christ fovinded a spiritual kingdom, which could only be extended by lov- ing persuasion and the influence of the Holy Spirit. It is true that Christians have had their wars of religion, and have com- mitted as many crimes against humanity in the name of Christ as Moslems have ever committed in the name of the Prophet; but the opposite teach- ing on this subject in the Koran and in the New Testament is unmistak- able, and involves different conceptions of morality. Such, in general, is the ethical code of Islam. In practice there are cer- tainly many Moslems whose moral lives are irreproachable according to the Christian standard, who fear God, and in their dealings with men are hon- est, truthful, and benevolent; who are temperate in the gratification of their desires and cultivate a self-denying spirit, of whose sincere desire to do right there can be no doubt. There are those whose conceptions of pure spiritual religion seem to rival those of the Christian mystics. This is specially true of one or two sects of Dervishes. Some of these sects are simply Mohammedan Neo- Platonists, and deal in magic, sorcery, and purely physical means of attain- ing a state of ecstasy; but others are neither pantheists nor theosophists, and seek to attain unity of spirit with a supreme, personal God by spiritual means. Those who have had much acquaintance with Moslems know that in addition to these mystics there are many common people — as many women as men — who seem to have more or less clear ideas of spiritual life and strive to attain something higher than mere formal morality and verbal confession: would feel their personal unworthiness and hope only in God. The following extract from one of many similar poems of Shereef Hanum, a Turkish Moslem lady of Constantinople, rendered into English by Rev. H. O. Dwight, is certainly as spiritual in thought and language as most of the hymns sung in Christian churches: O Source of Kindness and of Love, Who givest aid all liopes above. 'Mid grief and guilt although I grope. From th<'e I'll ne'er cui off my hope. My Lord, O my Lord! Thou King of kings, dost know my need, Thy pardoning grace no bars can heed; Thou lov'st to help the helpless one. And bidd'.st his cries of fear be done. My Lord, O my Lord! 242 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. Should'st Thou refuse to still my fears, Who else will stop to dry my tears? For I am guilty, guilty still. No other one has done so ill, My Lord, O my Lord! The lost in torment stand aghast To see this rebel's sin so vast; What wonder, then that Shereef cries For mercy, mercy, e'er she dies, My Lord, O my Lord! These facts are important, not as proving that Mohammedanism is a spiritual faith in the same sense as Christianity, for it is not, but as showing that many Moslems do attain some degree, at least, of what Christians mean by spiritual lifej while, as we must confess, it is equally possible for Christianity to degenerate into mere formalism. Notwithstanding the generally high tone of the Moslem code of morals, and the more or less Christian experience of spiritually minded Moham- medans, I think that the chief distinction between Christian and Moslem morality lies in their different conceptions of the nature and consequences of sin. It is true that most of the theories advanced by Christian writers on theoretical ethics have found defenders among the Moslems; but Moham- medan law is based on the theory that right and wrong depend on legal enactment, and Mohammedan thought follows the same direction. An act is right because God has commanded it, or wrong because He has forbidden it. God may abrogate or change his laws, so that what was wrong may become right. Moral acts have no inherent moral character, and what may be wrong for one may be right for another. So, for example, it is impossible to discuss the moral character of the Prophet with an orthodox Moslem, because it is a sufficient answer to any criticism to say that God commanded or expressly permitted those acts which in other men would be wrong. There is however, one sin which is its very nature sinful, and wjiich man is capable of knowing to be such — that is, the sin of denying that there is one God, and that Mohammed is his Prophet. Everything else depends on the arbitrary command of God, and may be arbitrarily forgiven; but this does not, and is consequently unpardonable. For whoever dies in this sin there is no possible escape from eternal damnation. Of other sms someare grave and some are light, and it must not be sup- posed that the Moslem regards grave sins as of little consequence. He believes that sin is rebellion against infinite power, and that it cannot escape the notice of the all-seeing God, but must call down his wrath upon the sin- ner; so that even a good Moslem may be sent to hell to suffer torment for thousands of years before he is pardoned. But be believes that God is merciful; that " he is minded to make his religion light, because man has been created weak." (Koran, sura iv.) If man has sinned against his arbitrary commands God may arbitrarily remit the pen- alty, on certain conditions, on the intercession of the Prophet, on account of the expiatory acts on the man's part, or in view of counterbalancing good works. At the worst the Moslem will be sent to hell for a season and then be pardoned, out for consideration for his belief in God and the Prophet by divine mercy. Still, we need to repeat, the Moslem does not look upon sin as a light thing. But, notwithstanding this conception of the danger of sinning against God, the Mohammedan is very far from comprehending the Christian idea that right and wrong are inherent qualities in all moral actions; that God himself is a moral being, doing what is right because it is right, and that he can no more pardon sin arliitrarily than he can make a wrong action right; that he could not be just and yet justify the sinner without the atone- CHRISTIANITY AND MOHAMMEDANISM. 2i3 ment made by the incarnation and the Buffering and the death of Jesus Christ. They do not realize that sin itself is corruption and death; that mere escape from hell is not eternal life, but that the sinful soul must be regen- erated and sanctified by the work of the Holy Spirit before it can know the joy of beatific vision. Whether I have correctly stated the fundamental difference between the Christian and Mohammedan conceptions of sin no one who has had Moslem friends can have failed to realize that the difference exists, for it is extremely difficult, almost impossible, for Christians and Moslems to understand one another when the question of sin is discussed. There seems to be a hereditary incapacity in the Moslem to comprehend this essential basis of Christian morality, Mohammedan morality is also differentiated from the Christian by its fatalistic interpretation of the doctrine of the Decrees. The Moslem who reads in the Koran, "As for every man we have fii-mly fixed his fate about his neck," and the many similar passages, who is taught that at least so far as the future life is concerned his fate has been fixed from eternity by an arbitrary and irrevocable decree, naturally falls into fatalism; not absolute fatalism, for the Moslem, as we have seen, has his strict code of morality and his burdensome ceremonial law, but at least such a measure of fatalism as weakens his sense of personal responsibility, and leaves him to look upon the whole Christian scheme of redemption as unnecessary, if not absurd, It is perhaps also due to the fatalistic tendency of Mohammedan thought that the Moslem has a very different conception from the Christian of the relation of the will to the desires and passions. He does not distinguish between them, but regards will and desire as one and the same, and seeks to avoid temptation rather than resist it. Of conversion, in the Christian sense, he has no conception — of that change of heart which makes the regenerated will the master of the soul, to dominate its passions, control the desires, and lead man on to final victory over sin and death. There is one other point concerning Mohammedan morality, of which I wish to speak with all possible delicacy, but which can not be passed over in silence. It is the infiuence of the Prophet's life upon that of his fol- lowers. The Moslem world accepts him, as Christians do Christ, as the ideal man, the best beloved of God, and consequently their conception of his life exerts an important infiuence upon their practical morality. I have said nothing thus far of the personal character of the Prophet, because it is too difficult a question to discuss in this connection; but I may say, in a word, that my own impression is that, from first to last, he sincerely and honestly believed himself to be a supernaturally inspired prophet of God. I have no wish to think any evil of him, for he was cer- tainly one of the most remarkable men that the world has ever seen. I should rejoice to know that he was such a man as he is represented to be in Ameer Aali's "Spirit of Islam." for the world would be richer for having such a man in it. But whatever may have been his real character, he is known to Moslems chiefly through the traditions; and these, taken as a whole, present to us a totally different man from the Christ of the gospels. As we have seen, the Moslem code of morals commands and forbids essentially the same thmgs as the Christian; but the Moslem finds in the traditions a mass of stories in regard to the life and sayings of the Prophet, many of which are alto- gether inconsistent with Christian ideas of morality, and which make the impression that many things forbidden are at least excusable. There are many nominal Christians who lead lives as corrupt as any Moslem, but they find no excuse for it in the life of Christ. They know that they are Christians only in name; while, under the influence of the traditions, the Mohemmedan may have such a conception of the Prophet 244 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. that, in spite of his immorality, he may still believe himself a true Moslem. If Moslems generally believed in such a Prophet as is described in the "Spirit of Islam," it would greatly modify the tone of Mohammedan life. We have now presented, as briefly and impartially as possible, the points of contact and contrast, between Christianity and Islam, as historical, dog- matic, and ethical. We have sec^i that while there is a broad, common ground of belief and sympathy, while we may confidently believe as Christians that God is lead- ing many pious Moslems by the influence of the Holy Spirit, and saving them through the atonement of Jesus Christ, in spite of what we believe to be their errors of doctrine, these two religions are still mutually exclusive and irreconcilable. The general points of agreement are that we both believe that there is one supreme, personal God; that we are bound to worship him; that we are under obligation to live a pious, virtuous life; that we are bound to repeni of our sins and forsake them; that the soul is immortal, and that we shall be rewarded or punished in the future life for our deeds here; that God has revealed His will to the world through prophets and apostles, and thai the Holy Scriptures are the word of God. These are most important grounds of agreement and mutual respect, but the points of contrast are equally impressive. The supreme God of Christianity is immanent in the world, was incar- nate in Christ, and is ever seeking to bring His children into loving fellow- ship with Himself. The God of Islam is apart from the world, an absolute monarch, who is wise and merciful, but inflnitely removed from man. Christianity recognizes the freedom of man, and magnifles the guilt and corruption of sin, but at the same time offers a way of reconciliation and redemption from sin and its consequences through the atonement of a Divine Savior and regeneration by the Holy Spirit. Mohammedanism minimizes the freedom of man and the guilt of sin, makes little account of its corrupting influence in the soul and offers no plan of redemption except that of repentance and good works. Christianity finds its ideal man in the Christ of the Gospels; the Mos- lem finds his in the Prophet of the Koran and the Traditions. Other points of contrast have been mentioned, but the fundamental difference between the two religions is found in these. This is not the place to discuss the probable future of these two great and aggressive religions, but there is one fact bearing upon this point which comes within the scope of this jjaper. Christianity is essentially progressive, while Mohammedanism is unprogressive and stationary. In their origin Christianity and Islam are both Asiatic, both Semitic, and Jerusalem is but a few hundred miles from Mecca. In regard to the number of their adherents, both have steadily increased from the beginning to the present day. After 1,900 years Christianity numbers 400,000,000, and Islam, after 1,300 years, 200,000,000; but Mohammedanism has been practi- cally confined to Asia and Africa, while Christianity has been the religion of Europe and the New World, and politically it rules all over the world except China and Turkey. Mohammedanism has been identified with a stationary civilization, and Christianity with a progressive one. There was a time, from the 8th to the 1.3th centuries, when science and philosophy flourished at Bagdad and Cor- dova under Moslem rule, while darkness reigned in Europe; but Renan has shown that this brilliant period was neither Arab nor Mohammedan in its spirit or origin, and although his statements may admit of some modifica- tion, it is certain that, however brilliant while it lasted, this period has left no trace in the Moslem faith unless it be in the philosophical basis of Mohammedan law, while Christianity has led the way in the progress of modern civilization. STUDY OF COMPARATIVE THEOLOGY. 245 Both these are positive religions. Each claims to rest upon a divine revelation, which is, in its nature, final and unchangeable; yet the one is stationary and the .other progressive. The one is based upon what it believes to be divine commands, and the other upon divine principles; just the difference that there is between the law of Sinai and the law of Love, the Ten Commandments and the two. The ten are specific and unchange- able, the two admit of ever new and progressive application. Whether in prayer or in search of truth, the Moslem must always turn his face to Mecca and to a revelation made once for all to the Prophet; and I think that Moslems generally take pride in the feeling that their faith is complete in itself, and as unchangeable as Mount Ararat. It can not progress because it is already perfect. The Christian, on the other hand, believes in a living Christ, who was indeed crucified at Jerusalem, but rose from the dead, and is now present everywhere, leading his jieople on to ever broader and higher conceptions of truth, and ever new applications of it to the life of humanity; and the Christian church, with some exceptions, perhaps, recognizes the fact that the perfection of its faith consists not in its immobility, but in its adapta- bility to every stage of human enlightenment. If progress is to continue to be the watchword of civilization, the faith which is to dominate this civili- zation must also be progressive. It would have been pleasant to speak here to-day only of the broad field of sympathy which these two great religions occupy in common, but it would have been as unjust to the Moslem as to the Christian. If I have represented his faith as fairly as I have sought to do, he will be the first to applaud. The truth, spoken in love, is the only possible basis upon which this con- gress can stand. We have a common Father; we are brethren; we desire to live together in peace, or we should not be here; but of all things we desire to know what is Truth, for Truth alone can make vis free. We are soldiers all, without a thought of ever laying down our arms, but we have come here to learn the lesson that our conflict is not with each other, but with error, sin, and evil of every kind. We are one in our hatred of evil and in our desire for the triumph of the kingdom of God, but we are only partially agreed as to what is truth, or under what banner the triumph of God's kingdom is to be won. No true Moslem or Christian believes that these two great religions are essentially the same, or that they can be merged by compromise in a com- mon eclectic faith. We know that they are mutually exclusive, and it is only by a fair and honest comparison of differences that we can work together for the many ends which we have in common, or judge of the truth in those things in which we differ. STUDY OF COMPARATIVE THEOLOGY. PIIOFESSOR C. P TIELE, OF LEIDEN UNIVERSITY, READ BY REV. FRANK M. BRISTOL OF CHICAGO. What is to be understood by comparative theology? I find that English- writing authors use the appellation promiscuously with comparative religion, but if we wish words to convey a sound meaning we should at least beware of using these terms as convertible ones. Theology is not the same as religion; and, to me, comparative theology signifies nothing but a com- parative study of religious dogmas, comparative religion nothing but a comparative study of various religions in all their branches; I suppose, how- 246 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. ever, I am not expected to make this distinction, but comparative theology is to be understood to mean what is now generally called the science of religion, the word " science " not being taken in the limited sense it com monly has in English, but in the general signification of the Dutch Weten- schap (H. G. Wissenschaft) which it has assumed more and more even in the Roman languages. So the history and the study of this science would have to form the subject of my paper, a subject vast enough to devote to it one or more volumes. It is still in its infancy. Although in former centuries its advent was heralded by a few forerunners, as Selden (Dedus Syrus), de Brosses (Le culte des dieux fetiches), the tasteful Herder and others, as i science it reaches back not much farther than to the middle of the nine- teenth century. "Duxius Origine de Tons les Cultes," which appeared in the opening years of the century, is a gigantic pamphlet, not an impartial historical research. Nor can Creuren's and Baur's Symbolik and Mythol- ogie lay claim to the latter appellation, but are dominated by long refuted theory. Meiner'si "Allgemeine Kritische Geschichte des Religionen" (1806-7) only just came up to the law standard which at that time historical scholars were expected to reach. Much higher stood Benjamin Constant, in whoso work, " La Religion Consideree dans sa Source, des Formed et ses Developments" (IS'Jl), written with French lucidity, for the first time a dis- tinction was made between the essence and the forms of religion, to which the writer also applied the theory of development. From that time the science of religion began to assume a more sharply defined character, and comparative studies on an ever-growing scale were entered upon, and this was done no longer chiefly with by-desires, either by the enemies of Christianity in order to combatit, and to point out that it dif- fered little or nothing from all the superstitions one was now getting acquainted with, or by the apologists in order to defend it against these attacks, and to prove its higher excellence when compared with all other religions. The impulse came from two sides. On one side it was due to philosophy. Philosophy had for centuries past been speculating on religion, but only about the beginning of our century it had become aware of the fact that the great religious problems can not be solved without the aid of history — that in order to define the nature and the origin of religion one must first of all know its development. Already before Benjamin Constant this was felt by others, of whom we will only mention Hegel and Schelling. It may even be said that the right method for the philosophical inquiry into religion was defined by Schelling, at least from a theoretical point of view, more accurately than by anyone else; though we should add that he, more than anyone else, fell short in the applying of it. Hegel even endeavored to give a classification, which, it is proved, hits the right nail on the head here and there, but, as a whole, distinctly proves that he Licked a clear concep- tion of the real historical development of religion. Nor could this be other- wise. Even if the one had not been confined within the narrow bounds of an a-prioristic system of the historical data which were at his disposal, even if the other had not been led astray by his unbridled fancy, both wanted the means to trace religion in the course of its developments. Most of the religions of antiquity, especially those of the East, were at that time known but superficially, and the critical research into the newer forms of religion had as yet hardly been entered upon. One instance out of many. Hegel characterized the so-called. Syriac religions as "die Religion des Schinersens ^^ (religion of suffering) In doing this he of course thought of the myth and the worship of Thammur Adonis. He did not know that these are by no means of Aryanaic origin, but were borrowed by the people of Western Asia from their Eastern neigh- bors, and are, in fact, a survival of an older, highly sensual naturism. Even at the time he might have known that Adonis was far from being an ethcial ideal, that his worship was far from being the glorification of a voluntarily i STUDY OF COMPARATIVE THEOLOGY. 247 suffering Deity. In short, it was known that only the comparative method could conduce to the desired end, but the means of comparing, though not wholly wanting, were inadequate. Meanwhile material was being supplied from another quarter. Philolog- ical and historical science, cultivated after strict methods, archieology, anthropology, ethnology, no longer a prey to the superficial theorists and fashionable dilettanti only, but also subjected to the laws of the critical research, began to yield a rich harvest. I need but hint at the many impor- tant discoveries of the last hundred years, the number of which is con- tinually increasing. You know them full well, and you also know that they are not confined to a single province nor to a single period. They reach back as far as the remotest antiquity and show us, in those ages long gone by, a civilization postulating a long previous development, but also draw our attention to many conceptions, manners, and customs among several backward or degenerate tribes of our own time, giving evidence of the greatest rudeness and barbarousness. They thus enable us to study religion as it appears among all sorts of people and in the most diversified degrees of development. They have at least supplied the sources to draw from, among which are the original records of religion concerning which people formerly had to be content with, very scanty, very recent, and very untrustworthy information. You will not expect me to give you an enumeration of them. Let me mention only Egypt, Babylonia, and Assyria, India and Persia, and of their sacred books, the " Book of the Dead," the so-called " Chaldean Genesis," the " Cabylonia," the " penitential psalms " and mythological texts, the " Veda," and the " Avesta." These form but a small part of the acquired treasures, but though we had nothing else it would be much. I know quite well that at first, even after having deciphered the writing of the first two named and having learned in some degree to understand the languages of all, people seemed not to be fully aware of what was to be done with these treasures and that the translations hurriedly put together failed to lead to an adequate perception of the cr^ntents. I know also that even now, after we have learned how to apply tc : >_e gtudy of these records the universally admitted, sound philological priiiciplss, much of what we believe to be known has been rejected as being valixalass and that the ques- tions and problems which have to be solved h?.Te not decreased in number, but are daily increasing. I can not deiiy thai scholars of high repute and indisputable authority are much divided in opinion ccncerning the expla- nation of those texts and that it is not easy to mal-s a choice out of so many conflicting opinions. How much does Brugcch differ in his represen- tation of the Egyptian mythology from Edward Meyer and Ermann! How great a division among the Assyriologists between the Accadists, or Sum- merists and the anti-Summerists or anti- Accadists! How much differs the explanation of the Veda by Roth, Muller, and Grassman, from that of Ludwig, and how different in Earth's explanation from Bergaine's and Regnand's! How violent was the controversy between Speigel and Haupt about the explanation of the most ancient pieces in the Avesta, and now in this year of grace, while the younger generation, Bartholomae and Geldmer on the one hand, Geiger, Wilhelm, Hubschmann, Mills on the other hand, are following different roads, there has come a scholar and a man of genius, who is, however, particularly fond of paradoxes- James Darnesteter — to overthrow all that was considered up to his time as being all but stable, nay, even to undermine the foundations, which were believed safe enough to be built upon! But all this can not do away with the fact that we are following the right path, that much has already been obtained and much light has been shed on what was dark. Of not a few of these new-fangled theories may be said they are at least useful in compelling us once more to put to a severe 248 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. test the results obtained. So we see that the modern science of religion, comparative theology, has sprung from these two sources: The want of a firmer emp'irical base of operations, felt by the philosophy of religion, and the great discoveries in the domain of history, archseology, and anthropol- ogy- These discoveries have revealed a great number of forms of religion and religious phenomena, which until now were known imperfectly or not at all; and it stands to reason that these have been compared with those already known, and that inferences have been drawn from this comparison. Can anyone be said to be the founder of the young science? Many have con- ferred this title upon the famous Oxford professor, F. Max MuUer; others, among them his great American opponent, the no less famous professor of Yale college, W. Dwight Whitney, have denied it to him. We may leave this decision to posterity. I, for one, may rather be said to side with Whit- ney than with MuUer. Though I have frequently contended the latter's speculations and theories, I would not close my eyes to the great credit he has gained by what he has done for the science of religion, nor would I gainsay the fact that he has'given a mighty impulse to the study of it, especially in England and in France. But a new branch of study can hardly be said to be founded. Like others, this was called into being by a generally felt want, in different coun- tries at the same time and as a matter of course. The number of those applying themselves to it has been gradually increasing, and for years it has been gaining chairs at universities, first in Holland, afterward also in France and elsewhere, now also in America. It has already a rich litera- ture, even periodicals of its own. Though at one time the brilliant talents of some writers threatened to bring it into fashion and to cause it to fall a prey to dilettanti — a state of things that is to be considered most fatal to any science, but especially to one that is still in its infancy — this danger has fortunately been warded off, and it is once more pursuing the noiseless tenor of its way, profiting by the fell criticism of those who hate it. I shall not attempt to write its history. The time for it has not yet come. The rise of this new science, the comparative research of new relig- ions, is as yet too little a feature of the past to be surveyed from an impar- tial standpoint. Moreover, the writer of this paper himself has been one of the laborers in this field for more than thirty yearsjjast, and so he is, to some extent, a party to the conflict of opinions. His views would be apt to be too subjective, and could be justified only by an exhaustive criticism which would be misplaced here, and the writing of which would require a longer time of preparation than has now been allowed to him. A dry enumera- tion of the names of the principal writers and the titles of their works would be of little use, and would prove very little attractive to you. Therefore, let me add some words on the study of comparative theology. The first, the predominating question is: Is this study possible? In other words, what man, however talented and learned he may be, is able to command this immense field of inquiry, and what lifetime is long enough for the acquiring of an expansive knowledge of all religion? It is not even within the bounds of possibility that a man should master all languages to study in the vernacular the religious records of all nations, not only recog- nized sacred writings, but also those of dissenting sects and tlie songs and sagas of uncivilized people. So one will have to put up with the transla- tione, and everybody knows that meaning of the original is but poorly ren- dered even by the best translations. One will have to take upon trust what may be called second-hand information, wnthout being able to test it, espe- cially where the religions of the so-called primitive peoples are concerned. AH these objections have been made by me for having the pleasure of set- ting them aside; they have frequently been raised against the new study and have already dissuaded many from devoting themselves to it. Nor can I STUDY OF COMPARATIVE THEOLOGY. 2i9 it be denied that they at least contain some truth. But if, on account of these objections, the comparative study of religions were to be esteemed impossible, the same judgment would have to be pronounced upon many other sciences. I am not competent to pass an opinion concerning the physical and bio- logical sciences. I am alluding only to anthropology and ethnology, history, the history of civilization, archieology, comparative philology, comparative literature, ethics, philosophy. If the independent study of all these sciences to be relinquished because no one can be required to be versed in each of their details equally well, to have acquired an exhaustive knowledge, got at the mainspring of every people, every language, every literature, every civ- ilization, every group of records, every period, every system? There is nobody who will think of insisting upon this. Every science, even the most comprehensive one, every theory must rest on an empirical basis, must start from an " unbiased ascertaining of facts," but it does not follow that the tracing, the collecting, the sorting, and the elaborating of these facts and the building up of a whole out of these materials must needs be consigned to the same hands. The flimsily-constructed speculative systems, paste- board buildings all of them, we have done away with for good and all. But a science is not a system, not a well-arranged storehouse of things that are known, but an aggregate of researches all tending to the same pur- pose, though independent yet mutually connected, and each in particular connected with similar researches in other domains, which serve thus as auxiliary sciences. Now, the science of religion has no other purpose than to lead to the knowledge of religion in its nature and in its origin. And this knowledge is not to be acquired, at least if it is to be a sound, not a would-be knowledge, but by an vmprejudiced historical-psychological research. What should be done first of all is to trace religion in the course of its development, that is to say in its life, to inquire what every family of religions, as, for instance, the Aryan and Semitic, what every particular religion, what the great religious persons have contributed to this develop- ment, to v/hat laws and conditions this development is subjected, and in what it really consists? Next the religious phenomena, ideas and dogmas, feelings and inclinations, forms of worship and religious acts are to be examined, to know from what wants of the soul they have sprung and of what aspirations they are the expression. But these researches, without which one can not penetrate into the nature of religion, nor form a con- ception of its origin, can not bear lasting fruit unless the comparative study of religious individualities lie at the root of them. Only to a few it has been given to institute this most comprehensive inquiry, to follow to the end this long way. He who ventures upon it can not think of examining closely all the particulars himself; he has to avail himself of what the students of special branches have brought to light and have corroborated with sound evidence. It is not required of every student of the st ience of religion that he should be an architect; yet, though his study may be confined within the narrow bounds of a small section, if he does not lose sight of the chief pur- pose, and if he applies the right method, he too will contribute not unworthily to the great common work. So a search after the solution of the abstruse fundamental questions had better be left to those few who add a great wealth of knowledge to philo- sophical talents. What should be considered most needful with a view to the present standpoint of coniparative theology is this: Learning how to put the right use to the new sources that have been opened up; studying thoroughly and penetrating into the sense of records that on manj points still leave us in the dark; subjecting to a close examination particular relig- ions and important periods about which we possess but scanty information; searching for the religious meaning of myths; tracing prominent deities in 250 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. their rise and development, and forms of worship through all the important changes of meaning they have undergone; after this the things thus found have to be compared with those already known. Two things must be required of the student of the science of religion. He must be thoroughly acquainted with the present state of the research —he must know what has already been got, but also what questions are still unanswered; he must have walked, though it be in quick time, about the whole domain of his science; in short, he must possess a general knowl- edo-e of religions and religious phenomena. But he should not be satisfied with this. He should then select a field of his own, larger or smaller, according to his capacities and the time at his disposal; a field where he is quite at home, where he himself probes to the bottom of everything of which he knows all that is to be known about it, and the science of which he then must try to give a fresh impulse to. Both requirements he has to fulfill. Meeting only one of them will lead either to the superficial dilet- tantism which has already been alluded to, or the trifling of those Philis- tines of science, who like nothing better than occupyingour attention long- est of all with such things as lie beyond the bounds of what is worth know- ing. But the last-named danger does not need to be especially cautioned against, at least in America. I must not conclude without expressing my joy at the great interest in this new branch of science, which of late years has been revealing itself in the New World. DUTY OF GOD TO IVIAN INQUIRED. MRS. LAUEA ORMISTON CHANT. She was greeted with a great outburst of applause as she stepped forward, the audience thus evidencing that it had been waiting to hear this popular English woman and speaker. Dear Friends : After listening long enough to the science of religion, probably, as this is the last word this morning, it may be a little relief to run off or leave the science of religion to take care of itself for awhile and take a few thoughts on religion independent of its science. That religion will hold the world at last which makes men most good and most happy Whatever there has been in this old past of the faiths that have made men more good and more happy, that lives with us to-day, and helps on the pro- gressiveness of all that we have learned since. We have learned that religion, whatever the science of it may be, is the principle of spiritual growth. We have learned that to be religious is to be alive. The more religion you have, the more full of life and truth you are, an the more able to give life to all those with whom you come in contact. That religion which helps us to the most bravery in dealing with human souls, that is the religion that will hold the world. That which makes you or me the most brave in days of failure or defeat is that religion v/hich is bound to conquer in the end, by whatever name you call it. And believe me, and my belief is on all fours with that of most of you here, that religion which to-day goes most bravely to the worst of all evils, goes with its splendid optimism into the darkest corners of the earth, that is the religion of to-day, under whatever name yon call it. We are obliged to admit that the difference between the dead forms of religion and the living forms to-day, is that the dead forms of Religion deal with those who least need it, while the living forms of religion deal with those who need it most. Consequently, to-day — and it is one of the most k DUTY OF GOD TO MAN INQUIRED. 251 glorious comforts of the progress that we are making — the real religious- ness of our life, whether of the individual, the nation, or of the world at large, is that we will not acceot sin, sorrow, pain, misery, and failure as eternal, or even temporary, longer than our love can let them be. And out of that has grown the feeling that has hardly taken on a name as yet — it has taken on a very ijractical name to those who hold it — out of that has grow'u a feeling which will not admit that God may do what it is wrong for man to dp as an individual. It is a strange turning around in the idea of our relationship to God that to-day, for the first time iu the whole world's history, we are asking what is God's duty to us. To-day, for the first time in the world's history, we are certain that God's duty to us will be performed. For ages man asked, what was his duty to God ? That was the first part of his j^rogress; but to-day you and I are asking, what is God's duty to us ? And Oh, God be thanked that it is so. If I can throw the whole of my being into the arms of God and be certain He will do His duty by me, that duty will first of all be to succeed in me; it will not be to fail in me. And I can come to Him through all my blunders and sins and with my eyes full of tears, and catch the rainbow light of His love upon those tears of mine, certain He will do His duty by me and that He will succeed in me at the last. Again, w^e have listened this morning to these profoundly interesting, scholarly papers, and perhaps it is almost too frank of me to say that we have been thinking what marvelous intellectual jugglers these theologians are. I dare say that some of you have come to think this morning, after all, what is this about ? It is mostly about words. Words in all sorts of languages, words that almost dislocate the jaw in trying to pronounce, words that almost daze the brain in trying to think out what their mean- ing is; but it is words for all that. Underneath is poor humanity coming, coming, coming slowly along the path of progress, nearer, up to the light for which Goethe prayed. And we are nearer the light in proportion as our religion has made us more and more lovely, more and more beautiful, more and more tender, more true, and more safe to deal with. After all there is a line of demarkation to-day between people whom it is safe to be with and those who are unsafe. Our religion has become a very national thing, for we are asking to be able to so deal with unsafe people as to bring them over into the lines of the safe. But with those who have been educated iu the schools of the Master who taught no creed and who belonged to no denomination, but who was vmiversal in his teachings and in his love of mankind, as the children of God we believe that He taught us that it was blessed, it was happy to be pure in heart, to be mer- ciful, to be humble, to be a peacemaker, to be all those things which help mankind to be happiest and best. And, therefore, we are beginning to understand that a system of theol- ogy that did not take and does not take into itself all that literature has given and all that art is pouring forth, all that the heart of man is yearn- ing after, would be insufficient to-day; and the consequence is that in and outside the churches the religiousness of the world is calling for art to take her place as an exponent of religion; for nature to take her part as the great educator of men in all those feelings that are most religious as regards God. In fact, that I and you, when we want to do best for that criminal, or that outcast, or that hard one, we will learn it not by going to schoolmasters and books, but by going right into the solitudes of the mount- ains and of the lakes which our Father has made, and learn of His marvels in the wild flower and the song of the birds, and come back to our brother and say, " Is not this human soul of more value than many sparrow^s? " If God so clothed the mountains, heaths, and meadows of the world, shall He not clothe these human souls with a beauty that transcends Sol- omon in all his glory, with, a joy unspeakable and full of glory? It is the ^52 THE PARLIAMENT OF RELIGIONS. deepening, the heightening, the broadening of that that is to be the out- come of this most wonderful jjarliament. Is it not that the Day of Pente- cost has come back to us once again? Do we not hear them all speak with the tongue wherein we were born, this tongue of prayer, that we may know each other and go up and be more likely to get nearer to Him as the ages roll on? This parliament will be far-reaching. There is no limit in the world to what these parliaments will mean in the impetus given to the deepening of religious life. It will be so luuch easier for you and me, in the years to corns, to bow our heads with reverence when we catch the sound of the Moslem's prayer. It will be so much easier for you and me, in the days to come, to picture God, our Father, answering the prayer of the Japanese in the Jap's own language. It will be so much easier for you and me to understand that God has no creed whatever, that mankind is His child and shall be one with Him one day and live with Him forever. And, in conclusion, we have some of us made a great mistake in not seizing all and every means of being educated in the religiousness of our daily conduct. I believe — even though it sounds commonplace to say it, but I do believe — with all due deference to our dear brothers the theo- logians, that this Parliament of Religions will have taught them some of the courtesies that it would have been well if they had had years ago. I think it will have taught them that you can never convince your adversary by hurling an argument like a brickbat at his head. It will have taught all of VIS to have the good manners to listen in silence to what we do not approve. It will have taught us that after all it is not the words that are the things, but it is the soul behind the words; and the soul there is behind this great Parliament of Religions to-day is this newer humility, w^hich makes me feel that I am not the custodian of all or every truth that has been given to the world. That God, my Father, has made religious truth like the facets of tthe diamond — one facet reflecting one color and another another color, and it is not for me to dare to say that the particular color that my eye rests upon is the only one that the world ought to see. Thank God for these different voices that have been speaking to us this morning. Thank God, out from the mummies of Egypt, out from the mosques of Syria, there have come to you and me this morning that which shall send us back to our homes more religious, in the deepest sense of the w